THE BRIAN CHARLES FILES (NSA’s D.U.M.B. SPECIALIST)

These files were received (in 2015, for distribution). Please copy to your IPFS node and pin to help with that distribution.

AntiGravity Science (8 GB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmQbzYDFgDEoHGo2KNp8m8FJw6DRzDt1C8tTMPop9TLqxq?filename=Antigravity.zip

Directed Energy Science (9 GB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmU3CWYFXw8Xavp6qNuAboMZoKsr5gbV7gt5LB3e3jzAPM?filename=Directed_Energy_Library.zip

Electrical Innovations (581 MB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmWnphDk5axNveKxGn3sfUwumq4cD6nX4KkFYjNK2T6spH?filename=Electrical_Innovations_Files.zip

FEMA Camps – HAARP – Underground Base Listings (32 MB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmfT3ESVpRyFBJAoLoVFZN33CjmDXKWjaM9JefN65PxncU?filename=FEMA%20Camps%20-%20HAARP%20-%20Underground%20Base%20Listings.zip

Free Energy Database CD (473 MB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmXCsFHzLDeVdV3vNJSx8YDYndaXGWfT9e5FcmdpnNPBWw?filename=Free_Energy_Database_CD.zip

Free Energy Documents (289 MB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmexmrhGSzcUjymeSbmmH47UnGMiCvi2xR9dxbhFwCLoj5?filename=Free_Energy_Documents.zip

Free Energy Files (209 MB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmcM2J51doGsuLC46xT3tAfE2rirVLYr3LFudYXUp9hWFV?filename=Free_Energy_Files.zip

Jade Helm Chinese Invasion Plans 1 GB

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmTSMGcdcg2QcKoxQjykUAPcGPczpcDQQMh7hhB8a3aPGY?filename=Jade_Helm_Chinese_Invasion_Plans.zip

Leaked Videos – Area 51 – Aliens (2 GB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/Qmaa3ucxqJALSag1tCdQoMQ3DbdGkoQaptVa1C53EXxNYE?filename=Leaked_Videos-Area51-Aliens.zip)

Pictures (7 MB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmUN4jHd2jCRUkMEjGqEvEi2cbaMwYLeG2p9s5Znxhta47?filename=pictures.zip

Red Alert Ultra Secret Files

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmfZaYjvcFcK28VkEtwCsM2KFpcNBRe6eXx1X65Fo5dAeB?filename=Red_Alert_Ultra_Secret_Files.zip

Secret Downloads # 1 (2 GB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmQUjnwRTLym8kT67vhGwuzk6h3CNJVt1txC9rSwxNUa7b?filename=Secret_Downloads%231.zip

Secret downloads # 2 (3 GB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmZYUnyWAJ7LBT5Z3vQdUytN87gEsfa8KyNqHSwdWfAbCT?filename=Secret_Downloads%232.zip

Secret Downloads # 3 (3 GB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmaJ3y6NuyPkD75qtbhS2dQcm9BXkZmZVLp6g8Fn4ELYpJ?filename=Secret_Downloads%233.zip

Secret Files (64 MB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/Qma4vmU1SERr9fFmmgpD2uTVNUMjwNrxARghG1XejFXSBm?filename=Secret_Files.zip

UFO_&_Alien_E-Books (5 GB)

https://ipfs.io/ipfs/QmXPcDb7XhP5Gs7h4ZMUMPdA3o1BW6cnGR9BpBrJpFojAR?filename=UFO_%26_Alien_E-Books.zip

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

by: Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP

THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams, which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool, motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people”.
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”.

He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as “bad” stock compared to the more―Nordic types that made up earlier waves of immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens.

His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their organizations.

The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory.

They confided the results to Lise Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot.

The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40 megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike.

The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops did not.

The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects.

The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive.

In 1973 Austin Bues, from the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism study.

He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.

Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

Phoenix Program:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through
assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet
Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the
Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC
tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected
sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival
Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In
1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857.
South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley
managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban
refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams,
which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI
Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was
conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S.
military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’
Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool,
motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were
concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or
terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were
computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA
and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the
military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic
political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a
guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a
systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting
thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency
radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to
assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the
war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by
NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no
different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix
you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t
come back and kill me,” Alexander says.
It’s only a matter of time before technology
allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN
EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary
traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on
twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He
proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families.
He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like
his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest
crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the
breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation
(institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and
though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with
the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to
determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism
and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and
Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as
bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of
immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of
the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr
Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread.
This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American
Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and
her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her
mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and
court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination.
Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.
Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent.
She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible
sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the
Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law.
The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was
discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection,
or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the
truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their
organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists
split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise
Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts
for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee
was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars
(1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were
used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000
people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000
people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was
used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic
bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons.
Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and
personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-
heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen
bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller
assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40
megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear
arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear
weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be
completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall
Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved
due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead.
A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death.
A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections,
radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret
study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a
cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure
used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months
pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given
a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several
months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages.
Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used
radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse
of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron
and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a
science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at
the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation
involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their
testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges.
Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter.
The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated
cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with
his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told
his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family
doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was
discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from
the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism
study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were
collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day
expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

By Marshall Thomas

ONE:
Phoenix Program

TWO:
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Eugenics
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Agent Orange

THREE:
Cold War
Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip
Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird
Operation Northwoods

FOUR:
MKULTRA-1950’s
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
Helms, Gottlieb
Allen Dulles
Estabrooks
Cameron

MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
Helms,
Aldrich
Pandora
Delgado
Jolly West

MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola

Programming levels

FIVE:
Nonlethal weapons
Greenham Common
DOD/DOJ
Iraq

SIX:
CULTS
Aquino
Moon
FMSF
Remote viewing

SEVEN:
Trojan Horse

EIGHT:
Cointelpro

NINE:
CIA Blowback:
Golden Triangle
Ed Wilson
Katherine Griggs
Guatemala organ donors

TEN:
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Woodpecker

ELEVEN:
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists

TWELVE:
SDI/HAARP
THIRTEEN:
Military Doctrine
MindWar
The Aviary

FOURTEEN:
Patents/Spin-offs
Implants
ADS
Milliwave radar

FIFTEEN:
CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
SAIC
Hadron
DynCorp

Operation Cyclone

SIXTEEN:
Law
Girard
John Glenn
Akwei
Milgram
Street Theater
TI experience
Weed and Seed

SEVENTEEN:
End Game

 

MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM

THE PHOENIX PROGRAM:

The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In 1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857. South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams, which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S. military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.

The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’ Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool, motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.” Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved”. He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars”.

Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targetingthousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future.

The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counter-intelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.

Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, …The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water”. But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.

Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify
behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t come back and kill me”,  Alexander says. It’s only a matter of time before technology allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that”. “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question”.

 

HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN EXPERIMENTATION:

In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is
necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and
continued to the present day.

 

EUGENICS MOVEMENT

Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families. He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the breeding of the―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation (institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to determine intelligence and character. The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as bad stock compared to the more―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.

The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread. This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.

The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became
pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination. Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927. “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes. Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.

This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the
forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent. She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law. A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law. The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.

In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The
chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were
sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection, or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.

The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.

American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.

 

HUMAN RADIATION STUDIES:

In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars (1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000 people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000 people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few
years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons. Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40 megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of
the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes. Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops
did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead. A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death. A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections, radioactive isotope studies, and many others. Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages. Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child. One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.

At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges. Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government. Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic. During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs. On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.

DRUGS USED FOR MIND CONTROL

DRUGS USED FOR MIND CONTROL

(From Fritz Springmeier’s book; ‘Total Mind Controlled Slave’)


The CIA/Illuminati programming centers have more than 600-700 different drugs at their disposal. The following is a partial list of the drugs available for their mind-control (aka MK-Ultra Programming). They can make a person feel like he is in heaven, or burning in hell. The drugs are at times used with elaborate light, sound and motion shows that produce whatever effect the programmer wants to produce. They can make a person believe he is shrinking, or that he is double (with mirrors), or that he is dying. Before describing how drugs are used for programming & control, let us list a few which we know have been used. This list comes from CIA documents obtained from the Freedom of Information Act and from what Multiples used as Programmers remember. Many of the new synthetic drugs are known only to the Illuminati/Intelligence community.:

  • 2-GB (aka CBR, this is a strong hallucinogenic which also helps telepathic communication)
  • 2-CT2 (Produces dark, earthy visual patterns)
  • Acetylcholine (for EEOM, EDOM, and for blocking memory)
  • Adrenalin
  • Aktetron
  • Alcohol
  • Ambien
  • Aminazin
  • Amobarbital (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Amobarbital Sodium (hypnotic sedative)
  • Amphetamine (Addictive)
  • Amphetamine Sulphate
  • Analasine
  • Anectine (Succinylcholine, a strong muscle relaxant that makes one feel suffocated and drowning. The person feels terror at thinking he is dying.)
  • Anhalamine
  • Anhalidine
  • Anhaline
  • Anhalonidine
  • Anhalonine
  • Anhalonium
  • Aphrodisiacs (Sexual manipulation by programmers)
  • Aphyllidine
  • Aphyllin
  • Aprobarbital (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Atropine (Speeds heart rate given with l.V.)
  • Atrosine
  • BZ (Designer drug ten times more powerful that LSD, produces amnesia)
  • Bambusa
  • Banisterine
  • Baradanga (Truth serum which makes people willing to follow any command)
  • Barbiturate
  • Belladonna (A traditional drug of witches since the middle ages)
  • Benzidrene (Benzedrene, stimulant used w/ other drugs)
  • Benzocaine
  • Bromoharmine
  • Bulbocapnine (Causes a catatonia and stupors)
  • Butabarbital Sodium (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Butyl-bromallyl-barbituric Acid
  • Caffeine
  • Caffeine Sodium
  • Calcium Chloride
  • Cannabidiol
  • Can nabinol
  • Cannabis (aka Marijuana, a sedative, change in perception, colors and sounds more distinct, time distorted. This drug is not used much in Monarch Programming because it IMPEDES mind control. It has been experimented with in combination with other drugs as an interrogation tool. The CIA listed it as being used in MK-Ultra, but it served as an experimental drug rather for programming.)
  • Cannabol
  • Caramine
  • Carboline
  • Carbrital
  • Caroegine
  • Chloral Hydrate (a hypnotic sedative, the active sedative ingredientis the metabolite trichloroethanol, goes to work in about 30-60minutes, aka Noctec)
  • Cocaine (Addictive, blackmail, the availability of cocaine may pullup certain alters who are addicted to it)
  • Coffee
  • Coramine
  • Curare (To paralyze the body)
  • Delvinyl Sodium
  • Demerol (A hypnotic, also given as a reward for good learning after an induced headache, is used in the Scramble programming where the victim must overcome its effect to concentrate on what is being said)
  • Desoxyn (Used with Sodium Pentothal for hypnotic trance)
  • Dexedrine (Amphetamine)
  • Di benzo Pyran Derivatives
  • Dicain
  • Doral
  • Dramamine (aka dimenhydrinate, stops motion sickness)
  • Drobinal (for quick access)
  • Ecstasy (aka XTC, Adam, MDMA, this is an illegal designer drug, butit’s used by the government & cult programmers. Empathogens, likeEcstasy, enhance trust between the recipient & the programmer. It’s
    effect lasts for several hours.)
  • Ephedrine (Stops hypotension)
  • Ephetamine
  • Epinephrine (Adrenaline)
  • Ergot
  • Ergotamine
  • Ethanol (To inebriate the victim to induce certain behavior)
  • Ethchlorvynol (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Ethyl Harmol
  • Epicane
  • Escrine
  • Estazolam (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Ethclorvynol (Hypnotic sedative, effect begins 30 min. afterdigestion, addictive, aka Placidyl)
  • Ether
  • Ethinamate (Hypnotic sedative, aka Valmid)
  • Eucaine
  • Eucodal
  • Eukotal
  • Eunacron
  • Evipal
  • Evipan
  • Evipan Sodium
  • Flurazepam Hydrochloride (Hypnotic sedative)Genoscopolomine
  • Glutethimide (Hypnotic sedative, has withdrawal symptoms, akaDoriden)
  • Halcyn (Blocks explicit memory by impairing hippocampalprocessing)
  • Haliopareael (Tranquilizer)
  • Harmaline
  • Harmalol
  • Harman
  • Harmine
  • Harmine Methiodide
  • Harmol
  • Heroin
  • Hexacol
  • Histadyl
  • Histamine (Causes changes in the skin)
  • Hydractine (or Hydrastine)
  • Hypoloid Soluble HexabarbitoneIcoral
  • Indole
  • Indole Methyllarmine
  • Insulin (Shock for amnesia)
  • Ipecac (To induce vomiting for eating disorder programming)
  • Largatil (A powerful tranquilizer)
  • Lophop-nine
  • Lorazepam (sleep induction, may destroy memory of previous day)
  • LSD-25 (Used to program alters to cut their veins; they want to endtheir nightmare by cutting what seem like white rivers w/ blackthreads or other scary delusions. Can cause psychosis & other effects.
    It’s used in small amounts for interrogations. Its active ingredient is

    psilocybin which can create anxiety & a fear of death.)

  • Lyscorbic Acid
  • MDA (This is a cross between mescaline and amphetamine speed)
  • MDMA (Also known as Adam, this is Ecstasy, see under Ecstasy formore information)
  • MDE (aka Eve, puts someone into a strictly intellectual head trip)
  • Manganese chloride
  • Mellaril (Mood changer)
  • Methaqualone (hypnotic sedative)
  • Methotrimeprazine Hydrochloride (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Methy-cocaine
  • Methy-prylon (aka Noludar, helpful for hypnosis, side effects are ahangover & skin rashes.)
  • Metra-ol
  • Midazolam hydrochloride (Hypnovel, versed, hypnotic sedativewhich can cause amnesia)
  • Morphine
  • Morphine Hydrochloride
  • Narco-imal
  • Nembutal
  • Niacin (helpful to stop an LSD trip)
  • Nicotine
  • Nicotinic Acid (stops LSD drug effect)
  • Nikthemine
  • Nitrous Oxide
  • Novacaine
  • Nupercaine
  • Pantocaine
  • Pantopone
  • Parahyx
  • Paraldehyde (Hypnotic sedative, produces sleep in 15 mm., has astrong odor & disagreeable taste)
  • Pellotine
  • Pentobarbital (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Pentobarbital Sodium (hHypnotic sedative, if mixed with dextroAmphetamine Sulfate it will half the stage 1 dream time when REMsleep occurs)
  • Pentothal Acid (Helpful for hypnosis)
  • Pentothal Sodium
  • Percaine
  • Pernoston
  • Peyotl (Interrogation, hallucinations)
  • Pheactin
  • Phenamine
  • Phenolic Acid (Injected into expendable children’s hearts to killthem)
  • Pehyl-thio-urethanes
  • Picrate
  • Picrotoxin
  • Procaine
  • Propranolol (calms the mind so it can function better)
  • Pulegone-orcinol
  • Pulegone-olivetol
  • Pyrahexyl
  • Pyramidon
  • Quazepam (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Quinine
  • Reserpine
  • Salsoline
  • Scapalomine S. (good amnesia drug)
  • Scopolomine (Truth serum that makes people willing to dowhatever they are told)
  • Scopolomine Aminoxide Hydrobromide
  • Scopolomine-phetamine-eukotal
  • Secobarbital Sodium (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Sodium Amytal (hypnotic sedative that reduces R E M sleep time)
  • Sodium Barbital
  • Sodium Dielvinal
  • Sodium Evipal
  • Sodium Pentobarbital (Nembutal)
  • Sodium Pentothal (Truth serum for interrogation, can be used withhypnosis, can be used with Desoxyn, given in an IV)
  • Sodium Phenobarbital
  • Sodium Rhodanate
  • Sodium Soneryl
  • Sodium Succinate
  • Sodium Thioethamyl
  • Somnifen
  • Stovaine
  • Strychnine
  • Styphnic Acid
  • Sulfazin
  • Sympatol
  • Synhexyl
  • Telepathine
  • Tetra-hydro-cannabinol acetate
  • Tetra-hydro-harman
  • Tetra-hydro-harmine
  • Tropacocaine
  • Tropenone
  • Temazepam (Hypnotic sedative)
  • Thallium (Confuses thinking)
  • Thorazine (Helps bring one out of an LSD trip)
  • Tranquility (A designer drug for programming that makes the victimcompliant, like Baradanga)
  • Triazolam (Hypnotic sedative, somewhat rapid)
  • Yageine
  • Yohimbine Sulphate
  • Zolpidem Tartrate (Hypnotic sedative)

HERBS

When the victim’s body is saturated with all the drugs they can
assimilate, they will receive herbs, which often have a drug effect.

  • Ayahuasca (a vine of Brazil whose alkaloids such as Telapatin aresaid to produce a telepathic state where the recipient can see throughpeople like glass and read their minds.)
  • Bayberry (hemorrhaging)
  • Calamas (part of a cerebral tonic)
  • Cayenne Pepper (stimulant)
  • Charcoal (absorbent cleanser)
  • Caladium sequinum (injected into body parts to cause excruciatingpain)
  • Clove Oil (placed in nose for relief from the pain of dental tortures)
  • Hemlock (a poison, used more to kill than for programming)
  • Hops (sleep aid aka Beerflower)
  • Lady’s Slipper (relaxant)
  • Kava Kava (sedative)
  • Mistletoe (for dizziness, and lower blood pressure)
  • Narcissus (anaphrodisiac for males)
  • Opium (enchanting trip)
  • Potions (made from roots, powders, dried blood and animal partsare given.)
  • Rosemary (mild heart tonic)
  • Saffron (sedative)
  • Sage (part of a cerebral tonic)
  • Sandlewood & henbane (when burned the fumes cause convulsions& temporary insanity)
  • Skullcap (relaxant)
  • Sunflower Seed Oil (this may be used to help with brain stemscarring)
  • Valarium Root (works just like Valarium, also helps cramps)
  • Witch Hazel (hemorrhaging)
  • Yerba Mate (part of a cerebral tonic)

A BRIEF HISTORY OF THE USE

Religious groups, shamans, medicine men, witches and cults have been using mind altering drugs throughout history. The medieval witches used potions of hemlock and aconite for their flying ointments. These are herbs (natural drugs) which will create delirium. Contemporary witnesses reported that covens during the medieval ages would apply the potion of hemlock and aconite to cause their new witch to go delirious, and then would transport the person to the Sabbat, where they would be told they flew there. The Haitian satanic Vodoun cult, which has been manipulated by the CIA/Illuminati, has sorcerers called bokors. The Vodoun cult in Haiti is being used for trauma-based mind control. One of the items of the cult is to take the plant Datura stramonium and add this plant with other things. The plant is the active ingredient of a potent psychoactive drug, the “zombi cucumber” which produces amnesia and a pseudo-death of the victim. The brain doesn’t die, but the mind is shut off. The victim is brought back to life as a zombie – a slave of the bokor. The powder to create a zombi is called zombificant in French – creole. The ceremonies to kill and resurrect the zombie are full of magic and demonology also. Magic, drugs and demonology have always gone hand in hand. Drugs remove the part of the will that prevents demonic possession. Drugs are considered powerful demonizing substances by the those skilled in Demonology. If demonic possession is seen as part of mind-control, then cocaine, hashish, crack, and some of the other drugs are part of the effort to enslave people. (The power of magic to kill, just as the power of faith can heal, will be discussed in chapter 10.) In Basutoland in Drakersbergs, the Zulu witch-doctors use drugs and trauma to create tokoloshes (mind-controlled zombie slaves). It is said that in recent years, they are using less children and more baboons and monkeys to get tokoloshes. The point is that drugs have been and continue to be used by the occult world for controlling people.

The intelligence agencies working through the U.S. government financed drug research. An example is that Dr. Beecher of Harvard University was given via the U.S. Army Surgeon General’s Office $150,000 to investigate “the development and application of drugs which will aid in the establishment of psychological control”. Research into drugs for mind-control began in 1947 at Bethesada Naval Hospital in Maryland. A CIA report described this research as to “isolate and synthesize pure drugs for use in effecting psychological entry and control of the individual”. At the California Medical Facility at Vacaville, Dr. Arthur Nugent, conducted research into drugs for mind control under the auspices of the CIA. The Bureau of Narcotics worked with the CIA to establish “safe houses” where drugs which were seized were given to victims. Some other hospitals which began working with the intelligence agencies with dispensing drugs for mind control include Mount Sinai Hospital, Boston Psychopathic Hospital, University of Illinois, University of Michigan, University of Minnesota, Valley Forge General Hospital, Detroit Psychopathic Clinic, Mayo Clinic, the National Institute of Health, and Letterman Hospital in the Presideo, CA.

The military did drug research/programming at the Army Chemical School in Ft. McClellan, AL and at the Edgewood Chemical Center. In 1958, Dr. Louis Gottschalk, working for the CIA suggested that addictive drugs be used to control people. Some GIs who became addicted to pain killing drugs were subsequently blackmailed by withholding the painkillers until they complied with the demands asked of them. Cocaine has been frequently given to Monarch slaves to get them addicted and give their handlers more control over them. There is spray cocaine, and powdered cocaine, etc. Because the Monarch slaves are used to haul drugs and to launder the drug money, they are right in the middle of large supplies of drugs. If you hear the expression “The snow is falling” it is the Network’s lingo for cocaine. Cocaine is reported to give people a feeling of power and to act as an aphrodisiac.

APPLICATIONS FOR DRUGS IN PROGRAMMING

Drugs are used during programming. Although drugs used to assist programming mean nothing to the common person, they each have a specific purpose within a certain type of programming.

SOME SPECIFIC
USES FOR DRUGS DURING PROGRAMMING INCLUDE:

a. PUTTING PEOPLE INTO TRANCE

b. TEACHING ALTERS TO GO DEEPER INTO TRANCE TO ESCAPE DRUG EFFECTS

c. ENHANCING THE TRAUMA

d. PRODUCING OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCES

e. CREATING PAIN

f. CREATING BLOOD VESSELS THAT HURT, a pulsating pain, that runs through the
body

g. CONTROLLING HISTAMINE PRODUCTION

h. HELPING CREATE ILLUSIONS SUCH AS NO HANDS, NO FEET, NO FACE, NO HEAD
etc.

i. TEACHING ALTERS TO STAY IN POSITION

j. TO ASSIST OTHER PROGRAMMING MODALITIES, such as high tech harmonic machines, which implant thoughts. (The machines are used in conjunction with designer drugs.)

k. HORMONES, FOR INSTANCE GnRH, WHICH REGULATES THE PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SEXUAL GROWTH. Is given to speed up sexual growth. Other body developments may also be manipulated.

l. TO ENHANCE OR REDUCE MEMORY

m. TO BUILD THE IMAGE OF THE PROGRAMMERS POWER.

At this point, it is appropriate to point out that the personalities of a multiple do not respond uniformly to the same dose of the same drug. Understanding how a drug will effect particular alters is a science in itself. If an alter is holding the body, it will receive more of the effect of a drug. Let’s say Paraldehyde is given to a multiple. A possible reaction would be that some alters will feel no effect, some will be sedated to a drunken stupor, and child alters may be unconscious or hyperactive. Chloral hydrate might put some alters to sleep while others remain wide awake. Sometimes the personality holding the body may fight the influence of a drug to keep the body. Prochlorperazine is sometimes given by therapists to help alters cope with nausea and vomiting. Most alters will be programmed not to accept drugs except from their master. Lithium suppresses alter switching in some systems. An alter to “protect” the system from the therapist’s helpful medications may develop “allergic” responses. Alcohol is a drug. The reaction of an alter System to it will again be varied. Child alters may become unconscious, while the adult alters don’t even become inebriated by large quantities of hard liquor. Within males, dangerous violent personalities may take the body. Within the medical world, often an approximate correct dosage will work. However, with the programming the doses must be extremely fine tuned. Some of the best skilled medical doctors and assistants help with the programming. The Illuminati will initially give the small child a small dose of a drug. They will chart its effect, give it a urinalysis to see how long it stays in the body etc. This is just the testing stage, they are not doing any programming. A number of drugs will be tested, but only one at a time. They clear a child’s body of a drug before they give it another one. They prefer not to mix meds. They will start small to insure they don’t overdose and then increase the dosage until they notice the correct behavior pattern. This will be charted in detail on the slave’s chart. Each child’s body chemistry is different, so the suggested dosages are only ball park figures which are not precise enough. If too much of a drug is given, the programmers can easily turn a child into a psychotic basket case. One of the secrets of the Illuminati/Intelligence agencies is that they have secret antidotes for most medications, which, if they have to give them to a child, then they will. They will use an antidote, for instance, to keep a child from going into heart failure. The Programmers will have some helpful drugs and herbs on stock too. It is reported that Glutamic Acid (1000 mg. 3 times/day) will take care of the intense headaches that alters get from lots of switching. Witch hazel leaves and comfrey root will help internal bleeding.

a. PUTTING PEOPLE INTO TRANCE

About 90% of the population can be placed into the somnambulistic (the deepest) hypnotic trance possible simply by giving them hypnotic drugs. The prior list on pages 47-50 gives over 2 dozen drugs that can be used to assist taking someone in hypnotic trance. Special drugs have been designed which will place someone into a deep trance very quickly. If an alter is not being cooperative when they are accessed, they can be locked in place mentally and given a quick shot of a fast-acting hypnotic-inducing drug. One drug which was popular for programming was demerol, which would be administered intravenously (an IV). It takes about 5-7 minutes to take full effect after administration via an I.V. The dosage can be administered so that the effect remains until the programming session is over. It may be administered about every half hour if appropriate. Children will receive 1 to 2.2 mg/kg dose. Another drug, a truth serum, also consistently works on people making them totally compliant to any directive. Under Baradanga people will give their bank account numbers and anything else a person might want. These type of drugs are almost sufficient in themselves to get compliance out of a person. If one realizes that these drugs are used in conjunction to torture, elaborate systems of lies and deception, trauma-bonds, and all the rest of the sciences of mind-control used in the programming, it is easy to see how they are producing totally compliant human robots.

b. TEACHING ALTERS TO GO DEEPER INTO TRANCE TO ESCAPE DRUG EFFECTS AND
PAIN.

Much of the training in this area is based upon the child’s horror and fear toward the all powerful master programmer. When the programmer wants the child’s alters to learn to trance deeper, he will give a drug that the alter doesn’t like. The child’s alter will then be told to go deeper into the mind if they want to escape the effect of the drug. This enforces the dissociative state being trained for the alter. The suggestion or story line that is given to the alter is frequently the picture of a train. The child is told that the conductor is at the front of the train, but he must move to the back of the train through the train cars. The child is taught to count cars when they go by as if they were steps in the mind. This is training the child to descend into deeper levels of the subconscious. The train illustration has been used by programmers when they want the child to remember the drug experience. The programmer wants this experience remembered – at least for a while because it helps increase the child’s fear. If the programmer wants the child to forget the drug experience while learning trance depths, then the imagery of a plane taking off and disappearing in the clouds works.

c. ENHANCING THE TRAUMA

Drugs will be used to enhance the spinning effect when the mind is being programmed to have vortexes and to set up traps within the slave’s mind. One particular drug enhances the trauma by 100 times. Drugs can be useful for instance, to enhance a child’s terror of the experience of this child being placed in a small box in the fetal position for 24 hours. This helps shorten the programming time, and it also make the programming more intense. The programmers know what antidotes to give to pull the child out of the enhancement. Marijuana enhances perception of color and noise, but it is not used to enhance trauma. The mind does not program well under marijuana. That is why there has been such a big campaign to keep it illegal, even though many studies show it to be safer than alcohol.

d. PRODUCING OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCES

Various hallucinogenic drugs, LSD included, will produce an out of body experience for the victim, if the drugs are administered correctly. The Programmer will prepare the victim with various information and story lines during the administration of the drug. Monarch slaves who are being deprogrammed, may have a memory where their skin feels inflamed and itchy, like a bad mosquito bite. The experience may also have the sensation of floating in an unreal world. This may well be an LSD trip given the slave during experimentation and programming. The CIA was using LSD beginning in the very early part of the 1950s. Several victims report that some type of potion causes a person to dream while they are awake. PCP which is “angel dust” is one way to disconnect the cortex from the limbic system and go into an altered state.

e. CREATING PAIN

This is done with a long list of drugs. Drops of salt water and pepper water are applied to the eyes of victims to make their eyes sting. Another pain in the eye takes place when lights are flashed signalling, “I love you, I love you not”. The child is pulled two ways by this message. Dr. Green Mengele) enjoyed pulling daisy petals while saying these words. If the last petal was “I love you not”. the child would be put to death. Surviving children were left traumatized.

f. CREATING BLOOD VESSELS THAT HURT

Blood pressure is raised by drugs and then certain drugs are added which make the veins burn. The alter is taught to cut the burning veins. This is programming which is laid in to control the slave from straying from the script he or she is given. If they stray, then a cutting program is activated which was laid in via a combination of drugs in the method just stated.

g. CONTROLLING HISTAMINE PRODUCTION

The control of histamine production is an important secret ingredient to the Monarch Mind Control. The breast implants placed into women help stimulate histamine production, which is used in conjunction with drug-
assisted programming (See Chapter 8.)

h. HELPING CREATE ILLUSIONS SUCH AS; NO HANDS, NO FEET, NO FACE, NO HEAD..
etc.

A programmer working with a hallucinogenic drug can make an alter believe that it has lost a particular body part. Because most of these
alters have little memory or no memory and little frame of reference, what they are told while under the influence of drugs seems very real to them.

i. TEACHING ALTERS TO STAY IN POSITION

Some alters don’t like to stay in position. But through the use of drugs, and the side effect of drugs, they soon learn the importance of staying in position. If they are disobedient, the memory of the bad side effects from not staying in position in the mind can be pulled up by a code and the alter can relive the pain from having disobediently moved from position. This is very effective in teaching alters to stay in their little position that is assigned them in the mind.

j. TO ASSIST OTHER PROGRAMMING MODALITIES, such as high tech harmonic machines, which implant thoughts. (The machines are used in
conjunction with designer drugs.)

An example of how drugs can be important is as follows. The neurons in the hippocampus which is part of the memory process use acetylcholine. Drugs that block acetylcholine interfere with memory. The neurons and the chemical neural transmitters are understood much better today. Where and how a thought is created in the brain is understood by the programmers in detail. No one is in a position to physically prevent the Illuminati and others from taking their children and others to labs where chemicals and harmonics can be used in sophisticated computer guided ways to implant thoughts into the children’s minds. As the child’s brain is shaped according to its environment, the level of everyday brain chemicals and the shape of the various areas of the brain can be determined by the programmers. This is why a recent article on Prozac (Newsweek, Feb. 7, 1994) uses a quote from Alice In Wonderland for its title, “One pill makes you larger, and one pill makes you small”. This article (on page 38) quotes brain researcher Restak, “For the first time, we will be in a position to design our own brain.” On the previous page in big letters it reads, “Scientific insights into the brain are raising the prospect of made-to-order, off-the-shelf personalities”.

Another programming modality assisted by drugs is behavior modification. Aversion therapy using a vomit-inducing drug is used on children. Another example of drugs helping assist programming is to give someone LSD and then interview the child while it is hallucinating. The hallucinations are then used as programming building blocks by using hypnotic techniques.

One way to build on an LSD trip is to tell the child if they ever do a particular thing (such as touch programming, remember programming, and integrate parts, etc.) the victim is to go crazy and hallucinate like they are presently doing. This means that they will be locked up in a crazy house for the rest of their life. Rather than be put in straight-jackets with other crazy people it would be better for the person to commit suicide. By constantly reinforcing this message, some alters will adopt the script “that they are doing the body good to kill it if any alter personality touches the programming”, because otherwise the body will
be locked up in a crazy house.

Drugs are used in programming to establish a pattern or a script. There must be a pattern of dissociation. Parts can’t just dissociate into nothing, otherwise there would be nothing to build on. Drugs will play a major role in the structuring of the alter system, which is covered in chapter 7.

The child doesn’t know where the effect of the drug is coming from. The programmer will take credit for the power of the drug. Whoever administers the drug has power in the child’s mind. The mind wants to be
safe.

I am familiar with a recent example here in Oregon of someone who escaped from being sacrificed at a Satanic Ritual. The legal system told the woman she was crazy when she reported to the police that she had escaped from a Satanic Ritual where they were going to sacrifice her. To control her, the judge ordered 3 types of antipsychotics, twice the normal dose of two kinds of lithium carbonate to put her into a lethargic stupor, Paxil as an antidepressant, and Benztropine mesylate as an anti-parkinsonian agent. The antipsychotics were Thiothixene, Thioridazine hydrochloride, and Perphenazine which are all addictive. This woman may or may not be a multiple. But this clearly shows the type of mental control via drugs that could be slapped onto someone who dares report Satanic activity to an establishment which has been sadly corrupted from top to bottom.

One victim of government mind control tried to get free. The first psychiatrist the person tried to go to was cooperating with U.S. Intelligence and gave her Stelazine, which aggravated the victim’s situation. When the victim spied a general’s uniform in the closet of this psychiatrist, she got another psychiatrist, who unfortunately turned out to be an ex-DoD employee. He placed her on Haldol Decanoate, Klonopin, and Benzatropine. The combined effect of these drugs is to erase memory, and create a dissociative disorder. All of the drugs were highly addicted. Another fleeing victim was given Trazodone by a physician who was cooperating with the Intelligence agencies. This almost gave the victim a heart attack because it aggravated her heart condition. And yet another escaping victim apparently also fell prey to dirty CIA doctors who were practicing in public without warning people of their intelligence connections. This victim was given a combination of Compazine and Xanax, in dosages that the Physicians Desk Reference warns against. The doctor, who prescribed this, worked out of an office named after an MK Ultra programmer. There are other important things to mention about when drugs are used in Monarch programming.

SOME OF THE CAUTIONS THAT
THE PROGRAMMERS ARE ALERT TO INCLUDE:

a. WATCHING THE HEART SO THAT IT DOESN’T STOP.

Many of the children who have been programmed have died from heart failure. The programmers are very careful to have heart monitors on the victim, and to have paddles ready to revive the body. Because so much of their drugging affects the heart, they accept that they will lose a few to heart failure.

b. MAKING SURE THAT DRUGS AREN’T GIVEN TO CHILDREN WHO ARE ALLERGIC TO
THEM.

The programmers take the time to insure that they have the family histories of allergies to drugs, and they will test the children too, before proceeding with drugs. They not oniy learn the family & individual responses to drugs, but they can test during programming to determine a drug’s blood level in a child. For instance, pentobarbital at a blood level of 5 mcg/ml aids hypnosis, at 15 makes the victim comatose with reflexes, and at 30 makes the person comatose w/ extreme difficulty in breathing. In everyday life, 30 mcg/ml would kill the child.

Pentobarbital blood levels can be tested by an enzyme multiplied immunoassay technique. For longer-acting Phenobarbital gas chromatography is used. TCA’s are tested by radioimmunoassay, high-perf. liquid chromatography and thin layer chromatography. Some hypnotics are tested by colorimetry, photometry and spectrophotometry.

c. SWITCHING TO HERBS WHEN THE BODY IS SATURATED WITH DRUGS.

When the child’s body has had all the manufactured drugs it can absorb, the programmers switch to a vast collection of natural herbs.

d. PROVIDING THE ANTIDOTE FOR AIDS. Monarch Slaves are routinely given the antidote for AIDS and have been since the 1960s-1970s.

e. KNOWING HOW MUCH OF A DRUG EACH PART CAN TAKE, SMALL YOUNG ALTER CAN’T TAKE AS MUCH.

Multiples within a single system have varying levels of tolerance toward drugs. A small child alter may be killed by an adult dosage, even though the age of the body is that of an adult. The programmers are acutely aware of how to deal with multiple personalities.

f. PROVIDING SALT TO BALANCE THE ELECTROLYTES IN THE MIND OF A PROGRAMMED MULTIPLE PERSONALITY.

An electrolyte imbalance can cause a multiple personality’s mind to go wacky and start spinning. The Multiple could possibly go into shock and die. The programmers are very experienced in understanding the unique requirements of a multiple personality.

g. AN IMPORTANT PLANT EXTRACT FOR WATCHING BRAIN WAVE ACTIVITY IS THE
LARGE PLANT ENZYME HORSERADISH PEROXIDASE (HRP).

Perhaps it would be worthwhile to briefly mention that all the major chemical and drug companies are run by the Illuminati. It would take a book to explain who controls what and how they connect in, and this author could write it. Instead, we will try to give a quick over view. Rather than cover 2 dozen large drug companies, three major drug companies have been randomly selected to show a quick view of how all the drug companies are deeply involved with Monarch mind-control programming. Since the purpose of this book is to show how the mind control is done–this sample of names is given only to convey to the reader that the drugs that the Illuminati/Intelligence agencies need are never in short supply. And the labs to develop designer drugs for mind-control are not in short supply either.

ELI LILLY CO.- Trustee of Eli Lilly Endowment Walter William Wilson – Illuminati, married to Helen Scudder (of the wealthy powerful Scudder family), prominent partner of Morgan, Stanley & Co. controlled by Henry Morgan also a member of the Illuminati. Executive Vice-pres. of Eli Lilly Landrum Bolling, represented Eli Lilly at the secret annual Dartmouth conferences, overseen by the Illuminati. Chairman of Eli Lilly Richard D. Wood, dir, of the Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, Chemical Bank of NY, and the Amer. Enterprise Inst. for Public Policy Research. Dir. Eli Lilly C. William Verity, Jr., dir. Chase Manhattan Bank and assoc. with U.S. intelligence, and works with Mrs. Rockefeller as a member of USTEC. Dan Quayle and George Bush (CIA director and Monarch handler) have been part of Eli Lilly management too.

MANSANTO CHEMICAL COMPANY – President Earle H. Harbison, Jr.-CIA. and director of Bethesada General Hospital where they program Monarch slaves. He is also the president of the Mental Health Association.

STERLING DRUG CO. (an I.G. Farben spinoff) -connected to the Krupp Illuminati family. Chairman W. Clark Wescoe, dir of the super secret Tinker Foundation which is a CIA foundation. Dir. Gordon T. Wallis, Illuminati, dir, of the Fed. Reserve Bank of NY, CFR, Director Martha T. Muse, CIA, pres. of the Tinker Foundation, dir. of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem (Knights of Malta), and dir. of Georgetown Center for Strategic Studies


SUMMARY

As the reader can see, the use of drugs in the Monarch Trauma-based Mind Control is extensive and requires skilled technicians, nurses, and doctors. Because of the long-held control by the Illuminati families over narcotics and drug manufacture/sales, there is no difficulty for the programmers to get large quantities of secret designer drugs. The minor occult cults have to get by with a more limited supply of mind altering drugs, unless they directly connect in with the bigger picture. The power of drugs to control a person’s life is not absolute -although someone who lives with a cocaine addict or alcoholic might disagree – but when coupled with all the other methods in a sophisticated system of mind-control, drugs just further reinforce the absolute power of the Illuminati over an individual.

THE HISTORY OF THE N.W.O & U.N

Thus, the hold communists had over Eastern Europe (the Iron Curtain), becomes very weak. Communism collapses, not only in the Soviet Union but also in Europe.

In Russia, Boris Yeltsin (whose wife is the daughter of Joseph Stalin and Rosa Kaganovich) and the Republican government takes steps to end the power of the Communist party by suspending and banning the party and seizing all their property.

This symbolised the fall of the Communism in Russia, and resulted in the start of a mass exodus of 700,000 Jews from the former Soviet Union to Israel.

In the Israeli Journal, Hotam (24 November 1989), there is a report of a speech that then Israeli Deputy Foreign Minister, Ashkenazi Jewish, Binyamin Netanyahu, gave to students at Bar Ilan University in which he states;

“Israel should have exploited the repression of the demonstrations in China, when world attention focused on that country, to carry out mass expulsions among the Arabs of the territories”.
The London and Paris Rothschilds announce the launch of a new subsidiary, Rothchild GmbH, in “Frankfurt, Germany.

1991: Following the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait on August 2, 1990, on January 16 of this year, the United States and Britain began Aerial bombing campaign of targets within Iraq. On 24 February the ground campaign commenced which was to last 100 hours until on February 28 when a horrendous war crimes occurred.

The crime was the slaughter of 150,000 Iraqi troops with fuel air bombs. These Iraqis were fleeing on a crowded highway from Kuwait to Basra. President George Herbert Walker Bush ordered United States militarily aircraft and ground units to kill these surrendering troops, they were then bulldozed into mass unmarked graves in the desert, some still alive.

SOCIALISM MEANING

SOCIALISM MEANING

noun

so·cial·ism | sō-shə-ˌli-zəm\

DEFINITION OF SOCIALISM =

1: any of various economic and political theories advocating collective or governmental ownership and administration of the means of production and distribution of goods

2: a system of society or group living in which there is no private property

b: a system or condition of society in which the means of production are owned and controlled by the state

3: a stage of society in Marxist theory transitional between capitalism and communism and distinguished by unequal distribution of goods and pay according to work done

Socialism vs. Social Democracy: Usage GuideCommunism, Socialism, Capitalism and Democracy Example Sentences Learn More about socialism

Socialism vs. Social Democracy: Usage Guide

In the many years since socialism entered English around 1830, it has acquired several different meanings. It refers to a system of social organization in which private property and the distribution of income are subject to social control, but the conception of that control has varied, and the term has been interpreted in widely diverging ways, ranging from statist to libertarian, from Marxist to liberal. In the modern era, “pure” socialism has been seen only rarely and usually briefly in a few Communist regimes. Far more common are systems of social democracy, now often referred to as democratic socialism, in which extensive state regulation, with limited state ownership, has been employed by democratically elected governments (as in Sweden and Denmark) in the belief that it produces a fair distribution of income without impairing economic growth.

 

Communism, Socialism, Capitalism and Democracy

Communism is one of our top all-time lookups, and user comments suggest that’s because it is often used in opaque ways. In some sources, communism is equated with socialism; in others, it is contrasted with democracy and capitalism. Part of this confusion stems from the fact that the word communism has been applied to varying political systems over time. When it was first used in English prose, communismreferred to an economic and political theory that advocated the abolition of private property and the common sharing of all resources among a group of people, and it was often used interchangeably with the word socialism by 19th-century writers. The differences between communism and socialism are still debated, but generally English speakers used communism to refer to the political and economic ideologies that find their origin in Karl Marx’s theory of revolutionary socialism, which advocates a proletariat overthrow of capitalist structures within a society, societal and communal ownership and governance of the means of production, and the eventual establishment of a classless society. The most well-known expression of Marx’s theories is the 20th-century Bolshevism of the U.S.S.R., in which the state, through a single authoritarian party, controls a society’s economy and social activities with the goal of realizing Marx’s theories.

Communism is often contrasted with capitalism and democracy, though these can be false equivalencies depending on the usage. Capitalism refers to an economic theory in which a society’s means of production are held by private individuals or organizations, not the government, and where prices, distribution of goods, and products are determined by a free market. It can be contrasted with the economic theories of communism, though the word communism is used of both political and economic theories. Democracyrefers to a system of government in which supreme power is vested in the people and exercised through a system of direct or indirect representation which is decided through periodic free elections. Democracy is contrasted with communism primarily because the 20th-century communism of the U.S.S.R. was characterized by an authoritarian government, whereas the democracy of the 20th-century U.S. was characterized by a representative government.

 

EXAMPLES OF SOCIALISM IN A SENTENCE

She is quite right, for example, to stress that Thatcher’s crusade against socialism was not merely about economic efficiency and prosperity but that above all, “it was that socialism itself—in all its incarnations, wherever and however it was applied—was morally corrupting”.— Stephen Pollard, New York Times Book Review, 18 Jan. 2009Lenin’s great genius, of course, was for ideology, which was redefined all too often to support the tactical requirements of the moment. But owing to his fanatical conviction of his own righteousness, especially where socialism was concerned, and also to the Promethean force of his will, his pronouncements were enshrined by his followers as universal truths.— Michael Scammell, New Republic, 20 Dec. 1999

 

Recent Examples on the Web

Today, when higher education tends to be far more inclusive of different populations, college strikes many people as socialism.— Chuck Thompson, Popular Mechanics, “The State of American Trade Schools,” 13 Mar. 2019From the 1940s, city policymakers and real estate agents found common ground, both campaigning against funding for public housing in urban areas, the former dismissing it as socialism, while the latter stood to lose profits.— Mychal Denzel Smith, The New Republic, “How America became over-policed,” 5 June 2018

These example sentences are selected automatically from various online news sources to reflect current usage of the word ‘socialism.’ Views expressed in the examples do not represent the opinion of Merriam-Webster or its editors. Send us feedback.

maxresdefault (1)248298_imagesocialism650x3901_XPK07h1CJc0_aFalZIfXSw1_zi25pBJzYyqKePsuV9EA1wsheep goatsmaxresdefault (2)Capture-1-673x0-c-defaultDSA-Featured-678x381images (4)tlc-09685275f54f82e9fcc0702fb0fd9db81e6f389aimages (6)

https://www.hoover.org/research/why-socialism-fails

 

images (3)

images (5)Socialism

 

SEE MORE:

First Known Use of socialism

1833, in the meaning defined at sense 1

Trending Words from Election 2016

Dictionary Entries near socialism

social insect

social insurance

socialise

socialism

socialist

Socialist labor

socialist realism

Statistics for socialism

1: A way of organizing a society in which major industries are owned and controlled by the government rather than by individual people and companies

See the full definition forsocialism in the English Language Learners Dictionary

SOCIALISM

noun

so·cial·ism\ˈsō-shə-ˌli-zəm\

Kids Definition ofsocialism

1: A social system or theory in which the government owns and controls the means of production (as factories) and distribution of goods

More from Merriam-Webster on socialism

Rhyming Dictionary: Words that rhyme with socialism

Thesaurus: All synonyms and antonyms for socialism

Spanish Central: Translation of socialism

English: Translation of socialism for Spanish Speakers

Britannica English: Translation of socialism for Arabic Speakers

Britannica.com: Encyclopedia

SOCIALISM
socialism/ˈsəʊʃəlɪz(ə)m/

noun

A political and economic theory of social organization which advocates that the means of production, distribution, and exchange should be owned or regulated by the community as a whole.

SYNONYMS:
Leftism, Fabianism, syndicalism, consumer socialism, utopian socialism, welfarism; More

Policy or practice based on the political and economic theory of socialism.

SYNONYMS:
leftism, Fabianism, syndicalism, consumer socialism, utopian socialism, welfarism; More

(in Marxist theory) a transitional social state between the overthrow of capitalism and the realization of Communism.

MASCULINE NAME:

1.
Doctrine of social organization, which intends to make prevail the general interest on the particular interests, by means of a concerted organization (opposed to liberalism).
Reform Socialism and Revolutionary Socialism.

2.
POLICY (VOCABULARY MARXIST)
Transitional phase between the disappearance of capitalism and the establishment of communism.

ABOUT SOCIALISM

Socialism is a range of
economic and social systems, characterised by social ownership of the means of production and workers’ self-management, as well as the political theories and movements associated with them. Social ownership can be public, collective or cooperative ownership, or citizen ownership of equity. There are many varieties of socialism and there is no single definition encapsulating all of them,
with social ownership being the common element shared by its various forms.

Socialist systems are divided into non-market and market forms. Non-market socialism involves the substitution of factor markets and money with engineering and technical criteria based on calculation performed in-kind, thereby producing an economic mechanism that functions according to different
economic laws from those of capitalism. Non-market socialism aims to circumvent the inefficiencies and crises
traditionally associated with
capital accumulation and the profit system. By contrast,
market socialism retains the use of monetary prices, factor markets and in some cases the profit motive, with respect to the operation of socially owned enterprises and the allocation of capital goods between them. Profits generated by these firms would be controlled directly by the workforce of each firm, or accrue to society at large in the form of a social dividend. The socialist calculation debate concerns the feasibility and methods of resource allocation for a socialist system.

Socialist politics has been both internationalist and nationalist in orientation; organised through political parties and opposed to party politics; at times overlapping with trade unions, and at other times independent and critical of unions; and present in both industrialised and developing nations.
Originating within the socialist movement, social democracyhas embraced a mixed economy with a market that includes substantial state intervention in the form of income redistribution, regulation, and a welfare state. Economic democracy proposes a sort of market socialism where there is more decentralized control of companies, currencies, investments, and natural resources.

The socialist political movementincludes a set of political philosophies that originated in the revolutionary movements of the mid-to-late 18th century and out of concern for the social problems that were associated with capitalism.
By the late 19th century, after the work of Karl Marx and his collaborator
Friedrich Engels, socialism had come to signify opposition to capitalism and advocacy for a post-capitalist system based on some form of social ownership of the means of production. By the 1920s,
social democracy
and communism had become the two dominant political tendencies within the international socialist movement. By this time, socialism emerged as “the most influential secular movement of the twentieth century, worldwide. It is a political ideology (or world view), a wide and divided political movement” and while the emergence of the Soviet Union as the world’s first nominally socialist state led to socialism’s widespread association with the Soviet economic model, some economists and intellectuals argued that in practice the model functioned as a form of state capitalism or a non-planned administrative or command economy. Socialist parties
and ideas remain a political force with varying degrees of power and influence on all continents, heading national governments in many countries around the world. Today, some socialists have also adopted the causes of other social movements, such as environmentalism,
feminism and progressivism.
In 21st century America,
the term socialism, without
clear definition, has become a pejorative used by
conservatives to taint liberal
and progressive policies,
proposals, and public figures.

ETYMOLOGY

of the twentieth century, worldwide. It is a political ideology (or world view), a wide and divided political movement”[33] and while the emergence of the Soviet Union as the world’s first nominally socialist state led to socialism’s widespread association with the Soviet economic model, some economists and intellectuals argued that in practice the model functioned as a form of state capitalism[34][35][36] or a non-planned administrative or command economy.[37][38] Socialist parties and ideas remain a political force with varying degrees of power and influence on all continents, heading national governments in many countries around the world. Today, some socialists have also adopted the causes of other social movements, such as environmentalism, feminism and progressivism.[39] In 21st century America, the term socialism, without clear definition, has become a pejorative used by conservatives to taint liberal and progressive policies, proposals, and public figures.[40]

Contents

Etymology

Utopian socialist pamphlet of Rudolf Sutermeister

For Andrew Vincent, “[t]he word ‘socialism’ finds its root in the Latin sociare, which means to combine or to share. The related, more technical term in Roman and then medieval law was societas. This latter word could mean companionship and fellowship as well as the more legalistic idea of a consensual contract between freemen”.[41]

The term “socialism” was created by Henri de Saint-Simon, one of the founders of what would later be labelled “utopian socialism”. Simon coined the term as a contrast to the liberal doctrine of “individualism”, which stressed that people act or should act as if they are in isolation from one another.[42] The original “utopian” socialists condemned liberal individualism for failing to address social concerns during the industrial revolution, including poverty, social oppression and gross inequalities in wealth, thus viewing liberal individualism as degenerating society into supporting selfish egoism that harmed community life through promoting a society based on competition.[42] They presented socialism as an alternative to liberal individualism based on the shared ownership of resources, although their proposals for socialism differed significantly. Saint-Simon proposed economic planning, scientific administration and the application of modern scientific advancements to the organisation of society. By contrast, Robert Owen proposed the organisation of production and ownership in cooperatives.[42][43]

The term “socialism” is also attributed to Pierre Leroux[44] and to Marie Roch Louis Reybaud in France; and in Britain to Robert Owen in 1827, father of the cooperative movement.[45][46]

The modern definition and usage of “socialism” settled by the 1860s, becoming the predominant term among the group of words “co-operative”, “mutualist” and “associationist”, which had previously been used as synonyms. The term “communism” also fell out of use during this period, despite earlier distinctions between socialism and communism from the 1840s.[47] An early distinction between socialism and communism was that the former aimed to only socialise production while the latter aimed to socialise both production and consumption (in the form of free access to final goods).[48] However, Marxists employed the term “socialism” in place of “communism” by 1888, which had come to be considered an old-fashion synonym for socialism. It was not until 1917 after the Bolshevik Revolution that “socialism” came to refer to a distinct stage between capitalism and communism, introduced by Vladimir Lenin as a means to defend the Bolshevik seizure of power against traditional Marxist criticisms that Russia’s productive forces were not sufficiently developed for socialist revolution.[49]

A distinction between “communist” and “socialist” as descriptors of political ideologies arose in 1918 after the Russian Social-Democratic Labour Party renamed itself to the All-Russian Communist Party, where communist came to specifically mean socialists who supported the politics and theories of Leninism, Bolshevism and later Marxism–Leninism,[50] although communist parties continued to describe themselves as socialists dedicated to socialism.[51]

The words “socialism” and “communism” eventually accorded with the adherents’ and opponents’ cultural attitude towards religion. In Christian Europe, communism was believed to be the atheist way of life. In Protestant England, the word “communism” was too culturally and aurally close to the Roman Catholic communion rite, hence English atheists denoted themselves socialists.[52] Friedrich Engels argued that in 1848, at the time when The Communist Manifesto was published, that “socialism was respectable on the continent, while communism was not”. The Owenites in England and the Fourieristsin France were considered “respectable” socialists, while working-class movements that “proclaimed the necessity of total social change” denoted themselves communists. This latter branch of socialism produced the communist work of Étienne Cabet in France and Wilhelm Weitling in Germany.[53] The British moral philosopher John Stuart Mill also came to advocate a form of economic socialism within a liberal context. In later editions of his Principles of Political Economy (1848), Mill would argue that “as far as economic theory was concerned, there is nothing in principle in economic theory that precludes an economic order based on socialist policies”. While democrats looked to the Revolutions of 1848 as a democratic revolution, which in the long run ensured liberty, equality and fraternity, Marxists denounced 1848 as a betrayal of working-class ideals by a bourgeoisie indifferent to the legitimate demands of the proletariat.

HISTORY

.

Main article: History of socialism

cs and a romantic anti-industrialism”[67] which produced theorists such as Edward Bellamy, Frederick Denison Maurice and Charles Kingsley.[74]

The first advocates of socialism favoured social levelling in order to create a meritocratic or technocratic society based on individual talent. Count Henri de Saint-Simon is regarded as the first individual to coin the term “socialism”.[75] Saint-Simon was fascinated by the enormous potential of science and technology and advocated a socialist society that would eliminate the disorderly aspects of capitalism and would be based on equal opportunities.[76][unreliable source?] He advocated the creation of a society in which each person was ranked according to his or her capacities and rewarded according to his or her work.[75] The key focus of Saint-Simon’s socialism was on administrative efficiency and industrialism and a belief that science was the key to progress.[77] This was accompanied by a desire to implement a rationally organised economy based on planning and geared towards large-scale scientific and material progress,[75] thus embodied a desire for a more directed or planned economy. Other early socialist thinkers, such as Thomas Hodgkin and Charles Hall, based their ideas on David Ricardo’s economic theories. They reasoned that the equilibrium value of commodities approximated prices charged by the producer when those commodities were in elastic supply and that these producer prices corresponded to the embodied labour—the cost of the labour (essentially the wages paid) that was required to produce the commodities. The Ricardian socialists viewed profit, interest and rent as deductions from this exchange-value.[citation needed]

West European social critics, including Robert Owen, Charles Fourier, Pierre-Joseph Proudhon, Louis Blanc, Charles Hall, and Saint-Simon were the first modern socialists who criticised the excessive poverty and inequality of the Industrial Revolution. They advocated reform, with some such as Robert Owen advocating the transformation of society to small communities without private property. Robert Owen’s contribution to modern socialism was his understanding that actions and characteristics of individuals were largely determined by the social environment they were raised in and exposed to.[77]On the other hand, Charles Fourier advocated phalansteres which were communities that respected individual desires (including sexual preferences), affinities and creativity and saw that work has to be made enjoyable for people.[78] The ideas of Owen and Fourier were tried in practice in numerous intentional communities around Europe and the American continent in the mid-19th century.

Paris Commune

The celebration of the election of the Commune on 28 March 1871—the Paris Commune was a major early implementation of socialist ideas

The Paris Commune was a government that briefly ruled Paris from 18 March (more formally, from 28 March) to 28 May 1871. The Commune was the result of an uprising in Paris after France was defeated in the Franco-Prussian War. The Commune elections held on 26 March elected a Commune council of 92 members, one member for each 20,000 residents.[79] Despite internal differences, the council began to organise the public services essential for a city of two million residents. It also reached a consensus on certain policies that tended towards a progressive, secular and highly democratic social democracy.

Because the Commune was only able to meet on fewer than 60 days in all, only a few decrees were actually implemented. These included the separation of church and state; the remission of rents owed for the entire period of the siege (during which payment had been suspended); the abolition of night work in the hundreds of Paris bakeries; the granting of pensions to the unmarried companions and children of National Guards killed on active service; and the free return, by the city pawnshops, of all workmen’s tools and household items valued up to 20 francs, pledged during the siege.[80] The Commune was concerned that skilled workers had been forced to pawn their tools during the war; the postponement of commercial debt obligations and the abolition of interest on the debts; and the right of employees to take over and run an enterprise if it were deserted by its owner. The Commune nonetheless recognised the previous owner’s right to compensation.[80]

First International

Mikhail Bakunin speaking to members of the International Workingmen’s Association at the Basel Congress in 1869

The International Workingmen’s Association (IWA), often called the First International, was founded in London in 1864. The International Workingmen’s Association united diverse revolutionary currents including French followers of Proudhon,[81] Blanquists, Philadelphes, English trade unionists, socialists and social democrats. The IWA held a preliminary conference in 1865 and had its first congress at Geneva in 1866. Due to the wide variety of philosophies present in the First International, there was conflict from the start. The first objections to Marx came from the mutualists who opposed communism and statism. However, shortly after Mikhail Bakunin and his followers (called collectivists while in the International) joined in 1868, the First International became polarised into two camps headed by Marx and Bakunin respectively.[82] The clearest differences between the groups emerged over their proposed strategies for achieving their visions of socialism. The First International became the first major international forum for the promulgation of socialist ideas.

The followers of Bakunin were called collectivist anarchists and sought to collectivise ownership of the means of production while retaining payment proportional to the amount and kind of labour of each individual. Like Proudhonists, they asserted the right of each individual to the product of his labour and to be remunerated for their particular contribution to production. By contrast, anarcho-communists sought collective ownership of both the means and the products of labour. Errico Malatesta put it: “[I]nstead of running the risk of making a confusion in trying to distinguish what you and I each do, let us all work and put everything in common. In this way each will give to society all that his strength permits until enough is produced for every one; and each will take all that he needs, limiting his needs only in those things of which there is not yet plenty for every one”.[83] Anarcho-communism as a coherent, modern economic-political philosophy was first formulated in the Italian section of the First International by Carlo Cafiero, Emilio Covelli, Errico Malatesta, Andrea Costaand other ex Mazzinian republicans.[84] Out of respect for Mikhail Bakunin, they did not make their differences with collectivist anarchism explicit until after Bakunin’s death.[85]

Syndicalism emerged in France inspired in part by the ideas of Pierre-Joseph Proudhon and later by Fernand Pelloutier and Georges Sorel.[86] It developed at the end of the 19th century out of the French trade-union movement (syndicat is the French word for trade union). It was a significant force in Italy and Spain in the early 20th century until it was crushed by the fascist regimes in those countries. In the United States, syndicalism appeared in the guise of the Industrial Workers of the World, or “Wobblies”, founded in 1905.[86] Syndicalism is an economic system where industries are organised into confederations (syndicates)[87] and the economy is managed by negotiation between specialists and worker representatives of each field, comprising multiple non-competitive categorised units.[88] Syndicalism is thus a form of communism and economic corporatism, but also refers to the political movement and tactics used to bring about this type of system. An influential anarchist movement based on syndicalist ideas is anarcho-syndicalism.[89] The International Workers Association is an international anarcho-syndicalist federation of various labour unions from different countries.

The Fabian Society is a British socialist organisation which was established with the purpose of advancing the principles of socialism via gradualist and reformist means.[90] The society laid many of the foundations of the Labour Party and subsequently affected the policies of states emerging from the decolonisation of the British Empire, most notably India and Singapore. Originally, the Fabian Society was committed to the establishment of a socialist economy, alongside a commitment to British imperialism as a progressive and modernising force.[91] Today, the society functions primarily as a think tank and is one of fifteen socialist societies affiliated with the Labour Party. Similar societies exist in Australia (the Australian Fabian Society), in Canada (the Douglas-Coldwell Foundation and the now disbanded League for Social Reconstruction) and in New Zealand.

Guild socialism is a political movement advocating workers’ control of industry through the medium of trade-related guilds”in an implied contractual relationship with the public”.[92] It originated in the United Kingdom and was at its most influential in the first quarter of the 20th century. Inspired by medieval guilds, theorists such as Samuel G. Hobson and G. D. H. Coleadvocated the public ownership of industries and their organisation into guilds, each of which would be under the democratic control of its trade union. Guild socialists were less inclined than Fabians to invest power in a state.[86] At some point, like the American Knights of Labor, guild socialism wanted to abolish the wage system.[citation needed]

Second International

As the ideas of Marx and Engels took on flesh, particularly in central Europe, socialists sought to unite in an international organisation. In 1889 (the centennial of the French Revolution of 1789), the Second International was founded, with 384 delegates from twenty countries representing about 300 labour and socialist organisations.[93] It was termed the Socialist International and Engels was elected honorary president at the third congress in 1893. Anarchists were ejected and not allowed in, mainly due to pressure from Marxists.[94] It has been argued that at some point the Second International turned “into a battleground over the issue of libertarian versus authoritarian socialism. Not only did they effectively present themselves as champions of minority rights; they also provoked the German Marxists into demonstrating a dictatorial intolerance which was a factor in preventing the British labor movement from following the Marxist direction indicated by such leaders as H. M. Hyndman”.[94]

Reformism arose as an alternative to revolution. Eduard Bernstein was a leading social democrat in Germany who proposed the concept of evolutionary socialism. Revolutionary socialists quickly targeted reformism: Rosa Luxemburgcondemned Bernstein’s Evolutionary Socialism in her 1900 essay Social Reform or Revolution?. Revolutionary socialism encompasses multiple social and political movements that may define “revolution” differently from one another. The Social Democratic Party (SPD) in Germany became the largest and most powerful socialist party in Europe, despite working illegally until the anti-socialist laws were dropped in 1890. In the 1893 elections, it gained 1,787,000 votes, a quarter of the total votes cast, according to Engels. In 1895, the year of his death, Engels emphasised the Communist Manifesto’s emphasis on winning, as a first step, the “battle of democracy”.[95]

Early 20th century

Main articles: History of anarchism § 20th century, Russian Revolution, German Revolution, Biennio Rosso, and Spanish Revolution of 1936

Antonio Gramsci, member of the Italian Socialist Party and later leader and theorist of the Communist Party of Italy

In Argentina the Socialist Party of Argentina was established in the 1890s led by, among others, Juan B. Justo and Nicolás Repetto, thus becoming the first mass party in the country and in Latin America. The party affiliated itself with the Second International.[96] Between 1924 and 1940 it was a member of the Labour and Socialist International.[97] In 1904, Australians elected Chris Watson as the first Australian Labor Party Prime Minister, becoming the first democratically elected social democrat. In 1909, the first Kibbutz was established in Palestine[98] by Russian Jewish Immigrants. The Kibbutz Movement would then expand through the 20th century following a doctrine of Zionist socialism.[99] The British Labour Party first won seats in the House of Commons in 1902. The International Socialist Commission (ISC, also known as Berne International) was formed in February 1919 at a meeting in Bern by parties that wanted to resurrect the Second International.[100]

By 1917, the patriotism of World War I changed into political radicalism in most of Europe, the United States and Australia. Other socialist parties from around the world who were beginning to gain importance in their national politics in the early 20th century included the Italian Socialist Party, the French Section of the Workers’ International, the Spanish Socialist Workers’ Party, the Swedish Social Democratic Party, the Russian Social Democratic Labour Party, the Socialist Party of America in the United States, the Argentinian Socialist Party and the Chilean Partido Obrero Socialista.

Russian Revolution

Main article: Russian Revolution

In February 1917, revolution exploded in Russia. Workers, soldiers and peasants established soviets (councils), the monarchy fell and a provisional government convoked pending the election of a constituent assembly. In April of that year, Vladimir Lenin, leader of the Bolshevik faction of socialists in Russia and known for his profound and controversial expansions of Marxism, was allowed to cross Germany to return to his country from exile in Switzerland.

Lenin had published essays on his analysis of imperialism, the monopoly and globalisation phase of capitalism as predicted by Marx, as well as analyses on the social conditions of his contemporary time. He observed that as capitalism had further developed in Europe and America, the workers remained unable to gain class consciousness so long as they were too busy working and concerned with how to make ends meet. He therefore proposed that the social revolution would require the leadership of a vanguard party of class-conscious revolutionaries from the educated and politically active part of the population.[101]

Upon arriving in Petrograd, Lenin declared that the revolution in Russia was not over but had only begun, and that the next step was for the workers’ soviets to take full state authority. He issued a thesis outlining the Bolshevik’s party programme, including rejection of any legitimacy in the provisional government and advocacy for state power to be given to the peasant and working class through the soviets. The Bolsheviks became the most influential force in the soviets and on 7 November the capitol of the provisional government was stormed by Bolshevik Red Guards in what afterwards known as the “Great October Socialist Revolution”. The rule of the provisional government was ended and the Russian Socialist Federative Soviet Republic—the world’s first constitutionally socialist state—was established. On 25 January 1918 at the Petrograd Soviet, Lenin declared “Long live the world socialist revolution!”[102] and proposed an immediate armistice on all fronts and transferred the land of the landed proprietors, the crown and the monasteries to the peasant committees without compensation.[103]

The day after assuming executive power on 25 January, Lenin wrote Draft Regulations on Workers’ Control, which granted workers control of businesses with more than five workers and office employees and access to all books, documents and stocks and whose decisions were to be “binding upon the owners of the enterprises”.[104] Governing through the elected soviets and in alliance with the peasant-based Left Socialist-Revolutionaries, the Bolshevik government began nationalising banks and industry; and disavowed the national debts of the deposed Romanov royal régime. It sued for peace, withdrawing from World War I and convoked a Constituent Assembly in which the peasant Socialist-Revolutionary Party(SR) won a majority.[105]

The Constituent Assembly elected Socialist-Revolutionary leader Victor Chernov President of a Russian republic, but rejected the Bolshevik proposal that it endorse the Soviet decrees on land, peace and workers’ control and acknowledge the power of the Soviets of Workers’, Soldiers’ and Peasants’ Deputies. The next day, the Bolsheviks declared that the assembly was elected on outdated party lists[106] and the All-Russian Central Executive Committee of the Soviets dissolved it.[107][108]In March 1919, world communist parties formed Comintern (also known as the Third International) at a meeting in Moscow.[109]

International Working Union of Socialist Parties

Main article: International Working Union of Socialist Parties

Parties which did not want to be a part of the resurrected Second International (ISC) or Comintern formed the International Working Union of Socialist Parties (IWUSP, also known as Vienna International/Vienna Union/Two-and-a-Half International) on 27 February 1921 at a conference in Vienna.[110] The ISC and the IWUSP joined to form the Labour and Socialist International (LSI) in May 1923 at a meeting in Hamburg[111] Left-wing groups which did not agree to the centralisation and abandonment of the soviets by the Bolshevik Party led left-wing uprisings against the Bolsheviks—such groups included Socialist Revolutionaries,[112] Left Socialist Revolutionaries, Mensheviks and anarchists.[113]

Within this left-wing discontent, the most large-scale events were the worker’s Kronstadt rebellion[114][115][116] and the anarchist led Revolutionary Insurrectionary Army of Ukraine uprising which controlled an area known as the Free Territory.[117][118][119]

Third International

Main article: Communist International

The Bolshevik Russian Revolution of January 1918 engendered communist parties worldwide and their concomitant revolutions of 1917–1923. Few communists doubted that the Russian success of socialism depended on successful, working-class socialist revolutions in developed capitalist countries.[120][121] In 1919, Lenin and Trotsky organised the world’s communist parties into a new international association of workers—the Communist International (Comintern), also called the Third International.

The Russian Revolution also influenced uprisings in other countries around this time. The German Revolution of 1918–1919 resulted in the replacing Germany’s imperial government with a republic. The revolutionary period lasted from November 1918 until the formal establishment of the Weimar Republic in August 1919 and included an episode known as the Bavarian Soviet Republic[122][123][124][125] and the Spartacist uprising. In Italy, the events known as the Biennio Rosso[126][127] were characterised by mass strikes, worker manifestations and self-management experiments through land and factory occupations. In Turin and Milan, workers’ councils were formed and many factory occupations took place led by anarcho-syndicalists organised around the Unione Sindacale Italiana.[128]

By 1920, the Red Army under its commander Trotsky had largely defeated the royalist White Armies. In 1921, War Communism was ended and under the New Economic Policy (NEP) private ownership was allowed for small and medium peasant enterprises. While industry remained largely state-controlled, Lenin acknowledged that the NEP was a necessary capitalist measure for a country unripe for socialism. Profiteering returned in the form of “NEP men” and rich peasants (kulaks) gained power in the countryside.[129] Nevertheless, the role of Trotsky in this episode has been questioned by other socialists, including ex Trotskyists. In the United States, Dwight Macdonald broke with Trotsky and left the Trotskyist Socialist Workers Party by raising the question of the Kronstadt rebellion, which Trotsky as leader of the Soviet Red Armyand the other Bolsheviks had brutally repressed. He then moved towards democratic socialism and anarchism.

A similar critique of Trotsky’s role on the events around the Kronstadt rebellion was raised by the American anarchist Emma Goldman. In her essay “Trotsky Protests Too Much”, she says: “I admit, the dictatorship under Stalin’s rule has become monstrous. That does not, however, lessen the guilt of Leon Trotsky as one of the actors in the revolutionary drama of which Kronstadt was one of the bloodiest scenes”.

Rosa Luxemburg, prominent Marxist revolutionary, leader of the Social Democratic Party of Germany and martyr and leader of the German
Spartacist uprising in 1919.

FOURTH CONGRESS

Working Union of Socialist Parties (IWUSP, also known as Vienna International/Vienna Union/Two-and-a-Half International) on 27 February 1921 at a conference in Vienna. The ISC and the IWUSP joined to form the Labour and Socialist International (LSI) in May 1923 at a meeting in Hamburg Left-wing groups which did not agree to the centralisation and abandonment of the soviets by the Bolshevik Party led left-wing uprisings against the Bolsheviks—such groups included Socialist Revolutionaries, Left Socialist Revolutionaries, Mensheviks and anarchists.

Within this left-wing discontent, the most large-scale events were the worker’s Kronstadt rebellion and the anarchist led Revolutionary Insurrectionary Army of Ukraine uprising which controlled an area known as the Free Territory.

THIRD INTERNATIONAL

(Main article: Communist International)

The Bolshevik Russian Revolution of January 1918 engendered communist parties worldwide and their concomitant revolutions of 1917–1923. Few communists doubted that the Russian success of socialism depended on successful, working-class socialist revolutions in developed capitalist countries. In 1919, Lenin and Trotsky organised the world’s communist parties into a new international association of workers—the Communist International (Comintern), also called the Third International.

The Russian Revolution also influenced uprisings in other countries around this time. The German Revolution of 1918–1919 resulted in the replacing Germany’s imperial government with a republic. The revolutionary period lasted from November 1918 until the formal establishment of the Weimar Republic in August 1919 and included an episode known as the
Bavarian Soviet Republic
and the Spartacist uprising. In Italy, the events known as the Biennio Rosso were characterised by mass strikes, worker manifestations and self-management experiments through land and factory occupations. In Turin and Milan, workers’ councils were formed and many factory occupations took place led by anarcho-syndicalists
organised around the Unione Sindacale Italiana.

By 1920, the Red Army under its commander Trotsky had largely defeated the royalist White Armies. In 1921, War Communism was ended and under the New Economic Policy (NEP) private ownership was allowed for small and medium peasant enterprises. While industry remained largely state-controlled, Lenin acknowledged that the NEP was a necessary capitalist measure for a country unripe for socialism. Profiteering returned in the form of “NEP men” and rich peasants (kulaks) gained power in the countryside. Nevertheless, the role of Trotsky in this episode has been questioned by other socialists, including ex Trotskyists. In the United States, Dwight Macdonald
broke with Trotsky and left the Trotskyist Socialist Workers Party by raising the question of the Kronstadt rebellion, which Trotsky as leader of the Soviet Red Armyand the other Bolsheviks had brutally repressed. He then moved towards
democratic socialism and
anarchism.

A similar critique of Trotsky’s role on the events around the Kronstadt rebellion was raised by the American anarchist Emma Goldman. In her essay “Trotsky Protests Too Much”, she says: “I admit, the dictatorship under Stalin’s rule has become monstrous. That does not, however, lessen the guilt of Leon Trotsky as one of the actors in the revolutionary drama of which Kronstadt was one of the bloodiest scenes”.

Rosa Luxemburg, prominent Marxist revolutionary, leader of the Social Democratic Party of Germany and martyr and leader of the German
Spartacist uprising in 1919.

FOURTH CONGRESS

In 1922, the fourth congress of the Communist International took up the policy of the United Front, urging communists to work with rank and file Social Democrats while remaining critical of their leaders, whom they criticised for betraying the working class by supporting the war efforts of their respective capitalist classes. For their part, the social democrats pointed to the dislocation caused by revolution and later the growing authoritarianism of the communist parties. When the Communist Party of Great Britain applied to affiliate to the Labour Party in 1920, it was turned down.

On seeing the Soviet State’s growing coercive power in 1923, a dying Lenin said Russia had reverted to “a bourgeois tsarist machine… barely varnished with socialism”. After Lenin’s death in January 1924, the Communist Party of the Soviet Union—then increasingly under the control of Joseph Stalin—rejected the theory that socialism could not be built solely in the Soviet Union in favour of the concept of “Socialism in One Country”. Despite the marginalised Left Opposition’s demand for the restoration of Soviet democracy, Stalin developed a bureaucratic, authoritarian
government that was condemned by democratic socialists, anarchists and Trotskyists for undermining the initial socialist ideals of the Bolshevik Russian Revolution.

In 1924, the Mongolian People’s Republic was established and was ruled by the Mongolian People’s Party. The Russian Revolution and the appearance of the Soviet State motivated a worldwide current of national communist parties which ended having varying levels of political and social influence. Among these there appeared the Communist Party of France, the
Communist Party USA, the Italian Communist Party, the Chinese Communist Party, the Mexican Communist Party, the
Brazilian Communist Party, the Chilean Communist Party and the Communist Party of Indonesia.

SPANISH CIVIL WAR

(Main article: Spanish Civil War)

Anarcha-feminist militia during the Spanish Revolution in 1936

In Spain in 1936, the national anarcho-syndicalist
trade union Confederación Nacional del Trabajo (CNT) initially refused to join a popular front electoral alliance and abstention by CNT supporters led to a right-wing election victory.
In 1936, the CNT changed its policy and anarchist votes helped bring the popular front back to power. Months later, the former ruling class responded with an attempted coup, sparking the Spanish Civil War (1936–1939).

In response to the army rebellion, an anarchist-inspired movement of peasants and workers, supported by armed militias, took control of Barcelona and of large areas of rural Spain where they collectivised the land. The events known as the Spanish Revolution was a workers’ social revolution
that began during the outbreak of the Spanish Civil War in 1936 and resulted in the widespread implementation of anarchist
and more broadly libertarian socialist organisational principles throughout various portions of the country for two to three years, primarily Catalonia, Aragon, Andalusia and parts of Levante.

Much of Spain’s economy was put under worker control and in anarchist strongholds like Catalonia the figure was as high as 75%, but lower in areas with heavy Communist Party of Spain influence, as the Soviet-allied party actively resisted attempts at collectivisation enactment. Factories were run through worker committees,
agrarian areas became collectivised and run as libertarian communes. Anarchist historian Sam Dolgoff estimated that about eight million people participated directly or indirectly in the Spanish Revolution.

MID-20TH CENTURY

Further information: History of the People’s Republic of China (1949–76),
Decolonization § Decolonization after 1945, Eastern Bloc, and
History of anarchism § Post-war years

POST-WORLD WAR II

Leon Trotsky’s Fourth International was established in France in 1938 when
Trotskyists argued that the Comintern or Third International had become irretrievably “lost to
Stalinism” and thus incapable of leading the international working class to political power. The rise of Nazism and the start of World War II led to the dissolution of the LSI in 1940. After the War, the Socialist International was formed in Frankfurt in July 1951 as a successor to the LSI.

After World War II, social democratic governments introduced social reform and wealth redistribution via state welfare and taxation. Social democratic parties dominated post-war politics in countries such as France, Italy, Czechoslovakia, Belgium and Norway. At one point, France claimed to be the world’s most state-controlled capitalist country. The nationalised public utilities included Charbonnages de France (CDF), Electricité de France (EDF), Gaz de France (GDF), Air France, Banque de France and Régie Nationale des Usines Renault.

In 1945, the British Labour Party led by Clement Attlee was elected to office based on a radical socialist programme. The Labour government nationalised major public utilities such as mines, gas, coal, electricity, rail, iron, steel and the Bank of England. British Petroleum was officially nationalised in 1951. Anthony Crosland said that in 1956 25% of British industry was nationalised and that public employees, including those in nationalised industries, constituted a similar proportion of the country’s total employed population.
The Labour Governments of 1964–1970 and 1974–1979 intervened further. It re-nationalised steel (1967, British Steel) after the Conservatives had denationalised it and nationalised car production (1976, British Leyland).
The National Health Service provided taxpayer-funded health care to everyone, free at the point of service. Working-class housing was provided in council housing estates and university education became available via a school grant system.

SOVIET UNION & EASTERN EUROPE

(Main article: History of the Soviet Union)

The Soviet Union played a decisive role in the Allied
victory in World War II. After the war, the Soviet Union became a recognised superpower. The Soviet era saw some of the most significant technological achievements of the 20th
century, including the world’s first spacecraft and the first astronaut. The Soviet economy was the modern world’s first centrally planned economy. It was based on a system of state ownership of industry managed through
Gosplan (the State Planning Commission), Gosbank (the State Bank) and the Gossnab
(State Commission for Materials and Equipment Supply).

Economic planning was conducted through a series of Five-Year Plans. The emphasis was on fast development of heavy industry and the nation became one of the world’s top manufacturers of a large number of basic and heavy industrial products, but it lagged in light industrial production and consumer durables. Modernization brought about a general increase in the standard of living.

The Eastern Bloc was the group of former Communist states of Central and Eastern Europe, generally the Soviet Union and the countries of the Warsaw Pact which included the People’s Republic of Poland, the German Democratic Republic, the People’s Republic of Hungary, the People’s Republic of Bulgaria, the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic, the Socialist Republic of Romania, the People’s Socialist Republic of Albania and the Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia. The Hungarian Revolution of 1956 was a spontaneous nationwide revolt against the government of the People’s Republic of Hungary and its Soviet-imposed policies, lasting from 23 October until 10 November 1956. Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev’s denunciation of the excesses of Stalin’s regime during the Twentieth Party Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union on 1956 as well as the revolt in Hungary, produced ideological fractures and disagreements within the communist and socialist parties of Western Europe.

THIRD WORLD

In the post-war years, socialism became increasingly influential throughout the so-called Third World. Embracing a new Third World socialism, countries in Africa, Asia and Latin America often nationalised industries held by foreign owners. The Chinese Kuomintang Party, the previous ruling party in Taiwan, was referred to as having a socialist ideology since Kuomintang’s revolutionary ideology in the 1920s incorporated unique Chinese socialism as part of its ideology. The Soviet Union trained Kuomintang revolutionaries in the Moscow Sun Yat-sen University. Movie theatres in the Soviet Union showed newsreels and clips of Chiang at Moscow Sun Yat-sen University portraits of Chiang were hung on the walls and in the Soviet May Day parades that year Chiang’s portrait was to be carried along with the portraits of Marx, Lenin, Stalin and other socialist leaders.

The Chinese Revolution was the second stage in the Chinese Civil War which ended in the establishment of the People’s Republic of China led by the Chinese Communist Party. The term “Third World” was coined by French demographer Alfred Sauvy in 1952 on the model of the Third Estate, which according to the Abbé Sieyès represented everything, but was nothing “because at the end this ignored, exploited, scorned Third World like the Third Estate, wants to become something too”.

The emergence of this new political entity in the frame of the Cold War was complex and painful. Several tentatives were made to organise newly independent states in order to oppose a common front towards both the United States’ and the Soviet Union’s influence on them, with the consequences of the Sino-Soviet split
already at works. The Non-Aligned Movement. constituted itself around the main figures of Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru of India, President
Sukarno of Indonesia, leader Josip Broz Tito of Yugoslavia and Gamal Abdel Nasser of Egypt who successfully opposed the French and British imperial powers during the 1956 Suez crisis. After the 1954 Geneva Conference which ended the French war against Ho Chi Minh in Vietnam, the 1955
Bandung Conference
gathered Nasser, Nehru, Tito, Sukarno and Zhou
Enlai, Premier of the People’s Republic of China.

As many African countries gained independence during the 1960s, some of them rejected capitalism in favour of a more afrocentric
economic model. The main architects of African socialism were Julius
*Nyerere* of Tanzania,
Léopold Senghor of Senegal,
Kwame Nkrumah of Ghana
and Sékou Touré of Guinea.

The Cuban Revolution (1953–1959) was an armed revolt conducted by Fidel Castro’s 26th of July Movement and its allies against the government of Cuban President Fulgencio Batista. The revolution began in July 1953 and finally ousted Batista on 1 January 1959, replacing his government with Castro’s revolutionary state. Castro’s government later reformed along communist lines, becoming the Communist Party of Cuba in October 1965.

In Indonesia, a right-wing military regime led by Suharto killed between 500,000 and one million people in 1965 and 1966, mainly to crush the growing influence of the Communist Party of Indonesia and other leftist sectors, with support from the United States government, which provided kill lists containing thousands of names of suspected high-ranking Communists.

NEW LEFT

(Main article: New Left)

The New Left was a term used mainly in the United Kingdom and United States in reference to activists, educators, agitators and others in the 1960s and 1970s who sought to implement a broad range of reforms on issues such as gay rights, abortion, gender roles and drugs in contrast to earlier leftist or Marxist movements that had taken a more vanguardist approach
to social justice and focused mostly on labour unionisation and questions of social class. The New Left rejected involvement with the labour movement and
Marxism’s historical theory of class struggle.

In the United States, the New Left was associated with the Hippie movement and anti-war college campus protest movements as well as the black liberation movements such as the Black Panther Party. While initially formed in opposition to the “Old Left” Democratic Party, groups composing the New Left gradually became central players in the Democratic coalition.

PROTESTS OF 1968

Main article: Protests of 1968

The protests of 1968 represented a worldwide escalation of social conflicts, predominantly characterised by popular rebellions against military, capitalist and bureaucratic elites who responded with an escalation of political repression. These protests marked a turning point for the civil rights movement in the United States, which produced revolutionary movements like the Black Panther Party; the prominent civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr. organised the “Poor People’s Campaign” to address issues of economic justice, while personally showing sympathy with democratic socialism. In reaction to the Tet Offensive, protests also sparked a broad movement in opposition to the Vietnam Warall over the United States and even into London, Paris, Berlin and Rome. In 1968 in Carrara, Italy, the International of
Anarchist Federations was founded during an international anarchist conference held there by the three existing European federations of France, the Italian and the Iberian Anarchist Federation as well as the Bulgarian federation in French exile.

Mass socialist or communist movements grew not only in the United States, but also in most European countries. The most spectacular manifestation of this were the May 1968 protests in France in which students linked up with strikes of up to ten million workers and for a few days the movement seemed capable of overthrowing the government.

In many other capitalist countries, struggles against dictatorships, state repression and colonisation were also marked by protests in 1968, such as the beginning of the Troubles in Northern Ireland, the
Tlatelolco massacre in Mexico City and the escalation of guerrilla warfare against the military dictatorship in Brazil. Countries governed by communist parties had protests against bureaucratic and military elites. In Eastern Europe there were widespread protests that escalated particularly in the Prague Spring in Czechoslovakia. In response, Soviet Union occupied Czechoslovakia, but the occupation was denounced by the Italian and French
communist parties and the Communist Party of Finland. Few western European political leaders defended the occupation, among them the Portuguese communist secretary-general Álvaro Cunhal. Along with the Luxembourg party and conservative factions of the Communist Party of Greece.

In the Chinese Cultural Revolution, a social-political youth movement mobilised against “bourgeois” elements which were seen to be infiltrating the government and society at large, aiming to restore capitalism. This movement motivated
Maoism-inspired movements around the world in the context of the Sino-Soviet split.

LATE 20TH CENTURY

Main articles:
Eurocommunism, Nicaraguan Revolution, Dissolution of the Soviet Union, History of the People’s Republic of China (1976–89), Third Way, and History of anarchism § Late 20th century

Salvador Allende, President of Chile and member of the Socialist Party of Chile, whose presidency and life was ended by a CIA-backed military coup.

In Latin America in the 1960s, a socialist tendency within the catholic church appeared which was called liberation theology
which motivated even the Colombian priest Camilo Torres to enter the ELN
guerrilla. In Chile, Salvador
Allende, a physician and candidate for the Socialist Party of Chile, was elected president through democratic elections in 1970. In 1973, his government was ousted by the United States-backed military dictatorship of
Augusto Pinochet, which lasted until the late 1980s.
Pinochet’s regime was a leader of Operation Condor, a U.S.-backed campaign of repression and state terrorism carried out by the intelligence services of the Southern Cone countries of Latin America to eliminate suspected Communist subversion. In Jamaica, the democratic socialist
Michael Manleyserved as the fourth Prime Minister of Jamaica from 1972 to 1980 and from 1989 to 1992. According to opinion polls, he remains one of Jamaica’s most popular Prime Ministers since independence.
The Nicaraguan Revolution
encompassed the rising opposition to the Somoza
dictatorship in the 1960s and 1970s, the campaign led by the Sandinista National Liberation Front (FSLN) to violently oust the dictatorship in 1978–1979, the subsequent efforts of the FSLN to govern Nicaragua from 1979 until 1990 and the socialist measures which included widescale agrarian reform and educational programs. The People’s Revolutionary Government
was proclaimed on 13 March 1979 in Grenada which was
overthrown by armed forces of the United States in 1983. The Salvadoran Civil War
(1979–1992) was a conflict between the military-led government of El Salvador
and the Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front
(FMLN), a coalition or umbrella organisation of five socialist guerrilla groups. A coup on 15 October 1979 led to the killings of anti-coup protesters by the government as well as anti-disorder protesters by the guerillas, and is widely seen as the tipping point towards the civil war.

In Italy, Autonomia Operaia
was a leftist movement particularly active from 1976 to 1978. It took an important role in the autonomist
movement in the 1970s, aside earlier organisations such as Potere Operaio
(created after May 1968) and Lotta Continua. This experience prompted the contemporary socialist radical movement
autonomism. In 1982, the newly elected French socialist government of François Mitterrand made nationalisations in a few key industries, including banks and insurance companies.[196] Eurocommunism was a trend in the 1970s and 1980s in various Western European communist parties to develop a theory and practice of social transformation that was more relevant for a Western European country and less aligned to the influence or control of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union. Outside Western Europe, it is sometimes called neocommunism.[197] Some communist parties with strong popular support, notably the Italian Communist Party (PCI) and the Communist Party of Spain (PCE) adopted Eurocommunism most enthusiastically and the Communist Party of Finland was dominated by Eurocommunists. The French Communist Party (PCF) and many smaller parties strongly opposed Eurocommunism and stayed aligned with the Communist Party of the Soviet Union until the end of the Soviet Union.

In the late 1970s and in the 1980s, the Socialist International (SI) had extensive contacts and discussion with the two powers of the Cold War, the United States and the Soviet Union, about East-West relations and arms control. Since then, the SI has admitted as member parties the Nicaraguan FSLN, the left-wing Puerto Rican Independence Party, as well as former communist parties such as the Democratic Party of the Left of Italy and the
Front for the Liberation of Mozambique (FRELIMO). The SI aided social democratic parties in re-establishing themselves when dictatorship gave way to democracy in Portugal (1974) and Spain (1975). Until its 1976 Geneva Congress, the SI had few members outside Europe and no formal involvement with Latin America.

Mikhail Gorbachev, General Secretary of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union
from 1985 until 1991

After Mao’s death in 1976 and the arrest of the faction known as the Gang of Four, who were blamed for the excesses of the Cultural Revolution, Deng Xiaoping
took power and led the People’s Republic of China to significant economic reforms. The Communist Party of China loosened governmental control over citizens’ personal lives and the communes were disbanded in favour of private land leases, thus China’s transition from a planned economy to a mixed economy named as “socialism with Chinese characteristics” which maintained state ownership rights over land, state or cooperative ownership of much of the heavy industrial and manufacturing sectors and state influence in the banking and financial sectors. China adopted its current constitution on 4 December 1982. President
Jiang Zemin and Premier Zhu Rongji led the nation in the 1990s. Under their administration, China’s economic performance pulled an estimated 150 million peasants out of poverty and sustained an average annual gross domestic product growth rate of 11.2%. At the Sixth National Congress of the Communist Party of Vietnam in December 1986, reformist politicians replaced the “old guard” government with new leadership. The reformers were led by 71-year-old Nguyen Van Linh, who became the party’s new general secretary. Linh and the reformers implemented a series of free market reforms—known as Đổi Mới
(“Renovation”)—which carefully managed the transition from a planned economy to a “socialist-oriented market economy”.
Mikhail Gorbachev wished
to move the Soviet Union towards of Nordic-style social democracy, calling it “a socialist beacon for all mankind”. Prior to its dissolution in 1991, the Soviet Union had the second largest economy in the world after the United States. With the collapse of the Soviet Union, the economic integration of the Soviet republics was dissolved and overall industrial activity declined substantially. A lasting legacy remains in the physical infrastructure created during decades of combined industrial production practices, and widespread environmental destruction. The transition to capitalism in the former Soviet Union and Eastern bloc, which was accompanied by Washington Consensus-inspired “shock therapy”, resulted in a steep fall in the standard of living. The region experienced rising economic inequality and poverty a surge in excess mortality and a decline in life expectancy, which was
accompanied by the entrenchment of a newly established business oligarchy in the former. The average post-communist country had returned to 1989 levels of per-capita GDP by 2005, although some are still far behind that. These developments led to increased nationalist sentiment and nostalgia for the Communist era.

Many social democratic parties, particularly after the Cold War, adopted neoliberal
market policies including
privatisation, deregulation
and financialisation. They abandoned their pursuit of moderate socialism in favour of market liberalism. By the 1980s, with the rise of conservative neoliberal politicians such as Ronald Reagan in the United States, Margaret Thatcher in Britain, Brian Mulroney in Canada and Augusto Pinochet in Chile, the Western welfare state was attacked from within, but state support for the corporate sector was maintained. Monetarists and neoliberals attacked social welfare systems as impediments to private entrepreneurship. In the United Kingdom, Labour Party leader Neil Kinnock
made a public attack against the entryist group Militant
at the 1985 Labour Party conference. The Labour Party ruled that Militant was ineligible for affiliation with the Labour Party, and the party gradually expelled Militant supporters. The Kinnock leadership had refused to support the 1984–1985 miner’s strike over pit closures, a decision that the party’s left wing and the National Union of Mineworkers blamed for the strike’s eventual defeat. In 1989 at Stockholm, the 18th Congress of the Socialist International adopted a new Declaration of Principles, saying:

Democratic socialism is an international movement for freedom, social justice, and solidarity. Its goal is to achieve a peaceful world where these basic values can be enhanced and where each individual can live a meaningful life with the full development of his or her personality and talents, and with the guarantee of human and civil rights in a democratic framework of society.

In the 1990s, the British Labour Party under Tony Blair enacted policies based on the free market economy to deliver public services via the private finance initiative. Influential in these policies was the idea of a “Third Way” which called for a re-evalutation of welfare state policies. In 1995, the Labour Party re-defined its stance on socialism by re-wording Clause IV of its constitution, effectively rejecting socialism by removing all references to public, direct worker or municipal ownership of the means of production. The Labour Party stated: “The Labour Party is a democratic socialist party. It believes that, by the strength of our common endeavour we achieve more than we achieve alone, so as to create, for each of us, the means to realise our true potential, and, for all of us, a community in which power, wealth, and opportunity are in the hands of the many, not the few”.

Contemporary socialist politics

Kwame Nkrumah, the first
President of Ghana and theorist of African socialism, on a Soviet Union commemorative postage stamp

AFRICA

African socialism has been and continues to be a major ideology around the continent. Julius Nyerere was inspired by Fabian socialist ideals. He was a firm believer in rural Africans and their traditions and ujamaa, a system of collectivisation that according to Nyerere was present before European imperialism. Essentially he believed Africans were already socialists. Other African socialists include
Jomo Kenyatta, Kenneth
Kaunda, Nelson Mandela
and Kwame Nkrumah.
Fela Kuti was inspired by socialism and called for a democratic African republic. In South Africa the African National Congress (ANC) abandoned its partial socialist allegiances after taking power and followed a standard neoliberal route. From 2005 through to 2007, the country was wracked by many thousands of protests from poor communities. One of these gave rise to a mass movement of shack dwellers, Abahlali base Mjondolo that despite major police suppression continues to work for popular people’s planning and against the creation of a market economy in land and housing.

Asia

Africa

African socialism has been and continues to be a major ideology around the continent. Julius Nyerere was inspired by Fabian socialist ideals.[225] He was a firm believer in rural Africans and their traditions and ujamaa, a system of collectivisation that according to Nyerere was present before European imperialism. Essentially he believed Africans were already socialists. Other African socialists include Jomo Kenyatta, Kenneth Kaunda, Nelson Mandela and Kwame Nkrumah. Fela Kuti was inspired by socialism and called for a democratic African republic. In South Africa the African National Congress (ANC) abandoned its partial socialist allegiances after taking power and followed a standard neoliberal route. From 2005 through to 2007, the country was wracked by many thousands of protests from poor communities. One of these gave rise to a mass movement of shack dwellers, Abahlali baseMjondolo that despite major police suppression continues to work for popular people’s planning and against the creation of a market economy in land and housing.

Asia

In Asia, states with socialist economies—such as the People’s Republic of China, North Korea, Laos and Vietnam—have largely moved away from centralised economic planning in the 21st century, placing a greater emphasis on markets. Forms include the Chinese socialist market economy and the Vietnamese socialist-oriented market economy. They utilise state-owned corporate management models as opposed to modelling socialist enterprise on traditional management styles employed by government agencies. In China living standards continued to improve rapidly despite the late-2000s recession, but centralised political control remained tight.[226] Brian Reynolds Myers in his book The Cleanest Race, later supported by other academics,[227][228] dismisses the idea that Juche is North Korea’s leading ideology, regarding its public exaltation as designed to deceive foreigners and that it exists to be praised and not actually read,[229] pointing out that North Korea’s constitution of 2009 omits all mention of communism.[228]

Though the authority of the state remained unchallenged under Đổi Mới, the government of Vietnam encourages private ownership of farms and factories, economic deregulation and foreign investment, while maintaining control over strategic industries.[205] The Vietnamese economy subsequently achieved strong growth in agricultural and industrial production, construction, exports and foreign investment. However, these reforms have also caused a rise in income inequality and gender disparities.[230][231]

Elsewhere in Asia, some elected socialist parties and communist parties remain prominent, particularly in India and Nepal. The Communist Party of Nepal[which?] in particular calls for multi-party democracy, social equality and economic prosperity.[232] In Singapore, a majority of the GDP is still generated from the state sector comprising government-linked companies.[233] In Japan, there has been a resurgent interest in the Japanese Communist Party among workers and youth.[234][235] In Malaysia, the Socialist Party of Malaysia got its first Member of Parliament, Dr. Jeyakumar Devaraj, after the 2008 general election. In 2010, there were 270 kibbutzim in Israel. Their factories and farms account for 9% of Israel’s industrial output, worth US$8 billion and 40% of its agricultural output, worth over $1.7 billion.[236] Some Kibbutzim had also developed substantial high-tech and military industries. Also in 2010, Kibbutz Sasa, containing some 200 members, generated $850 million in annual revenue from its military-plastics industry.[237]

Europe

This section’s factual accuracy is disputed.

The United Nations World Happiness Report 2013 shows that the happiest nations are concentrated in Northern Europe, where the Nordic model of social democracy is employed, with Denmark topping the list. This is at times attributed to the success of the Nordic model in the region. The Nordic countries ranked highest on the metrics of real GDP per capita, healthy life expectancy, having someone to count on, perceived freedom to make life choices, generosity and freedom from corruption.[238] Indeed, the indicators of Freedom in the World have listed Scandinavian countries as ranking high on indicators such as press and economic freedom.

The objectives of the Party of European Socialists, the European Parliament’s socialist and social democratic bloc, are now “to pursue international aims in respect of the principles on which the European Union is based, namely principles of freedom, equality, solidarity, democracy, respect of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, and respect for the Rule of Law”. As a result, today the rallying cry of the French Revolution—Liberté, égalité, fraternité—is promoted as essential socialist values.[239] To the left of the PES at the European level is the Party of the European Left (PEL), also commonly abbreviated “European Left”), which is a political party at the European level and an association of democratic socialist, socialist[240] and communist[240] political parties in the European Union and other European countries. It was formed in January 2004 for the purposes of running in the 2004 European Parliament elections. PEL was founded on 8–9 May 2004 in Rome.[241] Elected MEPs from member parties of the European Left sit in the European United Left–Nordic Green Left(GUE/NGL) group in the European parliament.

Alexis Tsipras, socialist Prime Minister of Greece who led the Coalition of the Radical Left (SYRIZA) through a victory in the Greek legislative election, January 2015

The socialist Left Party in Germany grew in popularity[242] due to dissatisfaction with the increasingly neoliberal policies of the SPD, becoming the fourth biggest party in parliament in the general election on 27 September 2009.[243] Communist candidate Dimitris Christofias won a crucial presidential runoff in Cyprus, defeating his conservative rival with a majority of 53%.[244] In Ireland, in the 2009 European election Joe Higgins of the Socialist Party took one of three seats in the capital Dublin European constituency.

In Denmark, the Socialist People’s Party (SF) more than doubled its parliamentary representation to 23 seats from 11, making it the fourth largest party.[245] In 2011, the Social Democrats, Socialist People’s Party and the Danish Social Liberal Party formed government, after a slight victory over the main rival political coalition. They were led by Helle Thorning-Schmidt, and had the Red-Green Alliance as a supporting party.

In Norway, the Red-Green Coalition consists of the Labour Party (Ap), the Socialist Left Party(SV) and the Centre Party (Sp) and governed the country as a majority government from the 2005 general election until 2013.

In the Greek legislative election of January 2015, the Coalition of the Radical Left (SYRIZA) led by Alexis Tsipras won a legislative election for the first time while the Communist Party of Greece won 15 seats in parliament. SYRIZA has been characterised as an anti-establishment party,[246] whose success has sent “shock-waves across the EU”.[247]

In the United Kingdom, the National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers put forward a slate of candidates in the 2009 European Parliament elections under the banner of No to EU – Yes to Democracy, a broad left-wing alter-globalisationcoalition involving socialist groups such as the Socialist Party, aiming to offer an alternative to the “anti-foreigner” and pro-business policies of the UK Independence Party.[248][249][250] In the following May 2010 United Kingdom general election, the Trade Unionist and Socialist Coalition, launched in January 2010[251] and backed by Bob Crow, the leader of the National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers union (RMT), other union leaders and the Socialist Party among other socialist groups, stood against Labour in 40 constituencies.[252][253] The Trade Unionist and Socialist Coalitioncontested the 2011 local elections, having gained the endorsement of the RMT June 2010 conference, but gained no seats.[254] Left Unity was also founded in 2013 after the film director Ken Loach appealed for a new party of the left to replace the Labour Party, which he claimed had failed to oppose austerity and had shifted towards neoliberalism.[255][256][257][258] In 2015, following a defeat at the 2015 United Kingdom general election, self-described socialist Jeremy Corbyn took over from Ed Miliband as leader of the Labour Party.[259]

In France, Olivier Besancenot, the Revolutionary Communist League (LCR) candidate in the 2007 presidential election, received 1,498,581 votes, 4.08%, double that of the communist candidate.[260] The LCR abolished itself in 2009 to initiate a broad anti-capitalist party, the New Anticapitalist Party, whose stated aim is to “build a new socialist, democratic perspective for the twenty-first century”.[261]

On 25 May 2014, the Spanish left-wing party Podemos entered candidates for the 2014 European parliamentary elections, some of which were unemployed. In a surprise result, it polled 7.98% of the vote and thus was awarded five seats out of 54[262][263] while the older United Left was the third largest overall force obtaining 10.03% and 5 seats, 4 more than the previous elections.[264]

The current government of Portugal was established on 26 November 2015 as a Socialist Party (PS) minority governmentled by prime minister António Costa. Costa succeeded in securing support for a Socialist minority government by the Left Bloc (B.E.), the Portuguese Communist Party (PCP) and the Ecologist Party “The Greens” (PEV).[265]

All around Europe and in some places of Latin America there exists a social center and squatting movement mainly inspired by autonomist and anarchist ideas.[266][267]

North America

See also: History of the socialist movement in the United States and Socialism in Canada

Bernie Sanders, junior Senator of Vermont and self-described democratic socialist, at his 2016 presidential campaign kickoff in May 2015

According to a 2013 article in The Guardian, “[c]ontrary to popular belief, Americans don’t have an innate allergy to socialism. Milwaukee has had several socialist mayors (Frank Zeidler, Emil Seidel and Daniel Hoan), and there is currently an independent socialist in the US Senate, Bernie Sanders of Vermont”.[268] Sanders, once mayor of Vermont’s largest city, Burlington, has described himself as a democratic socialist[269][270] and has praised Scandinavian-style social democracy.[271][272] In 2016, Sanders made a bid for the Democratic Party presidential candidate, thereby gaining considerable popular support, particularly among the younger generation, but lost the nomination to Hillary Clinton.

Anti-capitalism, anarchism and the anti-globalisation movement rose to prominence through events such as protests against the World Trade Organization Ministerial Conference of 1999 in Seattle. Socialist-inspired groups played an important role in these movements, which nevertheless embraced much broader layers of the population and were championed by figures such as Noam Chomsky. In Canada, the Co-operative Commonwealth Federation(CCF), the precursor to the social democratic New Democratic Party (NDP), had significant success in provincial politics. In 1944, the Saskatchewan CCF formed the first socialist government in North America. At the federal level, the NDP was the Official Opposition, from 2011 through 2015.[273]

Latin America and Caribbean

For the Encyclopedia Britannica, “the attempt by Salvador Allende to unite Marxists and other reformers in a socialist reconstruction of Chile is most representative of the direction that Latin American socialists have taken since the late 20th century. […] Several socialist (or socialist-leaning) leaders have followed Allende’s example in winning election to office in Latin American countries”.[73] Venezuelan President Hugo Chávez, Nicaraguan President Daniel Ortega, Bolivian President Evo Morales and Ecuadorian president Rafael Correa refer to their political programmes as socialist and Chávez adopted the term “socialism of the 21st century”. After winning re-election in December 2006, Chávez said: “Now more than ever, I am obliged to move Venezuela’s path towards socialism”.[274] Chávez was also reelected in October 2012 for his third six-year term as President, but he died in March 2013 from cancer. After Chávez’s death on 5 March 2013, Vice President from Chavez’s party Nicolás Maduro assumed the powers and responsibilities of the President. A special election was held on 14 April of the same year to elect a new President, which Maduro won by a tight margin as the candidate of the United Socialist Party of Venezuela and he was formally inaugurated on 19 April.[275] “Pink tide” is a term being used in contemporary 21st-century political analysis in the media and elsewhere to describe the perception that leftist ideology in general and left-wing politics in particular are increasingly influential in Latin America.[276][277][278]

Presidents Fernando Lugo of Paraguay, Evo Morales of Bolivia, Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva of Brazil, Rafael Correa of Ecuador and Hugo Chávez of Venezuela in World Social Forum for Latin America

Foro de São Paulo is a conference of leftist political parties and other organisations from Latin America and the Caribbean. It was launched by the Workers’ Party(Portuguese: Partido dos Trabalhadores – PT) of Brazil in 1990 in the city of São Paulo. The Forum of São Paulo was constituted in 1990 when the Brazilian Workers’ Partyapproached other parties and social movements of Latin America and the Caribbean with the objective of debating the new international scenario after the fall of the Berlin Wall and the consequences of the implementation of what were taken as neoliberal policies adopted at the time by contemporary right-leaning governments in the region, the stated main objective of the conference being to argue for alternatives to neoliberalism.[279] Among its member include current socialist and social-democratic parties currently in government in the region such as Bolivia’s Movement for Socialism, Brazil’s Workers Party, the Communist Party of Cuba, Ecuador’s PAIS Alliance, the United Socialist Party of Venezuela, the Socialist Party of Chile, Uruguay’s Broad Front, Nicaragua’s Sandinista National Liberation Front and El Salvador’s Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front.

Oceania

See also: Socialism in Australia, Socialism in New Zealand, and Melanesian socialism

Australia saw an increase in interest of socialism in the early 21st century, especially amongst youth.[280] It is strongest in Victoria, where three socialist parties have merged into the Victorian Socialists, who aim to address problems in housing and public transportation.

New Zealand has a small socialist scene, mainly dominated by Trotskyist groups. The current prime minister Jacinda Ardern has publicly condemned capitalism but describes herself as a social democrat.[citation needed]

Melanesian Socialism developed in the 1980s, inspired by African Socialism. It aims to achieve full independence from Britain and France in Melanesian territories and creation of a Melanesian federal union. It is very popular with the New Caledonia independence movement.[citation needed]

International socialism

The Progressive Alliance is a political international founded on 22 May 2013 by political parties, the majority of whom are current or former members of the Socialist International. The organisation states the aim of becoming the global network of “the progressive”, democratic, social-democratic, socialist and labour movement”.[281][282]

Social and political theory

Early socialist thought took influences from a diverse range of philosophies such as civic republicanism, Enlightenmentrationalism, romanticism, forms of materialism, Christianity (both Catholic and Protestant), natural law and natural rights theory, utilitarianism and liberal political economy.[283] Another philosophical basis for a lot of early socialism was the emergence of positivism during the European Enlightenment. Positivism held that both the natural and social worlds could be understood through scientific knowledge and be analyzed using scientific methods. This core outlook influenced early social scientists and different types of socialists ranging from anarchists like Peter Kropotkin to technocrats like Saint Simon.[284]

Claude Henri de Rouvroy, comte de Saint-Simon, early French socialist

The fundamental objective of socialism is to attain an advanced level of material production and therefore greater productivity, efficiency and rationality as compared to capitalism and all previous systems, under the view that an expansion of human productive capability is the basis for the extension of freedom and equality in society.[285] Many forms of socialist theory hold that human behaviour is largely shaped by the social environment. In particular, socialism holds that social mores, values, cultural traits and economic practices are social creations and not the result of an immutable natural law.[286][287] The object of their critique is thus not human avarice or human consciousness, but the material conditions and man-made social systems (i.e. the economic structure of society) that gives rise to observed social problems and inefficiencies. Bertrand Russell, often considered to be the father of analytic philosophy, identified as a socialist. Russell opposed the class struggle aspects of Marxism, viewing socialism solely as an adjustment of economic relations to accommodate modern machine production to benefit all of humanity through the progressive reduction of necessary work time.[288]

Socialists view creativity as an essential aspect of human nature and define freedom as a state of being where individuals are able to express their creativity unhindered by constraints of both material scarcity and coercive social institutions. The socialist concept of individuality is thus intertwined with the concept of individual creative expression. Karl Marx believed that expansion of the productive forces and technology was the basis for the expansion of human freedom and that socialism, being a system that is consistent with modern developments in technology, would enable the flourishing of “free individualities” through the progressive reduction of necessary labour time. The reduction of necessary labour time to a minimum would grant individuals the opportunity to pursue the development of their true individuality and creativity.

CRITICISM OF CAPITALISM

Criticism of capitalism

Socialists argue that the accumulation of capital generates waste through externalities that require costly corrective regulatory measures. They also point out that this process generates wasteful industries and practices that exist only to generate sufficient demand for products to be sold at a profit (such as high-pressure advertisement), thereby creating rather than satisfying economic demand.[291][292]

Socialists argue that capitalism consists of irrational activity, such as the purchasing of commodities only to sell at a later time when their price appreciates, rather than for consumption, even if the commodity cannot be sold at a profit to individuals in need and therefore a crucial criticism often made by socialists is that “making money”, or accumulation of capital, does not correspond to the satisfaction of demand (the production of use-values).[293] The fundamental criterion for economic activity in capitalism is the accumulation of capital for reinvestment in production, but this spurs the development of new, non-productive industries that do not produce use-value and only exist to keep the accumulation process afloat (otherwise the system goes into crisis), such as the spread of the financial industry, contributing to the formation of economic bubbles.[294]

Socialists view private property relations as limiting the potential of productive forces in the economy. According to socialists, private property becomes obsolete when it concentrates into centralised, socialised institutions based on private appropriation of revenue—but based on cooperative work and internal planning in allocation of inputs—until the role of the capitalist becomes redundant.[295] With no need for capital accumulation and a class of owners, private property in the means of production is perceived as being an outdated form of economic organisation that should be replaced by a free association of individuals based on public or common ownership of these socialised assets.[296][297] Private ownership imposes constraints on planning, leading to uncoordinated economic decisions that result in business fluctuations, unemployment and a tremendous waste of material resources during crisis of overproduction.[298]

Excessive disparities in income distribution lead to social instability and require costly corrective measures in the form of redistributive taxation, which incurs heavy administrative costs while weakening the incentive to work, inviting dishonesty and increasing the likelihood of tax evasion while (the corrective measures) reduce the overall efficiency of the market economy.[299] These corrective policies limit the incentive system of the market by providing things such as minimum wages, unemployment insurance, taxing profits and reducing the reserve army of labour, resulting in reduced incentives for capitalists to invest in more production. In essence, social welfare policies cripple capitalism and its incentive system and are thus unsustainable in the long-run.[300] Marxists argue that the establishment of a socialist mode of production is the only way to overcome these deficiencies. Socialists and specifically Marxian socialists argue that the inherent conflict of interests between the working class and capital prevent optimal use of available human resources and leads to contradictory interest groups (labour and business) striving to influence the state to intervene in the economy in their favor at the expense of overall economic efficiency.

Early socialists (utopian socialists and Ricardian socialists) criticised capitalism for concentrating power and wealth within a small segment of society.[301] In addition, they complained that capitalism does not utilise available technology and resources to their maximum potential in the interests of the public.[297]

Marxism

Main article: Marxism

At a certain stage of development, the material productive forces of society come into conflict with the existing relations of production or—this merely expresses the same thing in legal terms – with the property relations within the framework of which they have operated hitherto. Then begins an era of social revolution. The changes in the economic foundation lead sooner or later to the transformation of the whole immense superstructure.

— Karl Marx, Critique of the Gotha Program[302]

The writings of Karl Marxprovided the basis for the development of Marxistpolitical theory and Marxian economics

Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels argued that socialism would emerge from historical necessity as capitalism rendered itself obsolete and unsustainable from increasing internal contradictions emerging from the development of the productive forces and technology. It was these advances in the productive forces combined with the old social relations of production of capitalism that would generate contradictions, leading to working-class consciousness.[303]

Marx and Engels held the view that the consciousness of those who earn a wage or salary (the working class in the broadest Marxist sense) would be moulded by their conditions of wage slavery, leading to a tendency to seek their freedom or emancipation by overthrowing ownership of the means of production by capitalists and consequently, overthrowing the state that upheld this economic order. For Marx and Engels, conditions determine consciousness and ending the role of the capitalist class leads eventually to a classless society in which the state would wither away. The Marxist conception of socialism is that of a specific historical phase that would displace capitalism and precede communism. The major characteristics of socialism (particularly as conceived by Marx and Engels after the Paris Commune of 1871) are that the proletariat would control the means of production through a workers’ state erected by the workers in their interests. Economic activity would still be organised through the use of incentive systems and social classes would still exist, but to a lesser and diminishing extent than under capitalism.

For orthodox Marxists, socialism is the lower stage of communism based on the principle of “from each according to his ability, to each according to his contribution” while upper stage communism is based on the principle of “from each according to his ability, to each according to his need”, the upper stage becoming possible only after the socialist stage further develops economic efficiency and the automation of production has led to a superabundance of goods and services.[304][305] Marx argued that the material productive forces (in industry and commerce) brought into existence by capitalism predicated a cooperative society since production had become a mass social, collective activity of the working class to create commodities but with private ownership (the relations of production or property relations). This conflict between collective effort in large factories and private ownership would bring about a conscious desire in the working class to establish collective ownership commensurate with the collective efforts their daily experience.[302]

Role of the state

Socialists have taken different perspectives on the state and the role it should play in revolutionary struggles, in constructing socialism and within an established socialist economy.

In the 19th century the philosophy of state socialism was first explicitly expounded by the German political philosopher Ferdinand Lassalle. In contrast to Karl Marx’s perspective of the state, Lassalle rejected the concept of the state as a class-based power structure whose main function was to preserve existing class structures. Thus Lassalle also rejected the Marxist view that the state was destined to “wither away”. Lassalle considered the state to be an entity independent of class allegiances and an instrument of justice that would therefore be essential for achieving socialism.[306]

Preceding the Bolshevik-led revolution in Russia, many socialists including reformists, orthodox Marxist currents such as council communism, anarchists and libertarian socialists criticised the idea of using the state to conduct central planning and own the means of production as a way to establish socialism. Following the victory of Leninism in Russia, the idea of “state socialism” spread rapidly throughout the socialist movement and eventually state socialism came to be identified with the Soviet economic model.[307]

Joseph Schumpeter rejected the association of socialism (and social ownership) with state ownership over the means of production because the state as it exists in its current form is a product of capitalist society and cannot be transplanted to a different institutional framework. Schumpeter argued that there would be different institutions within socialism than those that exist within modern capitalism, just as feudalism had its own distinct and unique institutional forms. The state, along with concepts like property and taxation, were concepts exclusive to commercial society (capitalism) and attempting to place them within the context of a future socialist society would amount to a distortion of these concepts by using them out of context.[308]

Utopian versus scientific

Main articles: Utopian socialism and Scientific socialism

Utopian socialism is a term used to define the first currents of modern socialist thought as exemplified by the work of Henri de Saint-Simon, Charles Fourier and Robert Owen, which inspired Karl Marx and other early socialists.[309] However, visions of imaginary ideal societies, which competed with revolutionary social democratic movements, were viewed as not being grounded in the material conditions of society and as reactionary.[310] Although it is technically possible for any set of ideas or any person living at any time in history to be a utopian socialist, the term is most often applied to those socialists who lived in the first quarter of the 19th century who were ascribed the label “utopian” by later socialists as a negative term in order to imply naivete and dismiss their ideas as fanciful or unrealistic.[77]

Religious sects whose members live communally such as the Hutterites, for example, are not usually called “utopian socialists”, although their way of living is a prime example. They have been categorised as religious socialists by some. Likewise, modern intentional communities based on socialist ideas could also be categorised as “utopian socialist”.

For Marxists, the development of capitalism in Western Europe provided a material basis for the possibility of bringing about socialism because according to The Communist Manifesto “[w]hat the bourgeoisie produces above all is its own grave diggers”,[311] namely the working class, which must become conscious of the historical objectives set it by society.

Reform versus revolution

Main articles: Revolutionary socialism and Reformism

Revolutionary socialists believe that a social revolution is necessary to effect structural changes to the socioeconomic structure of society. Among revolutionary socialists there are differences in strategy, theory and the definition of “revolution”. Orthodox Marxists and left communists take an impossibilist stance, believing that revolution should be spontaneous as a result of contradictions in society due to technological changes in the productive forces. Lenin theorised that under capitalism the workers cannot achieve class consciousness beyond organising into unions and making demands of the capitalists. Therefore, Leninists advocate that it is historically necessary for a vanguard of class conscious revolutionaries to take a central role in coordinating the social revolution to overthrow the capitalist state and eventually the institution of the state altogether.[312] “Revolution” is not necessarily defined by revolutionary socialists as violent insurrection,[313] but as a complete dismantling and rapid transformation of all areas of class society led by the majority of the masses: the working class.

Reformism is generally associated with social democracy and gradualist democratic socialism. Reformism is the belief that socialists should stand in parliamentary elections within capitalist society and if elected utilise the machinery of government to pass political and social reforms for the purposes of ameliorating the instabilities and inequities of capitalism.

ECONOMICS

ormism is generally associated with social democracy and gradualist democratic socialism. Reformism is the belief that socialists should stand in parliamentary elections within capitalist society and if elected utilise the machinery of government to pass political and social reforms for the purposes of ameliorating the instabilities and inequities of capitalism.

Economics

Main article: Socialist economics

See also: Production for use

Socialist economics starts from the premise that “individuals do not live or work in isolation but live in cooperation with one another. Furthermore, everything that people produce is in some sense a social product, and everyone who contributes to the production of a good is entitled to a share in it. Society as a whole, therefore, should own or at least control property for the benefit of all its members”.[86]

The original conception of socialism was an economic system whereby production was organised in a way to directly produce goods and services for their utility (or use-value in classical and Marxian economics): the direct allocation of resources in terms of physical units as opposed to financial calculation and the economic laws of capitalism (see law of value), often entailing the end of capitalistic economic categories such as rent, interest, profit and money.[314] In a fully developed socialist economy, production and balancing factor inputs with outputs becomes a technical process to be undertaken by engineers.[315]

Market socialism refers to an array of different economic theories and systems that utilise the market mechanism to organise production and to allocate factor inputs among socially owned enterprises, with the economic surplus (profits) accruing to society in a social dividend as opposed to private capital owners.[316] Variations of market socialism include libertarian proposals such as mutualism, based on classical economics, and neoclassical economic models such as the Lange Model. However, some economists such as Joseph Stiglitz, Mancur Olson and others not specifically advancing anti-socialists positions have shown that prevailing economic models upon which such democratic or market socialism models might be based have logical flaws or unworkable presuppositions.[317][318]

The ownership of the means of production can be based on direct ownership by the users of the productive property through worker cooperative; or commonly owned by all of society with management and control delegated to those who operate/use the means of production; or public ownership by a state apparatus. Public ownership may refer to the creation of state-owned enterprises, nationalisation, municipalisation or autonomous collective institutions. Some socialists feel that in a socialist economy, at least the “commanding heights” of the economy must be publicly owned.[319] However, economic liberals and right libertarians view private ownership of the means of production and the market exchange as natural entities or moral rights which are central to their conceptions of freedom and liberty and view the economic dynamics of capitalism as immutable and absolute, therefore they perceive public ownership of the means of production, cooperatives and economic planning as infringements upon liberty.[320][321]

Management and control over the activities of enterprises are based on self-management and self-governance, with equal power-relations in the workplace to maximise occupational autonomy. A socialist form of organisation would eliminate controlling hierarchies so that only a hierarchy based on technical knowledge in the workplace remains. Every member would have decision-making power in the firm and would be able to participate in establishing its overall policy objectives. The policies/goals would be carried out by the technical specialists that form the coordinating hierarchy of the firm, who would establish plans or directives for the work community to accomplish these goals.[322]

The role and use of money in a hypothetical socialist economy is a contested issue. According to the Austrian schooleconomist Ludwig von Mises, an economic system that does not use money, financial calculation and market pricingwould be unable to effectively value capital goods and coordinate production and therefore these types of socialism are impossible because they lack the necessary information to perform economic calculation in the first place.[323][324]Socialists including Karl Marx, Robert Owen, Pierre-Joseph Proudhon and John Stuart Mill advocated various forms of labour vouchers or labour credits, which like money would be used to acquire articles of consumption, but unlike money they are unable to become capital and would not be used to allocate resources within the production process. Bolshevik revolutionary Leon Trotsky argued that money could not be arbitrarily abolished following a socialist revolution. Money had to exhaust its “historic mission”, meaning it would have to be used until its function became redundant, eventually being transformed into bookkeeping receipts for statisticians and only in the more distant future would money not be required for even that role.[325]

The economic anarchy of capitalist society as it exists today is, in my opinion, the real source of the evil… I am convinced there is only one way to eliminate these grave evils, namely through the establishment of a socialist economy, accompanied by an educational system which would be oriented toward social goals. In such an economy, the means of production are owned by society itself and are utilised in a planned fashion. A planned economy, which adjusts production to the needs of the community, would distribute the work to be done among all those able to work and would guarantee a livelihood to every man, woman, and child. The education of the individual, in addition to promoting his own innate abilities, would attempt to develop in him a sense of responsibility for his fellow men in place of the glorification of power and success in our present society.

— Albert Einstein, Why Socialism?, 1949[326]

Planned economy

Main article: Planned economy

A planned economy is a type of economy consisting of a mixture of public ownership of the means of production and the coordination of production and distribution through economic planning. There are two major types of planning: decentralised-planning and centralised-planning. Enrico Barone provided a comprehensive theoretical framework for a planned socialist economy. In his model, assuming perfect computation techniques, simultaneous equations relating inputs and outputs to ratios of equivalence would provide appropriate valuations in order to balance supply and demand.[327]

The most prominent example of a planned economy was the economic system of the Soviet Union and as such the centralised-planned economic model is usually associated with the communist states of the 20th century, where it was combined with a single-party political system. In a centrally planned economy, decisions regarding the quantity of goods and services to be produced are planned in advance by a planning agency (see also the analysis of Soviet-type economic planning). The economic systems of the Soviet Union and the Eastern Bloc are further classified as “command economies”, which are defined as systems where economic coordination is undertaken by commands, directives and production targets.[328] Studies by economists of various political persuasions on the actual functioning of the Soviet economy indicate that it was not actually a planned economy. Instead of conscious planning, the Soviet economy was based on a process whereby the plan was modified by localised agents and the original plans went largely unfulfilled. Planning agencies, ministries and enterprises all adapted and bargained with each other during the formulation of the plan as opposed to following a plan passed down from a higher authority, leading some economists to suggest that planning did not actually take place within the Soviet economy and that a better description would be an “administered” or “managed” economy.[329]

Although central planning was largely supported by Marxist–Leninists, some factions within the Soviet Union before the rise of Stalinism held positions contrary to central planning. Leon Trotsky rejected central planning in favour of decentralised planning. He argued that central planners, regardless of their intellectual capacity, would be unable to coordinate effectively all economic activity within an economy because they operated without the input and tacit knowledge embodied by the participation of the millions of people in the economy. As a result, central planners would be unable to respond to local economic conditions.[330] State socialism is unfeasible in this view because information cannot be aggregated by a central body and effectively used to formulate a plan for an entire economy, because doing so would result in distorted or absent price signals.[331]

Self-managed economy

See also: Decentralised planning, Economic democracy, and Workers’ self-management

A self-managed, decentralised economy is based on autonomous self-regulating economic units and a decentralised mechanism of resource allocation and decision-making. This model has found support in notable classical and neoclassical economists including Alfred Marshall, John Stuart Mill and Jaroslav Vanek. There are numerous variations of self-management, including labour-managed firms and worker-managed firms. The goals of self-management are to eliminate exploitation and reduce alienation.[332] Guild socialism is a political movement advocating workers’ control of industry through the medium of trade-related guilds “in an implied contractual relationship with the public”.[333] It originated in the United Kingdom and was at its most influential in the first quarter of the 20th century.[333] It was strongly associated with G. D. H. Cole and influenced by the ideas of William Morris.

One such system is the cooperative economy, a largely free market economy in which workers manage the firms and democratically determine remuneration levels and labour divisions. Productive resources would be legally owned by the cooperative and rented to the workers, who would enjoy usufruct rights.[334] Another form of decentralised planning is the use of cybernetics, or the use of computers to manage the allocation of economic inputs. The socialist-run government of Salvador Allende in Chile experimented with Project Cybersyn, a real-time information bridge between the government, state enterprises and consumers.[335] Another, more recent variant is participatory economics, wherein the economy is planned by decentralised councils of workers and consumers. Workers would be remunerated solely according to effort and sacrifice, so that those engaged in dangerous, uncomfortable and strenuous work would receive the highest incomes and could thereby work less.[336] A contemporary model for a self-managed, non-market socialism is Pat Devine’s model of negotiated coordination. Negotiated coordination is based upon social ownership by those affected by the use of the assets involved, with decisions made by those at the most localised level of production.[337]

Michel Bauwens identifies the emergence of the open software movement and peer-to-peer production as a new alternative mode of production to the capitalist economy and centrally planned economy that is based on collaborative self-management, common ownership of resources and the production of use-values through the free cooperation of producers who have access to distributed capital.[338]

Anarcho-communism is a theory of anarchism which advocates the abolition of the state, private property and capitalism in favour of common ownership of the means of production.[339][340] Anarcho-syndicalism was practiced in Catalonia and other places in the Spanish Revolution during the Spanish Civil War. Sam Dolgoff estimated that about eight million people participated directly or at least indirectly in the Spanish Revolution.[341]

The economy of the former Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia established a system based on market-based allocation, social ownership of the means of production and self-management within firms. This system substituted Yugoslavia’s Soviet-type central planning with a decentralised, self-managed system after reforms in 1953.[342]

The Marxian economist Richard D. Wolff argues that “re-organising production so that workers become collectively self-directed at their work-sites” not only moves society beyond both capitalism and state socialism of the last century, but would also mark another milestone in human history, similar to earlier transitions out of slavery and feudalism.[343] As an example, Wolff claims that Mondragon is “a stunningly successful alternative to the capitalist organisation of production”.[344]

State-directed economy

See also: State socialism

State socialism can be used to classify any variety of socialist philosophies that advocates the ownership of the means of production by the state apparatus, either as a transitional stage between capitalism and socialism, or as an end-goal in itself. Typically it refers to a form of technocratic management, whereby technical specialists administer or manage economic enterprises on behalf of society (and the public interest) instead of workers’ councils or workplace democracy.

A state-directed economy may refer to a type of mixed economy consisting of public ownership over large industries, as promoted by various Social democratic political parties during the 20th century. This ideology influenced the policies of the British Labour Party during Clement Attlee’s administration. In the biography of the 1945 United Kingdom Labour Party Prime Minister Clement Attlee, Francis Beckett states: “[T]he government… wanted what would become known as a mixed economy”.[345]

Nationalisation in the United Kingdom was achieved through compulsory purchase of the industry (i.e. with compensation). British Aerospace was a combination of major aircraft companies British Aircraft Corporation, Hawker Siddeley and others. British Shipbuilders was a combination of the major shipbuilding companies including Cammell Laird, Govan Shipbuilders, Swan Hunter and Yarrow Shipbuilders, whereas the nationalisation of the coal mines in 1947 created a coal board charged with running the coal industry commercially so as to be able to meet the interest payable on the bonds which the former mine owners’ shares had been converted into.[346][347]

Market socialism

Main article: Market socialism

Market socialism consists of publicly owned or cooperatively owned enterprises operating in a market economy. It is a system that utilises the market and monetary prices for the allocation and accounting of the means of production, thereby retaining the process of capital accumulation. The profit generated would be used to directly remunerate employees, collectively sustain the enterprise or finance public institutions.[348] In state-oriented forms of market socialism, in which state enterprises attempt to maximise profit, the profits can be used to fund government programs and services through a social dividend, eliminating or greatly diminishing the need for various forms of taxation that exist in capitalist systems. Neoclassical economist Léon Walras believed that a socialist economy based on state ownership of land and natural resources would provide a means of public finance to make income taxes unnecessary.[349] Yugoslavia implemented a market socialist economy based on cooperatives and worker self-management.

Pierre-Joseph Proudhon, main theorist of mutualism and influential French socialist thinker

Mutualism is an economic theory and anarchist school of thought that advocates a society where each person might possess a means of production, either individually or collectively, with trade representing equivalent amounts of labour in the free market.[350]Integral to the scheme was the establishment of a mutual-credit bank that would lend to producers at a minimal interest rate, just high enough to cover administration.[351]Mutualism is based on a labour theory of value that holds that when labour or its product is sold, in exchange it ought to receive goods or services embodying “the amount of labour necessary to produce an article of exactly similar and equal utility”.

The current economic system in China is formally referred to as a socialist market economy with Chinese characteristics. It combines a large state sector that comprises the commanding heights of the economy, which are guaranteed their public ownership status by law, with a private sector mainly engaged in commodity production and light industry responsible from anywhere between 33% to over 70% of GDP generated in 2005. Although there has been a rapid expansion of private-sector activity since the 1980s, privatisation of state assets was virtually halted and were partially reversed in 2005. The current Chinese economy consists of 150 corporatised state-owned enterprises that report directly to China’s central government. By 2008, these state-owned corporations had become increasingly dynamic and generated large increases in revenue for the state, resulting in a state-sector led recovery during the 2009 financial crises while accounting for most of China’s economic growth. However, the Chinese economic model is widely cited as a contemporary form of state capitalism, the major difference between Western capitalism and the Chinese model being the degree of state-ownership of shares in publicly listed corporations.

The Socialist Republic of Vietnam has adopted a similar model after the Doi Moi economic renovation, but slightly differs from the Chinese model in that the Vietnamese government retains firm control over the state sector and strategic industries, but allows for private-sector activity in commodity production.

POLITICS

The major socialist political movements are described below. Independent socialist theorists, utopian socialist authors and academic supporters of socialism may not be represented in these movements. Some political groups have called themselves socialist while holding views that some consider antithetical to socialism. The term “socialist” has also been used by some politicians on the political right as an epithet against certain individuals who do not consider themselves to be socialists and against policies that are not considered socialist by their proponents.

There are many variations of socialism and as such there is no single definition encapsulating all of socialism. However, there have been common elements identified by scholars.[362] In his Dictionary of Socialism (1924), Angelo S. Rappoport analysed forty definitions of socialism to conclude that common elements of socialism include: general criticisms of the social effects of private ownership and control of capital—as being the cause of poverty, low wages, unemployment, economic and social inequality and a lack of economic security; a general view that the solution to these problems is a form of collective control over the means of production, distribution and exchange (the degree and means of control vary amongst socialist movements); an agreement that the outcome of this collective control should be a society based upon social justice, including social equality, economic protection of people and should provide a more satisfying life for most people.[363] In The Concepts of Socialism(1975), Bhikhu Parekh identifies four core principles of socialism and particularly socialist society: sociality, social responsibility, cooperation and planning.[364] In his study Ideologies and Political Theory (1996), Michael Freeden states that all socialists share five themes: the first is that socialism posits that society is more than a mere collection of individuals; second, that it considers human welfare a desirable objective; third, that it considers humans by nature to be active and productive; fourth, it holds the belief of human equality; and fifth, that history is progressive and will create positive change on the condition that humans work to achieve such change.[364]

Anarchism

Main article: Anarchism

Anarchism is a political philosophy that advocates stateless societies often defined as self-governed voluntary institutions,[365][366][367][368] but that several authors have defined as more specific institutions based on non-hierarchicalfree associations.[369][370][371][372] Anarchism holds the state to be undesirable, unnecessary or harmful.[373][374] While anti-statism is central, some argue[375] that anarchism entails opposing authority or hierarchical organisation in the conduct of human relations including, but not limited to, the state system.[369][376][377][378][379][380][381] Mutualists advocate market socialism, collectivist anarchists workers cooperatives and salaries based on the amount of time contributed to production, anarcho-communists advocate a direct transition from capitalism to libertarian communism and a gift economy and anarcho-syndicalists worker’s direct action and the general strike.

Democratic socialism

Main article: Democratic socialism

Modern democratic socialism is a broad political movement that seeks to promote the ideals of socialism within the context of a democratic system. Some democratic socialists support social democracy as a temporary measure to reform the current system while others reject reformism in favour of more revolutionary methods. Modern social democracy emphasises a program of gradual legislative modification of capitalism in order to make it more equitable and humane, while the theoretical end goal of building a socialist society is either completely forgotten or redefined in a pro-capitalist way. The two movements are widely similar both in terminology and in ideology, although there are a few key differences.

The major difference between social democracy and democratic socialism is the object of their politics: contemporary social democrats support a welfare state and unemployment insurance as a means to “humanise” capitalism, whereas democratic socialists seek to replace capitalism with a socialist economic system, arguing that any attempt to “humanise” capitalism through regulations and welfare policies would distort the market and create economic contradictions.[382]

Democratic socialism generally refers to any political movement that seeks to establish an economy based on economic democracy by and for the working class. Democratic socialism is difficult to define and groups of scholars have radically different definitions for the term. Some definitions simply refer to all forms of socialism that follow an electoral, reformistor evolutionary path to socialism rather than a revolutionary one.[383]

You can’t talk about ending the slums without first saying profit must be taken out of slums. You’re really tampering and getting on dangerous ground because you are messing with folk then. You are messing with captains of industry. Now this means that we are treading in difficult water, because it really means that we are saying that something is wrong with capitalism. There must be a better distribution of wealth, and maybe America must move toward a democratic socialism.

— Martin Luther King, Jr., 1966[384][385][386]

Leninism and precedents

Main articles: Blanquism and Marxism–Leninism

Blanquism refers to a conception of revolution generally attributed to Louis Auguste Blanqui which holds that socialist revolution should be carried out by a relatively small group of highly organised and secretive conspirators.[387] Having seized power, the revolutionaries would then use the power of the state to introduce socialism. It is considered a particular sort of “putschism”—that is, the view that political revolution should take the form of a putsch or coup d’état.[388] Rosa Luxemburg and Eduard Bernstein[389] have criticised Vladimir Lenin that his conception of revolution was elitist and essentially Blanquist.[390] Marxism–Leninism is a political ideology combining Marxism (the scientific socialist concepts theorised by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels) and Leninism (Lenin’s theoretical expansions of Marxism which include anti-imperialism, democratic centralism and party-building principles).[391] Marxism–Leninism was the official ideology of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union and of the Communist International (1919–1943) and later it became the main guiding ideology for Trotskyists, Maoists and Stalinists.

Libertarian socialism

Main article: Libertarian socialism

The first anarchist journal to use the term “libertarian” was Le Libertaire, Journal du Mouvement Social and it was published in New York City between 1858 and 1861 by French anarcho-communistJoseph Déjacque,[392] the first recorded person to describe himself as “libertarian”[393]

Libertarian socialism (sometimes called social anarchism,[394][395] left-libertarianism[396][397]and socialist libertarianism)[398] is a group of anti-authoritarian[399] political philosophies inside the socialist movement that rejects socialism as centralised state ownership and control of the economy[400] including criticism of wage labour relationships within the workplace,[401] as well as the state itself.[402] It emphasises workers’ self-management of the workplace[402] and decentralised structures of political organisation,[403] asserting that a society based on freedom and equality can be achieved through abolishing authoritarian institutions that control certain means of production and subordinate the majority to an owning class or political and economic elite.[404] Libertarian socialists generally place their hopes in decentralised means of direct democracy and federal or confederal associations such as libertarian municipalism, citizens’ assemblies, trade unions, and workers’ councils.[405][406] Relatedly, anarcho-syndicalist Gaston Leval explained: “We therefore foresee a Society in which all activities will be coordinated, a structure that has, at the same time, sufficient flexibility to permit the greatest possible autonomy for social life, or for the life of each enterprise, and enough cohesiveness to prevent all disorder…In a well-organized society, all of these things must be systematically accomplished by means of parallel federations, vertically united at the highest levels, constituting one vast organism in which all economic functions will be performed in solidarity with all others and that will permanently preserve the necessary cohesion”. All of this is generally done within a general call for libertarian[407] and voluntary human relationships[408] through the identification, criticism and practical dismantling of illegitimate authority in all aspects of human life.[413] As such, libertarian socialism within the larger socialist movement seeks to distinguish itself both from Leninism/Bolshevism and from social democracy.[414]

Past and present political philosophies and movements commonly described as libertarian socialist include anarchism(especially anarchist communism, anarchist collectivism, anarcho-syndicalism[415] and mutualism)[416] as well as autonomism, Communalism, participism, revolutionary syndicalism and libertarian Marxist philosophies such as council communism and Luxemburgism;[417] as well as some versions of utopian socialism[418] and individualist anarchism.[419][420][421]

Religious socialism

Main article: Religious socialism

Christian socialism is a broad concept involving an intertwining of the Christian religion with the politics and economic theories of socialism.

Islamic socialism is a term coined by various Muslim leaders to describe a more spiritual form of socialism. Muslim socialists believe that the teachings of the Qur’an and Muhammad are compatible with principles of equality and public ownership drawing inspiration from the early Medina welfare state established by Muhammad. Muslim socialists are more conservative than their western contemporaries and find their roots in anti-imperialism, anti-colonialism and Arab nationalism. Islamic socialist leaders believe in democracy and deriving legitimacy from public mandate as opposed to religious texts.

Social democracy and liberal socialism

Main articles: Social democracy and Liberal socialism

Social democracy is a political ideology which “is derived from a socialist tradition of political thought. Many social democrats refer to themselves as socialists or democratic socialists, and some, for example Tony Blair, use or have used these terms interchangeably.[422][423][424] Others have opined that there are clear differences between the three terms, and preferred to describe their own political beliefs by using the term ‘social democracy’ only”.[425] There are two main directions, either to establish democratic socialism, or to build a welfare state within the framework of the capitalist system. The first variant has officially its goal by establishing democratic socialism through reformist and gradualistmethods.[426] In the second variant, social democracy becomes a policy regime involving a welfare state, collective bargaining schemes, support for publicly financed public services and a capitalist-based economy like a mixed economy. It is often used in this manner to refer to the social models and economic policies prominent in Western and Northern Europe during the later half of the 20th century.[427][428] It has been described by Jerry Mander as “hybrid” economics, an active collaboration of capitalist and socialist visions and while such systems are not perfect they tend to provide high standards of living.[429] Numerous studies and surveys indicate that people tend to live happier lives in social democratic societies rather than neoliberal ones.[430][431][432][433]

Eduard Bernstein

Social democrats supporting the first variant advocate for a peaceful, evolutionary transition of the economy to socialism through progressive social reform of capitalism.[434][435] It asserts that the only acceptable constitutional form of government is representative democracy under the rule of law.[436] It promotes extending democratic decision-making beyond political democracy to include economic democracy to guarantee employees and other economic stakeholders sufficient rights of co-determination.[436] It supports a mixed economy that opposes the excesses of capitalism such as inequality, poverty and oppression of various groups, while rejecting both a totally free market or a fully planned economy.[437] Common social democratic policies include advocacy of universal social rights to attain universally accessible public services such as education, health care, workers’ compensation and other services, including child care and care for the elderly.[438] Social democracy is connected with the trade union labour movement and supports collective bargaining rights for workers.[439] Most social democratic parties are affiliated with the Socialist International.[426]

Liberal socialism is a socialist political philosophy that includes liberal principles within it.[440] Liberal socialism does not have the goal of abolishing capitalism with a socialist economy,[441] instead it supports a mixed economy that includes both public and private property in capital goods.[442][443] Although liberal socialism unequivocally favors a mixed market economy, it identifies legalistic and artificial monopolies to be the fault of capitalism[444] and opposes an entirely unregulated economy.[445] It considers both liberty and equality to be compatible and mutually dependent on each other.[440] Principles that can be described as “liberal socialist” have been based upon or developed by the following philosophers: John Stuart Mill, Eduard Bernstein, John Dewey, Carlo Rosselli, Norberto Bobbio and Chantal Mouffe.[446]Other important liberal socialist figures include Guido Calogero, Piero Gobetti, Leonard Trelawny Hobhouse, John Maynard Keynes and R. H. Tawney.[445] Liberal socialism has been particularly prominent in British and Italian politics.[445]

Socialism and modern progressive social movements

Further information: Socialist feminism, Socialism and LGBT rights, Eco-socialism, Anarcha-feminism, Green anarchism, and Queer anarchism

Socialist feminist Clara Zetkinand Rosa Luxemburg in 1910

Socialist feminism is a branch of feminism that focuses upon both the public and private spheres of a woman’s life and argues that liberation can only be achieved by working to end both the economic and cultural sources of women’s oppression.[447] Marxist feminism’s foundation is laid by Friedrich Engels in his analysis of gender oppression in The Origin of the Family, Private Property, and the State (1884). August Bebel’s Woman under Socialism (1879), the “single work dealing with sexuality most widely read by rank-and-file members of the Social Democratic Party of Germany (SPD)”.[448] In the late 19th and early 20th centuries, both Clara Zetkin and Eleanor Marx were against the demonisation of men and supported a proletariatrevolution that would overcome as many male-female inequalities as possible.[449] As their movement already had the most radical demands in women’s equality, most Marxist leaders, including Clara Zetkin[450][451] and Alexandra Kollontai,[452][453] counterposed Marxism against liberal feminism rather than trying to combine them. Anarcha-feminism began with late 19th and early 20th century authors and theorists such as anarchist feminists Emma Goldman and Voltairine de Cleyre[454] In the Spanish Civil War, an anarcha-feminist group, Mujeres Libres (“Free Women”) linked to the Federación Anarquista Ibérica, organised to defend both anarchist and feminist ideas.[455] In 1972, the Chicago Women’s Liberation Union published “Socialist Feminism: A Strategy for the Women’s Movement”, which is believed to be the first to use the term “socialist feminism” in publication.[456]

Edward Carpenter, philosopher and activist who was instrumental in the foundation of the Fabian Society and the Labour Partyas well as in the early LGBTIwestern movements

Many socialists were early advocates for LGBT rights. For early socialist Charles Fourier, true freedom could only occur without suppressing passions, as the suppression of passions is not only destructive to the individual, but to society as a whole. Writing before the advent of the term “homosexuality”, Fourier recognised that both men and women have a wide range of sexual needs and preferences which may change throughout their lives, including same-sex sexuality and androgénité. He argued that all sexual expressions should be enjoyed as long as people are not abused and that “affirming one’s difference” can actually enhance social integration.[457] In Oscar Wilde’s The Soul of Man Under Socialism, he passionately advocates for an egalitarian society where wealth is shared by all, while warning of the dangers of social systems that crush individuality. Wilde’s libertarian socialist politics were shared by other figures who actively campaigned for homosexual emancipation in the late 19th century such as Edward Carpenter.[458] The Intermediate Sex: A Study of Some Transitional Types of Men and Women was a book from 1908 and an early work arguing for gay liberation written by Edward Carpenter[459] who was also an influential personality in the foundation of the Fabian Societyand the Labour Party. After the Russian Revolution under the leadership of Vladimir Lenin and Leon Trotsky, the Soviet Union abolished previous laws against homosexuality.[460] Harry Haywas an early leader in the American LGBT rights movement as well as a member of the Communist Party USA. He is known for his roles in helping to found several gay organisations, including the Mattachine Society, the first sustained gay rights group in the United States which in its early days had a strong marxist influence. The Encyclopedia of Homosexualityreports that “[a]s Marxists the founders of the group believed that the injustice and oppression which they suffered stemmed from relationships deeply embedded in the structure of American society”.[461] Also emerging from a number of events, such as the May 1968 insurrection in France, the anti-Vietnam war movement in the United States and the Stonewall riots of 1969, militant gay liberation organisations began to spring up around the world. Many saw their roots in left radicalism more than in the established homophile groups of the time,[462] though the Gay Liberation Front took an anti-capitalist stance and attacked the nuclear family and traditional gender roles.[463]

Eco-socialism, green socialism or socialist ecology is a political position merging aspects of Marxism, socialism and/or libertarian socialism with that of green politics, ecology and alter-globalisation. Eco-socialists generally believe that the expansion of the capitalist system is the cause of social exclusion, poverty, war and environmental degradation through globalisation and imperialism, under the supervision of repressive states and transnational structures.[464] Contrary to the depiction of Karl Marx by some environmentalists,[465] social ecologists[466] and fellow socialists[467] as a productivist who favoured the domination of nature, eco-socialists have revisited Marx’s writings and believe that he “was a main originator of the ecological world-view”.[468] Eco-socialist authors, like John Bellamy Foster[469] and Paul Burkett,[470] point to Marx’s discussion of a “metabolic rift” between man and nature, his statement that “private ownership of the globe by single individuals will appear quite absurd as private ownership of one man by another” and his observation that a society must “hand it [the planet] down to succeeding generations in an improved condition”.[471] The English socialist William Morris is largely credited with developing key principles of what was later called eco-socialism.[472] During the 1880s and 1890s, Morris promoted his eco-socialist ideas within the Social Democratic Federation and Socialist League.[473] Green anarchism, or ecoanarchism, is a school of thought within anarchism which puts a particular emphasis on environmental issues. An important early influence was the thought of the American anarchist Henry David Thoreau and his book Walden[474] and Élisée Reclus.[475][476]

In the late 19th century, there emerged anarcho-naturism as the fusion of anarchism and naturist philosophies within individualist anarchist circles in France, Spain, Cuba[477] and Portugal.[478] Social ecology is closely related to the work and ideas of Murray Bookchin and influenced by anarchist Peter Kropotkin. Bookchin’s first book, Our Synthetic Environment,was published under the pseudonym Lewis Herber in 1962, a few months before Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring.[479] His groundbreaking essay “Ecology and Revolutionary Thought” introduced ecology as a concept in radical politics.[480] In the 1970s, Barry Commoner, suggesting a left-wing response to the Limits to Growth model that predicted catastrophic resource depletion and spurred environmentalism, postulated that capitalist technologies were chiefly responsible for environmental degradation as opposed to population pressures.[481] The 1990s saw the socialist feminists Mary Mellor[482]and Ariel Salleh[483] address environmental issues within an eco-socialist paradigm. With the rising profile of the anti-globalisation movement in the Global South, an “environmentalism of the poor” combining ecological awareness and social justice has also become prominent.[484] In 1994, David Pepper also released his important work, Ecosocialism: From Deep Ecology to Social Justice, which critiques the current approach of many within green politics, particularly deep ecologists.[485] Currently, many green parties around the world, such as the Dutch Green Left Party (GroenLinks), contain strong eco-socialist elements. Radical red-green alliances have been formed in many countries by eco-socialists, radical greens and other radical left groups. In Denmark, the Red-Green Alliance was formed as a coalition of numerous radical parties. Within the European Parliament, a number of far-left parties from Northern Europe have organised themselves into the Nordic Green Left Alliance.

SYNDICALISM

trong eco-socialist elements. Radical red-green alliances have been formed in many countries by eco-socialists, radical greens and other radical left groups. In Denmark, the Red-Green Alliance was formed as a coalition of numerous radical parties. Within the European Parliament, a number of far-left parties from Northern Europe have organised themselves into the Nordic Green Left Alliance.

Syndicalism

Main article: Syndicalism

Syndicalism is a social movement that operates through industrial trade unions and rejects state socialism and the use of establishment politics to establish or promote socialism. They reject using state power to construct a socialist society, favouring strategies such as the general strike. Syndicalists advocate a socialist economy based on federated unions or syndicates of workers who own and manage the means of production. Some Marxist currents advocate syndicalism, such as DeLeonism. Anarcho-syndicalism is a theory of anarchism which views syndicalism as a method for workers in capitalist society to gain control of an economy and with that control influence broader society. The Spanish Revolutionlargely orchestrated by the anarcho-syndicalist trade union CNT during the Spanish Civil War offers an historical example.[486] The International Workers’ Association is an international federation of anarcho-syndicalist labour unions and initiatives.

Criticism

Main article: Criticism of socialism

See also

Book: Socialism

List of anti-capitalist and communist parties with national parliamentary representation

List of communist ideologies

List of socialist countries

List of socialist economists

List of socialist songs

Socialism by country

.

EXCLUSIVE: LARGEST PEDOPHILE RING IN HISTORY, 70,000 MEMBERS, HEADS OF STATE

EXCLUSIVE: LARGEST PEDOPHILE RING IN HISTORY, 70,000 MEMBERS, HEADS OF STATE

 


By Gordon Duff / References: NBC News;


Millions read the news today, the pedophile ring “busted” or the earlier article about how the FBI actually ran it for several weeks, expanding it, drawing in tens of thousands.

Those who read it thought they knew, thought they were getting the story but as is so often the case, the truth goes so much further.

When Veterans Today tied the murder of Supreme Court Justice Anthony Scalia to a White House blackmail plot and a strange tale involving the Keshe Foundation, it became clear that the highest and most powerful in Europe, the US and around the world, were tied together in a web of ritual child abuse on a massive scale.

Today’s story is one more aspect of this. VT’s involvement goes back to 1991 when key VT staffers worked for America’s intelligence community.

A GOP high level staffer approached the CIA claiming that President George H.W. Bush was being blackmailed. It was said that the President was at a political fundraiser in St. Louis where, unknown to the President, top GOP campaign donors were having sex with young males, some of whom had been spirited away from Boys Town in Nebraska of Father Flanagan fame.

The rumors became more than rumors when Bush 43 took office and brought with him, according to a high level White House informant, a virtual army of Neocon pedophiles and “nancyboys” who set the tone for 8 years of crushed civil liberties, staged economic crashes and the dirtiest wars in America’s history.

The door didn’t open again until Iranian physicist, Mehran T. Keshe came to us with his own story. Invited to Belgium, sponsored by the Royal Family, Keshe was introduced to internet guru Sterling Allen and Belgian “fixer,” Dirk Lauressens.

Within a short time, it became clear that he was there as a prisoner, not a guest, having fallen into a web of pedophiles that control public life in Belgium and the Netherlands, control corporations, courts, the police and do so rather publicly.

With Keshe’s story, we traced Sterling Allen, through his work with Belgium’s Royal Family, to his questioning by the FBI, to the seizure of his computers and eventually to his real task in life, webmaster for a massive pedophile ring that supplied children for the members of secret societies that control our daily lives through suppression of technology and the waging of endless war.

From NBC News:

“Massive pedophile ring busted; 230 kids saved

“An Internet pedophile ring with up to 70,000 members — thought to be the world’s largest — has been uncovered by police, a security official said Wednesday.

“The European police agency Europol said in a statement that “Operation Rescue” had identified 670 suspects and that 230 abused children in 30 countries had been taken to safety. More children are expected to be found, Europol said”.

A pedophile ring, 70,000 strong, has been identified and hundreds arrested, an organization run on the internet, centered in the Free Energy Community, including websites run out of Paris, the Netherlands and Belgium.

What isn’t being told is that this same organization, also known as the Red Circle, runs through secret societies around the world:

· Bilderberg

· St. Hubertus

· Federalist Society

· Knights of Malta (Rome, not KMFAP in Budapest)

· Council on Foreign Relations

· Federal Reserve Bank

· NATO

· Royal Families of Belgium, Netherlands and United Kingdom.

· SCOTUS (Supreme Court of the United States)

So much of this story revolves around Mehran T. Keshe, whose plasma related defense technologies, threaten the military balance of power, disabling American stealth drones and even leaving an AEGIS destroyer floating, dead in the water, in the Black Sea.

Anti-Keshe “troll” and convicted pedophile Sterling Allen, former Rense Radio host, now serving a life sentence, is said to have supplied the encryption keys that allowed the FBI to take over the Netherlands based site.

From NBC:

“The website operated from a server based in the Netherlands and, at its height, boasted up to 70,000 members worldwide”, it added.

“It attempted to operate as a ‘discussion–only’ forum where people could share their sexual interest in young boys without committing any specific offences, thus operating ‘below the radar’ of police attention”, Europol said.

Police infiltrated site

The Europol statement said U.K. and Australian police infiltrated the site to identify the members who posed the greatest danger to children. Police also sometimes posed as children online as part of the investigation.

Law enforcement authorities from 13 countries, including the United States, Australia, Canada, Italy, Spain and the U.K., were involved in the case, Europol said.

The statement said Europol analysts had cracked the security features of a key computer server at the center of the network which uncovered the identities of suspected child sex offenders.

And, after his arrest, the forum’s Dutch administrator helped police break encryption measures that shielded users’ identities, allowing police to begin their covert investigations.

“Europol subsequently issued over 4,000 intelligence reports to police authorities in over 30 countries in Europe and elsewhere, which has led to the arrests of suspects and the safeguarding of children”, Europol said.

In September 2015, Iranian physicist Mehran T. Keshe met with the FBI in Rome, a meeting set up by VT. From a source at Europol:

It was this from Veterans Today that helped push this forward:

“It was Keshe’s information given to the FBI in Italy that led to the seizure of Sterling Allan’s computer back in January of 2016, which led to the Obama White House getting files tyingJustice “Tony” Scalia to a child sex ring and demonstrating that it was Scalia that had protected Allan.

“With Justice Scalia exposed to Obama blackmail, his own friends smothered him to death with a pillow, and walked past police, while the world moved on, no autopsy, no investigation”.

Read: Former Victim Claims Scalia Was a Pedophile

That explains why Hollande (President of the French Republic) was scared he is linked to child abuse in France, via Belgium as well.

Abdessalem (Foreign Minister of Tunisia) was traded by the FBI so Hollande can stay in power, sign the tafta and much more allow American military presence in France, which is now turning against him…

That explains why the US military unit near Milan was behind us to see what we had in stock against Bibi (Netanyahu) and Hollande… now that they have Hollande, they are pushing him to the edge, using pressure on Sarkozy, right hand of Bibi, they moved in Tripoli, blackmailing Roma.

Thus, what begins as a hundred arrests, when you peel the levels, involves the French elections and even the recent Bataclan attack in Paris now tied to, if you can imagine it, a police informant smuggled into France through Italy by Tunisia, who out of curiosity runs an anti-Keshe website. Why do they hate Keshe?

Pedophilia Bombshells — The Sick World of the ‘Elite’:

Obama, Clinton, Podesta, Soros, Epstein, Alefantis — All Connected to Pedophilia Claims by ‘Podesta Emails’

Satanic Pedophilia Network Exposed in Australia — It Starts at the TOP, Just Like in the USA and UK

Dozens of UK Politicians Investigated in Massive Pedophilia Ring

The Orange County Pedophilia Ring is Protected – Dozens of Missing Children, Investigators ‘Suicided’

Queen Elizabeth Found Guilty in Missing Children Case — Whistle Blowers Incarcerated, While She is Free

George Bush Pedophile Sex Ring and Blackmail of Congress

Slave Children Forced to Have Sex With ‘Royalty, Politicians, Academicians’ — Bill Clinton Also Visited the Villa

‘Conspiracy of silence’ — the banned/unaired Discovery channel documentary that exposes pedophilia at the highest levels of government.


A FEW SELECTED ARTICLES ABOUT CHINA LAKE:

A FEW SELECTED ARTICLES ABOUT CHINA LAKE:
______________________

SECRET UNDERGROUND BASES / DEEP UNDERGROUND MILITARY BASES IN AMERICA – CHINA LAKE


Unknown to most Americans is a dark secret, and it’s right under our noses. It’s the reality of the existence of DEEP UNDERGROUND MILITARY BASES. These Underground bases get prominent play in dark rumors circulating about captured extra-terrestrials and alien technology. The fringe culture rumors of underground alien-human shenanigans are in reality fed by leaks from questionable individuals, usually with intelligence connections. They are simply a ploy utility for the status quo. The whole captured-alien-hardware story is just a highly elaborate hoax to discredit those exposing the reality of these bases. They are also a cover for the wholesale looting of the federal treasury by the corrupt and cynical secret government. After Hurricane Katrina left the gulf coast region totally devastated, there were many witnesses coming forward with reports of UN and UNISEF Troops working alongside the Army of the Republic of Mexico Soldiers in the New Orleans area. When the day of Martial Law comes in America, the UNISEF and UN troops located in Central America, in the US, and Canada will be deployed to help round up the millions of Americans whose names appear on the CIA Red List and the CIA Blue List. These troops are Chinese, Russian, German, Polish, Japanese, Ukrainian, Saudi Arabian, Pakistani, Mexican, Honduran, Salvadorean and Chilean, and many are stationed in the deep underground military bases. When that day comes in America, do not expect the FoxNews Network, NBC, CBS, ABC, CNN, BBC News 24 or Reuters to give a full or accurate account of the truth. Mass detentions in camps and the underground bases, along with mass executions will occur, like they have in many other countries like Cambodia, Russia, China, Germany, Poland, Armenia, Georgia, Belarusia, Hungary and the Ukraine over the past lOO years. The best option for many Americans will be to have a safe place in a remote area where you can hide. The America you and your forefathers knew is coming to an end thanks to the Illuminati controlled secret government, and now they want America to become a Third World Nation ruled by a Fascist Police State, under their dictatorial control. This obviously cannot be achieved if America stays the way it is with many still being relatively well off, and still possessing firearms. Only the people of America can stop the coming American Holocaust from occurring. In America alone there are over 120Deep Underground Military Bases situated under most major cities, US AFBs, US Navy Bases and US Army Bases, as well as underneath FEMA Military Training Camps and DHS control centers. There are also many Deep Underground Military Bases under Canada. Almost all of these bases are over 2 miles underground and have diameters ranging from 10 miles up to 30 miles across! They have been building these bases day and night, unceasingly, since the 1940s. These bases are basically large cities underground connected by high-speed magneto-levity trains that have speeds up to 1500 MPH. Several books have been written about this activity. Richard Souder, a Ph.D. architect, risked his life by talking about this. He is the author of the book, ‘Underground Bases and Tunnels: What is the Government Trying to Hide’. He worked with a number of government agencies on deep underground military bases. The average depth of these bases is over a mile, and they again are basically whole cities underground. They have nuclear powered laser drilling machines that can drill a tunnel seven miles long in one day. (Note: The September, 1983 issue of Omni (Pg. 80) has a color drawing of The Subterrene,’ the Los Alamos nuclear-powered tunnel machine that burrows through the rock, deep underground, by heating whatever stone it encounters into molten rock.) The Black Projects sidestep the authority of Congress, which as we know is illegal. There is much hard evidence out there. Many will react with fear, terror and paranoia, but you must snap out of it and wake up from the brainwashing your media pumps into your heads all day long. Are you going to be a rabbit in the headlights, or are you going to
stand up and say enough is enough? The US Government through the NSA, DOD, OA, DIA, ATF, ONI, US Army, US Marine Corp, FEMA and the DHS has spent in excess of 1 2 trillion dollars building the massive, covert infrastructure for the coming One World Government and New World Religion over the past 40 years. There is the Deep Underground Military Base underneath Denver International Airport, which is over 22 miles in diameter and goes down over 8 levels. It’s no coincidence that the CIA relocated the headquarters of its domestic division, which is responsible for operations in the United States, from the CIA’s Langley headquarters to Denver. Constructed in 1995, the government and politicians were hell bent on building this airport in spite of it ending up vastly over budget. Charges of corruption, constant construction company changes, and mass firings of teams once they had built a section of their work was reported so that no “one” group had any idea what the blueprint of the airport was. Not only did locals not want this airport built nor was it needed, but everything was done to make sure it was built despite that. Masonic symbols and bizarre artwork of dead babies, burning cities and women in coffins comprise an extensive muralas well as a time capsule – none of which is featured in the airport’s website section detailing the unique artwork throughout the building. DIA serves as a cover for the vast underground facilities that were built there. There are reports of electronic/magnetic vibrations which make some people sick and cause headaches in others. There are acres of fenced-in areas which have barbed wire pointing into the area as if to keep things in, and small concrete stacks that resemble mini-cooling towers rise out of the acres of nowhere to apparently vent underground levels. The underground facility is 88.3 square miles deep. Basically this Underground Base is 8 cities on top of each other! The holding capacity of such leviathanic bases is huge. These city-sized bases can hold millions and millions of people, whether they are mind controlled, enslaved NWO World Army Soldiers or innocent and enslaved surface dwellers from the towns and cities of America and Canada.

tunnels_aliens.gif

UNITED STATES UNDERGROUND CITIES, BASES AND TUNNEL SYSTEMS

GOVERNMENT MAP OF UNDERGROUND TUNNELS

ALASKA

1. Brooks Range, Alaska

2. Delta Junction, Alaska

2a. Fort Greeley, Alaska (reported by Peachy)
In the same Delta Junction area

ARIZONA

1. Arizona (Mountains) (not on map)

Function: Genetic work.
Multiple levels

2. Fort Huachuca, Arizona (also reported detainment camp)
Function: NSA Facility

Notes: (I lost the name of who sent me this. .let me know..)

“Having spent the better part of my life there I can assure you of only one thing, it is THE communications command central for the entire US Army (and rumored to be for the entire US forces) No phone call, two way radio transmission, satellite transmission, fax, etc., within the Army goes undocumented and un “cleared” by this
facility. It is VERY high on the “first to be hit in a nuclear war” list, (as supposedly most communications with the Army are actually routed though there) thus all the
missile silos that were (not really) deactivated around Tucson, some 75 miles to the NW”.

“As for any underground activity, I have no idea, but I do know this, they also do “radar testing” there. They put “planes” on a tower and fire a radar at them to “get a
reading”(?) from a HUGE (I’d say 10 story) microwave radar dish, (it was visible from the highway several miles away). The whole facility sat out in the middle of a
several hundred (or possibly thousands) acre field, oddly devoid of most all naturally occurring groundcover, bushes and trees for the area except for wild grass, and even that was very seldom green. HMMMM. My Dad used to work the crane lifting these “planes” onto the tower, a duty they only allowed each person to do for a few weeks
and then only one or two rotations in a lifetime – can you say radioactive sickness? By the way, he recently went though his THIRD fight with cancer in 8 years). He had to
have the highest level clearance ever given to any civilian in his branch of the civil service. He said many times these “planes” were under tarps, (which were never lifted
while he was present) and didn’t have any shape he recognized as an airplane at all, but when they did put an actual plane up there, they were usually older and even many times, out of service models. Now why would they need radar info on those?
Can you say smokescreen?

I was constantly amazed how many times my friends and I would go out 4-wheeling MILES in the opposite direction of the Fort, and would run into locked gates with
“No Entrance, Govt Property” signs on them! Needless to say, the Govt owned much of the land around the Sierra Vista/Ft Huachuca area. Just thought you’d like to
know”.

FORT HUACHUCA, ARIZONA – Had and possibly still does have a large underground and tunnel system that is occupied by a Top Secret communications and cryptography unit. NSA either commands or has peripheral use of the facility. The Arizona military site is also one of the many designated detainment (concentration) camps authorized by our government, under the homeland security act, is martial law is necessarily declared.

2. Luke Air Force Base

3. Munds Park, Arizona highway rest stop (reported by Dumpgoddess. Verified by Sid and also Becky, who says she was almost arrested asking what the hell they were
doing there when they were building this thing)

Dumpgoddess told me she used to work at a highway rest area known as Munds Park. One day some military trucks and men pulled in and pretty much said OK, thanks for
working here, we’re closing the place, Buh-bye!” They spent years expanding the site and then left. The rest stop is still closed to any traffic and the entrance and exit road
to it from the highway have been ripped up. Another person I know in that area said there are unmarked military trucks and vehicles parked in the back now and the place “is huge” compared to what it was, and looks quite deserted in spite of the construction.

“I live 20 miles out of Flagstaff AZ. .There is a rest area 1/2 mile away. When the government was building this rest area it took almost 3 l/2yrs to complete, and there
were tall fences with dark canvas-like tarps all the way around the area so no one could see what was going on .There were also big army looking trucks pulling in and
out all night, every night. Everyone in Munds Park could hear them coming and going. Now the govt, is closing the rest area for good. I’m told the fences will be put back up. I would bet my life on the fact that there is something under this rest area. You see I worked at Christensen (name of rest area) up untill a week ago.

4. Page, Arizona

Tunnels to: Area 51, Nevada Dulce base, New Mexico

5. Sedona, Arizona (also reported detainment camp)

Notes: Located under the Enchantment Resort in Boynton Canyon. There have been many reports by people in recent years of “increased military presence and activity” in the area. A local resident, Deana, told me her and her husband are thinking of moving because it’s gotten so intrusive. Sedona is felt to be a very spiritual area and was (is) a cultural and holy area for Native Americans and is stunningly gorgeous.

SEDONA – Famous for its massive vortex, is claimed to be an ancient colony of the Lemurians.

According to Commander X, there are reports of a joint-operational underground city and facility under the Enchantment Resort in Boyton Canyon, where clone-like men in black have been seen, along with unusual electromagnetic vortex phenomena. Source David Icke, Children of the Matrix notes that Sedona is associated to UFO activities with a reptilian underground base where members of the reptilian race work with their human or part-human puppets in the Illuminati on the scientific and genetic agenda. The base would appear to be under Boynton Canyon in Sedona. This is not far from the reservation of the Hopi tribe, which has Lemurian connections.

6. Wikieup, Arizona

Tunnels to: Area 51

In Arizona we have sites at Wickiup and Page.

7. Yucca (Mtns.), Arizona
Arizona Tunnels and Caves

GRAND CANYON – Cave[s] near the confluence of the Colorado and Little Colorado rivers. Hopi legends say that their ancestors once lived underground with a friendly race of “ant people” [not to be confused with the sinister “mantis” people described by several abductees], but some of their kind turned to sorcery and made an alliance with lizard or serpent men known as the “two hearts”, which dwelt in still deeper caverns below. The “flood” of evil and violence forced the peaceful Hopi’s to the surface world. An explorer named G. E. Kincaid claimed to have found “one of” the ancient caves, in which were reportedly discovered Oriental, Egyptian & Central American type artifacts. Smithsonian archaeologists S. A. Jordan and associates also explored the man-made cavern with hundreds of rooms, enough to hold over 50 thousand people. The underground city is about 42 miles upriver from El Tovar Crystal Canyon and Crystal Creek, and about 2000 feet above the river bed on the east wall. John Rhodes after 3 years of field research reportedly discovered the Grand Canyon city, which is now being used as a museum for elitist groups and has lower levels that are being used by “super secret black book operatives”, which can only be entered via a stainless steel door at the bottom of a stairwell deep within the “city”
that is “guarded by a very lonely soldier staring into the darkness… dressed in a white
jumpsuit and armed only with an Ml 6 assault rifle to ward off his imagination”.
source:

ARIZONA GAZETTE, March 12, 1909 & April 5, 1909; Robert Morning Sky; John
Rhodes
ARIZONA, SUPERSTITION MTS. – Several people claim to have had experiences with all types of alien beings inhabiting underground levels below the superstitution
Mts. east of Phoenix. Early reports speak of humans and human-dwarfs inhabiting the caverns of the region, although in the 20th century reports of reptilian and grey type aliens have increased. Some encounters involve white-greys from Epsilon Bootes, humanoid or reptiloid “deros” in black hooded cloaks using abducted/programmed humans above and below as mind slaves or worse; reptilian humanoids with integrated human DNA abducting and raping women; and various other regressive underground scenarios, source: Kaye Kiziar; Commander X; Brian Scott; Steve Brodie; Hank Krastman
ARKANSAS

CUSHMAN – Caverns west and west-north- west of the town are legendary for stories of deep cavern systems, encounters with hairy humanoids with an attitude, giant
serpents and insects, deadly gas pockets, strange electro -magnetic phenomena and unexplained disappearances. One of these is “Blowing Cave” which lies in the mining
area NW of Cushman and is located 1/4 mile north of a road leading west from Cushman, one of several caverns in the area, some of them possibly connecting at the deeper levels. Between the large entrance and an underground lake far back in the cave is a trail that winds through an area of rubble or “breakdown”. The trail is intersected by a crack in the earth [between the entrance and the lake] that, if followed into the breakdown, widens enough to enter. This chasm is reportedly an entrance to the endless networks of the alien underworld, source: Charles Marcoux – George Wight – D. A. Lopez; TRIP TO A CUSHMAN CAVERN
CALIFORNIA

Reported massive, very deep underground installations are said to run out of Nevada and into eastern California. So much of the region is controlled by Federal departments and agencies, whether the Pentagon, Department of Interior, Department of Agriculture, Department of Energy, or unknown agencies, as in the case of Area 51, that that entire area of the country is essentially one large Federal Government Multi- Agency Reservation.

Numerous military bases sprawl across the landscape, and then there are National Forests, National Monuments, and other lands under Federal control. This provides the Feds with the opportunity to move almost any necessary personnel and equipment around without attracting undue attention.

Commentary from Shepard Ambellas: The very idea of underground bases has fascinated me ever since I was a kid. In fact, I lived near an area in which I believe a deep underground/undersea base is located. My general consensus is not based off speculation, rather it is backed by major observation and collaborating encounters of others in the area. Many close friends and local people in the area including myself had experienced strange phenomenon. On several occasions I, and others I know, witnessed (what I believe to be) possible secret government “Black Craft” technology (as mentioned by the late Phil Schneider during presentations he gave exposing the New World Order’s covert activities before he was allegedly murdered), such as the TR-3B triangle craft. At this time I will not go into detail of an extremely close encounter myself and others had with a massive craft, but I will divulge the location. Naval Submarine Base Bangor, Washington State in my opinion serves as a massive underground/undersea hub for black bag projects.
*An excerpt from global security.org reads:

In June 2004, SUBASE Bangor merged with Naval Station Bremerton. The new command was named Naval Base Kitsap. The U.S. Naval Submarine Base (SUBASE),
Bangor is located on the east shore of Hood Canal. The pier facilities of the base are located along two nmi of waterfront. The primary berthing facilities at SUBASE
Bangor consist of four separate pier complexes: “KB” Docks, Delta Pier, Marginal Pier, and Explosive’s Handling Wharf. Trident submarines berth at Marginal Pier
South and at Delta Pier North and South.
They also use the Explosives Handling Wharf and the dry dock on Delta Pier. According to harbor authorities, submarines are rarely nested, and when they do, are nested only for a day or two. Pier decks have a nominal height of 20 ft above mean lower low water. Alongside water depths vary from 45 ft at Marginal Wharves North and South, to 60 to 115 ft at the Delta Piers. The primary berthing facilities at SUBASE Bangor consist of four separate pier complexes: “KB” Docks, Delta Pier, Marginal Pier, and Explosive’s Handling Wharf. Trident submarines berth at Marginal Pier South and at Delta Pier North and South. They also use the Explosives Handling Wharf and the dry dock on Delta Pier. According to harbor authorities, submarines are rarely nested, and when they do, are nested only for a day or two. Pier decks have a nominal height of 20 ft above mean lower low water. Alongside water depths vary from 45 ft at Marginal Wharves North and South, to 60 to 1 15 ft at the Delta Piers.

No anchorages exist at SUBASE Bangor. Mooring buoys for barges are available near the KB docks. SUBASE Bangor has a complement of three 2,000 hp YTB tugboats
and a twin-screw 1,600 hp commercial tug. Local authorities state that pilots are used for all submarine arrivals at Bangor. Pilots can be picked up at any point in the area from Foul Weather bluff at the entrance to Hood Canal southward to off Bangor, as requested. If a submarine commanding officer has passed through the Hood Canal Bridge once, a pilot is optional on departures. If tug assistance is required, pilotage is mandatory

Southwesterly winds directly impact Bangor’s dock facilities due to the orientation of Hood Canal. Winds are amplified as they are funneled north east ward through the canal by the orientation of the canal with respect to the adjacent topography. Operations at the Explosives Handling Wharf, Delta Dry dock, and the Magnetic Silencing Facility will cease if wind velocities reach 25 kt. Wind alone is not a problem for moored submarines, but it does cause waves to wash over their hulls.
The KB Docks are used by small craft from the Naval Undersea Weapons Engineering Station (NUWES) at Keyport. Bangor harbor pilots state that lines are doubled and dead-man lines and buoys are used to prevent excessive motion of moored vessels during periods of strong southwesterly winds. Most vessels are
moored on the inboard side of the piers, but YTT’s (torpedo recovery boats – 135-140 ft long/1,600 tons) moor to the outside of the piers and are exposed to whatever
conditions exist in Hood Canal.

The only identified hazard at SUBASE Bangor is a strong southwesterly wind funneling through Hood Canal. Because of their low hull profile, wind does not pose a direct hazard to submarines. It can, however, impact the ability of tugs to work alongside submarines. It would also affect the operations of small craft and YTT’s from NUWES Keyport utilizing the KB Dock complex. Anytime winds approach 50 kt, the Hood Canal Bridge is closed to auto traffic and kept in an open position to reduce wind stress on the bridge structure. The floating bridge was partially destroyed by winds/waves on February 13, 1979 during an extremely strong wind storm. The southwest berth of Delta Pier and the KB docks experience four to six ft swell during periods of strong (up to 60 kt) winds. As long as access hatches on submarine hulls are closed, the waves do not pose a direct problem to submarines. However, if tugs are alongside a submarine, wave motion may cause the tugs to pitch up and down with potential damage to the submarine hull. To preclude such damage, normal tug operations are suspended in strong wind situations.

/ will be doing a massive in depth article on this base and some of the phenomenon in the area as an addition to this exclusive underground base series provided by Dr.
Richard Sauder. I encourage anyone to comment regarding the locations provided in the article (in the comments section).
* * *

if Wil’*V ^

gpkite. 1410 jnb,

J ak& h*i* ^

tier, *y ajprt^iM^? i^d+iK
1 1 frustration J-L S ketdi or secret, Norwegian underground, base, hioic the huge
liirn: ii.-.ii»?3s – inur? titan 600 yartk mi the hie nit diitteiisiun alone, The SIM «l I he
individual bays is garganruan. Also, nance that there may possibly be more than one level
to ihi 1 – 1. 1 1. i lii y h k impressively large as it is; it there are additional Levels or section; then
its m/x j is more impressive still. (St?urcr. personal letter I rum member of A merit an

1 1 1 J 1 1 1 1| L . 1
This list should give you a brief idea of what is under our feet. I am sure that there are many more facilities than those I have just discussed above. Please take due notice
that many of these installations are gargantuan. An expert source once described to me an excavated underground space he was familiar with that was inside a mountain: it was approximately 1,000 feet high, 600 feet wide and 1,000 feet long. He wanted to give me an idea of the state of the art in hard rock, underground excavation. I was impressed, as I suspect you would be too. We are faced with a global system that is so secretive and so wildly out of control that the vast majority of us have no earthly clue as to what is going on, on this, the planet that we inhabit.

The Elevator to the Sub -basement

During the course of my research I have spoken to several people who allege to have been escorted down into secret or highly secure underground facilities. A long, deep elevator ride is a common feature of their accounts. Right about here, I imagine you are thinking to yourself: “How deep do the elevators go?” The short answer is that the
documentation in the open literature suggests that the answer would be anywhere from hundreds to thousands of feet, based on the capabilities of high-rise elevators
built by companies such as Otis and Thy s sen Krupp. The testimony of the people I have spoken with comports well with that information. I have also run across softer,
undocumented information from time to time that suggests that some facilities go even deeper, several or even many miles deep. I have little interest in doing an
exhaustive survey of the elevator literature, but let me provide you just a few brief ideas of the state of the art in that industry. Keep in mind that an elevator system that
is installed in an interior elevator well and goes to the top of a high building could just as easily be installed in a vertical shaft that goes straight down underground. Multiple elevators could be staggered on multiple levels to go down and down, as deeply as you desire. The same technology can be used in either case, whether you are going up, or down . Otis Elevator Co. announced plans in 2002 to install high speed Skyway elevators in the new 880 foot tall Eureka Tower in Melbourne, Australia, that rise at 1,800 feet per minute. Otis also planned to install its innovative Gen2 flat belted elevator hoist system on the same project, that utilizes a permanent magnet machine, or which is quieter and takes up less space than the traditional elevator machine room.- Another article I encountered referred to a “mile-high, multidirectional elevator being developed for Otis Elevator Co. for use in extremely tall buildings of the fiiture.”- Obviously, if a company can develop a mile-high elevator, it can also develop a mile-deep elevator. Toshiba /G.F.C. Elevator installed two high-speed elevator cars in the Taipei 101 tower that zoom up to the 89 th floor observation deck at an ear-popping 3314 feet per minute. ^That will give you a little idea from the open literature of how fast and how high modern elevators can go – very high and very fast! As I dug into the elevator literature a little more I happened to read a book by Jason Goodwin, about the Otis Elevator Company. The book is entitled, Otis: Giving Rise to the Modern City. I did not know who Mr. Goodwin was until I read his book, but I quickly came to understand that he is an extremely knowledgeable man in the field, having worked for Otis in a variety of important positions for 37 years, and then having formed his own elevator consulting company after his retirement form Otis. I read the book carefully and I found out a few interesting things for my research: J –
1. Elevators can be located in, and I quote verbatim: “. . .the legs of a deep-sea oil production or oil production platforms, and in many other extraordinary locations.”

2. There are very large platform “lifts for extremely special applications” that may use a variety of lifting technologies, including “screw jacks”.

3. And in a very brief summary at the conclusion of his most informative book, Mr. Goodwin briefly mentions the elevators “that are never mentioned but are needed to
service the extensive infrastructures that make the cities run – the power plants, refineries, factories, and underground facilities (my emphasis).

Amen brother, underground facilities and the elevators that service them. That is what this book is about. Mr. Goodwin doesn’t really elaborate about that topic to any
appreciable extent. But to his credit he does indeed mention elevators that service
UNDERGROUND FACILITIES BENEATH THE NATION’S CITIES

His mention of the “extremely special applications” that require large platform lifts instantly caused me to reflect on David Adair’s description (elsewhere in this book) of a mammoth, football-field-sized platform elevator supported by huge screws the size of giant sequoia tree trunks that took him underground at Area-51 in Nevada. As for the mention of elevators in the legs of giant oil production platforms, and in “many other extraordinary locations,” the implications for access to manned undersea bases is clear. The Gulf of Mexico and North Sea are dotted with myriad oil production platforms, with their legs sunk into the seabed. Any of those platforms could potentially serve as an entry point to the sub-seafloor environment via elevators in their legs, which would permit personnel to travel to the platform and then travel down below the seafloor. I strongly suspect this is the case in some instances. In his book, Alien Contact, Timothy Good mentions a NORAD offshore platform in the Gulf of Mexico that superficially resembles an oil production platform, but is not in reality an oil platform. The mission of the strange platform seems to be to serve as 1 2 a sort of monitoring station to watch the air space of the USA for UFO activity. – Of course, this begs the question as to how many ostensible offshore petroleum production platforms are not really oil rigs at all, but only resemble oil platforms as
they perform other functions entirely? How many such cases are there? Only the oil companies and major governments would know the answer to that.The average person absolutely lacks the means to ascertain those facts. But thanks to Jason Goodwin’s book, we know that oil platforms have elevators in their legs. Please note that Mr. Goodwin is not alleging that elevators in oil platform legs can go below the seafloor and access undersea, manned installations. That is a conclusion that I am drawing from the available evidence. I am not saying that every offshore oil production platform has elevators in its legs that access the sub-seafloor environment. However,
it is clear that some platforms certainly could serve in this way as entry points to manned, undersea installations.
CALIFORNIA

Indian Legends of California

The Modoc tribe tell that ‘ thousands of snows ago, there was a great storm over Mt.
Shasta. The Great Spirit, who lived within the mountain, sent his youngest daughter
out to speak to the storm and tell it to stop blowing so hard, or else the mountain
might blow over. He also told her not to stick her head out the top of the mountain, or
the wind could catch her long, red hair, and blow her away. The girl, however, having
never seen the sea, was overcome with curiosity and stuck her head out of the top of
the mountain to see it. As her father the Great Spirit had warned, her long, red hair
caught the mighty wind, and she was blown away. Fortunately a group of Grizzly
bears found her and took her in. These Grizzly bears were not like modern Grizzlies, however, they were more like humans, walking on two feet, and when the Great
Spirit’s daughter came of age, she married the oldest Grizzly’s son. Their children
were then a combination of spirit and animal, having the nature of both; they were the
first Modocs.’

There have been tales of strange-looking, robed persons emerging from the forests
and coming into nearby towns surround Mt. Shasta to trade gold nuggets for supplies:
‘These odd looking persons were not only peculiar in their dress and different in attire
from any costume ever seen on the American Indian, and especially in the California
Indian, but distinctive in features and complexion; tall, graceful and agile, having the appearance of being quite old and yet exceedingly virile.’ A protrusion in the center of their very high foreheads was said to be a special organ enabling them to
communicate by telepathy. When approached by townspeople, the Lemurians would
apparently vanish into thin air.

According to the Brotherhood of the White Temple in Sedalia, Colorado entitled
Mysteries of Mount Shasta, that it is Atlanteans, not Lemurians, who inhabit Mt.
Shasta. Though the Lemurians had indeed created vast, underground pleasure palaces
beneath the mountain, they had lost their freedom in a great war with the Atlanteans,
and remain imprisoned by the Atlanteans in their pleasure palaces even today. “After
their retreat, the Atlantean victors sealed the entrance and established an elaborate
guard system which prohibits the Lemurians to ever escape their bondage. The
Atlanteans, Dr. Doreal states, still reside in their colony beneath Mt. Shasta and
commute every three months by strange cigar-shaped airships to an area in the South
Pacific in order to check the sealed entrance of the imprisoned Lemurians.” It is these
aircraft, some say, that accounts for the occasional appearances of UFOs above Mt.
Shasta.

The Paihute Indians of the southwest USA claim that a Greek or Egyptian-like race
first colonized the massive caverns within the Panamint Mts. thousands of years ago
[one source claims the base was established around 2500 B.C., which is incidentally
about 600 years following the beginnings of the rise of Egyptian intellectual culture]
when Death Valley was part of an inland sea connected to the Pacific Ocean. When
the sea dried up these people — who were described as wearing flowing robes draped
over one shoulder, head-bands holding back their long dark hair, and bronze-golden
skin — out of necessity began to develop their collective knowledge and intellect and
soon afterwards began to construct “silvery flying canoes”. At first these flying
machines possessed wings, were relatively small, and flew with a dipping movement
and a loud ‘whirring’ noise. As time passed the ships became wingless, grew larger in
size, and flew ever more smoothly and silently. Eventually these people, the
HAV-MUSUVS moved their civilization into still deeper caverns which they had
discovered farther underground, and commenced to explore the nearby planets and eventually other star systems as their own technological explosion began to refine every aspect of their society. These Hav-musuvs have apparently had interplanetary or
interstellar travel for 3000-4000 years since they first developed their flying machines.
Could they have been one of the many native-terranian “ancient astronaut”
civilizations which apparently had colonized Lyra and other systems? The story of the
Panamints was related by a Navaho Indian by the name of Oga-Make, who in turn
heard it from an old Paihute medicine man.

1: 29 Palms, California

Tunnels to: Chocolate Mts., Fort Irwin, California (possibly one more site due west a
few miles) Notes: Some Alien autopsies said to have been performed at 29 Palms.

29 PALMS MARINE BASE – Underground facilities involved with recovered alien
technology and research. Also a geological anomaly in the area created by sea water
rushing in to underlying caverns when the area was under water, creating a tunnel-like
structure from which UFO’s have been seen to emerge. Attempts of Army personnel
to send cameras down resulted in the camera cables being “cut”, and attempts to send
military speleonauts down on ropes resulted in the explorers being exposed to a
noxious blue gas which had apparently been released from below to prevent them
from descending, source: Val Valerian; 29 PALMS MARINE BASE

ANAHEIM – On Nov. 3, 1989, radio talk show host Ken Hudnell announced his
intention to take a group to visit an ancient underground city 60 miles from Anaheim,
source: THE LEADING EDGE; KEN HUDNELL

BAKERSFIELD – In 1972 Wanda Lockwood of Bakersfield reported that in 1970 she
was playing with her son in his bedroom when what sounded like a large steel
hammer struck the concrete basement floor 3 times. Her child Danny was so surprised
that he began to cry. Having heard a similar noise several months earlier beneath her
living room, Wanda was curious and put her ear to the bedroom floor and clearly
heard “the roar of machinery”. She took a hammer and began to pound the bedroom
[basement?] floor in a 1-2-3, 1-2-3 manner until 5 minutes later a “being” beneath the
floor began to tap back in the same 1-2-3, 1-2-3 manner. She could hear a series of
noises and knocks and then she faintly heard MEN talking to each other, but the
voices were too muffled to understand. In later months she would again hear the
machinery when placing her ear to the floor, but never again the men’s voices, source:
FATE Magazine, April, 1972
BARSTOW – Camp Irwin. Reports of several tunnels below the Camp Irwin area, one
of which is an abandoned mine at the bottom of which is an “earth crack” which leads
to a tunnel that connects with a massive underground river about a quarter of a mile
wide, one of at least five subterranean rivers which rise and fall with the tides,
suggesting the source of origin being a large underground sea below the dry basins of Utah and Nevada. One of these reportedly runs below Kokoweef and Dorr peaks near the SW flank of the Ivanpah Mts. NW of Needles, California. These underground rivers are said to empty into the Pacific or Gulf of California via large aqua caves near the base of the continental slopes, source: DEPTHS OF THE EARTH, by William R. Halliday; Leon Davidson; Richard Toronto; FORT IRWIN; CALIFORNIA’S
UNDERGROUND RIVER CANYONS Leon Davidson, in an early issue of Flying Saucers Magazine, spoke of a large network of “underground tunnels in the California desert, at Camp Irwin, near Barstow.” This may tie-in with an item related by a Los Angeles municipal water director, as related in an early issue of Richard Toronto’s Shavertron letter- zine, stating that this water director knew of 5 large underground rivers which ran beneath the Mojave desert, and that die-traces showed that at least one of these emptied into the Pacific ocean through openings in the continental slopes (One source stated that such a river exited in the Gulf of California). Other sources speak of a “Kokoweef river-system which is alleged to lie below Kokoweef peak just east of Fort Irwin, which looked— according to its alleged discoverer, a Mr. Earl Dorr, and a few “Indians” who also claimed to have been in it—like a “Grand Canyon”
underground. It allegedly consists of a river chasm generally 500 ft. wide and over a
thousand feet high-deep, sided by steep tiered- shelved underground cliffs, huge
stalactites and cataracts. Also, the alluvial sands on the ‘beaches’ along the river,
which allegedly hold a large percentage of gold dust, are said to be several feet deep.
The entrance to this cavern was allegedly dynamited shut by Mr. Dorr to protect
anyone else from getting to “his” gold. There is in fact evidence that Dorr did
dynamite shut the lower level of ‘Kin Sabe’ cave in Kokoweef Peak, and there are
present-day attempts to break through into this underground system. The water of the
river allegedly rose and fell with the tides, suggesting that a very large body of water
might exist upstream, that is if Dorr’s account as well as the accounts of the Indians
were not fabricated).

The municipal water director, according to the Shavertron article, spoke with a man
who claimed that he was hired several years ago by the government to look for water
sources for Ft. Irwin. He alleged to have explored an old mine in the area and found
that deep down, the shaft intersected with an ancient earth fault or chasm- like cave
which continued horizontally for a considerable distance. This government employee followed the chasm and allegedly emerged onto the bank of a huge underground river-cave over a quarter of a mile wide! The tremendous water flow— possibly originating from the waters that apparently disappear beneath the Great Basin, the Nevada and Mojave deserts?— could have ‘fed’ the water needs of all of Southern California.
2: BENICIA, CALIFORNIA

CADIZ – The late Earl Gambrel tells how he was transported by an alien craft one night from the outskirts of Barstow to an area just 2 miles NW of Bonanza Springs, some 13 miles from Cadiz and just south of the Clipper mountain area. He found [or was shown] a cave or tunnel in the side of a hill near a natural rock arch and a peak which looks like it has “a black railroad car on top of it.” After considerable travel underground at a 30 degree descent, he reached an underground city with streets and houses filled with large crystals, now abandoned. He also heard of another man who reportedly found the cave and told others about it, but who was killed shortly thereafter, source: John Winston; Map Location of Cadiz

3. CATALINA ISLAND, CALIFORNIA

Tunnels to: I was told by someone who worked at the Port Hueneme Naval Weapons Division Base in Oxnard that they have heard and it is ‘common rumor’ that there is a
tunnel from the base to this Island, and also to Edwards Air Force Base, possibly
utilizing old mines.

4. CHINA LAKE NAVAL WEAPONS TESTING CENTRE
China Lake is a massive U.S. Navy R&D reservation in eastern California that has long been rumored to be the site of a major underground base. While I can offer no direct proof, short of taking a live video crew underground to take a look around, the
bulk of my research comes down on the side of a massive complex beneath the China
Lake Naval Weapons Center, along Rte. 395, in the general vicinity of the town of
Ridgecrest.

CHINA LAKE – A woman names “Diane” claimed that she has had numerous alien
encounters since childhood. During one encounter she was taken to a joint alien-military facility deep beneath the China Lake Naval Weapons Test Center via
magnetic a elevator to a huge facility where she observed numerous humans and
animals in cages who had been bio -genetically altered. Also, possible massive
underground facilities beneath Argus and/or Southeast Peaks NW of Trona in the
China Lake Reserve, source: ALIEN MAGIC, by William F. Hamilton III; UNDERGROUND BASES AND TUNNELS, by Richard Sauder;

CLEAR LAKE – According to Robert K. Newkirk, northern California’s “Clear Lake
has many underground caverns [leading under Mt. Konocti?] that we know have no
endings and others that run to San Francisco Bay.” source: AMAZING STORIES; Mt.
Konocti
5. CHOCOLATE MOUNTAINS, CALIFORNIA

Tunnels to: Fort Irwin, California

The next place on the map where an underground base is, is the Chocolate Mts.
6. DEATH VALLEY, CALIFORNIA

Function: The entrance to the Death Valley Tunnel is in the Panamint Mountains
down on the lower edge of the range near Wingate Pass, in the bottom of an
abandoned mine shaft. The bottom of the shaft opens into an extensive tunnel system
DEATH VALLEY, CA. ENTRANCE

Local Indian legends speak of a tunnel that runs beneath the desert. (Note: The book
“Death Valley Men,” tells the story of 3 people who are supposed to have found an
underground city connected with this tunnel, and who actually took treasures from it.
The entrance to the Death Valley Tunnel is in the Panamint Mountains down on the
lower edge of the range near Wingate Pass,
in the bottom of an old abandoned shaft.
The bottom of the shaft is collapsed, opening an entrance into a large tunnel system
containing much treasure. These tunnels connect with the surface also through arches
(like large windows) in the side of the mountain and they look down on Death Valley.
They’re high above the valley now, but they were once on the edge of the water, and
were accessed by boats. The “windows”
in the Death Valley side of the Panamint
Mountains are about 4,500-5,000 feet above the bottom of Death Valley, and are across from Furnace Creek Ranch. From these openings you can see the green of the
ranch below you and Furnace Creek Wash across the valley. (So, with high-powered
binoculars or a telescope, you should be able to see the openings from the Furnace
Creek Ranch, or Wash.) You can drive down Emigrant Canyon towards Death Valley.
You can then park beside the road between Furnace Creek Ranch and the Salt Bed.
(From here, the windows should be visible through binoculars.) Indian legends of the
Paiutes Indians speak of the people who used to live in the Panamint’s caverns.
7. DEEP SPRINGS, CALIFORNIA

Function: Supposed home to alien species working with government
Tunnels to: Death Valley, Mercury, NV, Salt Lake City

DEEP SPRINGS – Deeps Springs, due east of San Jose and next to the California-Nevada border, is named after a small spring fed lake, within which government divers have reportedly discovered an underground river which they have followed for approximately 27 miles in the direction of Las Vegas, although it is uncertain whether or how much of this is walkable. Deep Springs, according to an agent who was part of a secret CIA paramilitary force called “Yellow Fruit” or ” YF” based at the Nevada Test Site [where they are working with “blond” humanoid
aliens in an effort to fight the Greys at deep springs], is the basing area of a large nest
of grey aliens and communist – homosexual human collaborators who are using the
“National Resources Defense Council” as a front for their agency, and who are involved in an electromagnetic war with the “benevolent ones” who have made allies
within the Nevada Test Site, who serve as advisors to intelligence agencies that are
turning against the greys as a result of betrayals of joint-operation treaties. However there are still intelligence agencies under alien control working at the Nevada Test
Site and especially within the deeper underground levels [the benevolent ones and
their allies essentially having gained the “upper ground”], however the whole scenario is a mess and “out of control”, largely because of the military-industrial “machine” itself which has become so compartmentalized and secretive [even to the exclusion of Congressional oversight] that the true patriots don’t have the freedom or backup to do much damage against their underground nemesis, mainly because of the limitations imposed upon them by fraternal oaths, mental programming, and military security clearances. It is basically every man for himself, UNTIL at least the PUBLIC and
CONGRESS gets involved and adds their support to the patriots who are literally
dying on the front lines in this battle with an alien nemesis which has infiltrated the
very core of the military-industrial complex. Men In Black, by the way, have also been seen at Deep Springs. Also several “stand-offs” allegedly exist throughout the world, the Deep Springs – Nevada Test Site stand-off being possibly the largest and most critical. Gravity anomaly maps also suggest the existence of massive caverns beneath the area. Agent “YF” cited the following coordinates as locations of Deep
Springs extension facilities, in most cases near the bases of mountains near which
portals to the underground installations exist: N 37 22 30 – E 1 17 58 0; N 38 21 0 – E
115 35 0; N 35 39 0 – E 114 51 0; and also Yucca Lake: N 37 0 30 – E 116 7 0. source:
John Lear; LEADING EDGE Newsletter, Dec. 1989 – Jan. 1990
8. EDWARDS AFB, CALIFORNIA

Function: Aircraft Development – antigravity research and vehicle development
Levels: Multiple

Tunnels to: Catalina Island Fort Irwin, California Vandenburg AFB, California
Notes: Delta Hanger – North Base, Edwards AFB, Ca. Haystack Buttte – Edwards,
AFB, CA.

EDWARDS AIR FORCE BASE – The “Haystack” bluff or butte near the launch area
reportedly holds underground levels and surface pylons where pulse beam and stealth
research is being carried out. Haystack Butte is reportedly the central hub of massive
underground activity, with underground connections to other facilities. Witnesses who have described alien activity there have died under mysterious circumstances. Also reports of a 50 mile underground tube-shuttle linking Edwards AFB with the Tahachapi facility, and an ongoing excavation below the base down past 9000 feet, with underground facilities being monitored by hovering remote-controlled basketball sized metallic spheres capable of electromagnetically monitoring the encephalographic waves of base workers and visitors and thus anticipate their intents,
source: B.S.R.F. Newsletter, Dec. 1990; The LEADING EDGE Newsletter, May 1989; William F. Hamilton, III

EDWARDS AIR FORCE BASE: From Edwards a tunnel goes to Vandenberg Air
Force Base From Vandenberg you back up to Edwards and go Southeast to subterranean base at a place that the map designates as Cat., which probably means Catalina Island, showing a flying saucer there so alien spacecrafts are probably seen
there. The map shows an underground base and a tunnel going into it at a place called
29 palms.

EL PASO MOUNTAINS – Below Iron canyon and Gofer, NW of Garlock [over a
dozen miles north of Mojave, California near the El Paso Mountains], there have been
reports of alien beings who control deadly “manchines” which stalk the surface,
especially near Iron canyon, at night. Also reports of secret government monitoring
activity and also a major electromagnetic ‘vortex’ energy field in the area, source:
UFO ANNUAL magazine [year uncertain]; El Paso Mts.; Garlock Fault Zone
ESSEX – Jack Mitchell, founder of Mitchell Caverns [18 miles north of Essex, which
is 28 miles west of Needles and 111 miles east of Barstow on Route 66] claimed that
while exploring a shaft called “The Cave of the Winding Stair” in or near Mitchell
Caverns, he was lowered down a ledge 500 feet, from where he set fire to a gasoline
soaked sock with a rock in it, and watched it disappear into the shaft without seeing it
hit anything, source: CAVEMAN, the autobiography of Jack Mitchell; Mitchell’s
Caverns
9. FORT IRVIN, CALIFORNIA (also reported detainment camp)

Tunnels to: 29 Palms, California Area 51, Nevada Edwards AFB. California Mt.
Shasta, California
10. HELENDALE, CALIFORNIA

Function: Special Aircraft Facility

Helendale has an extensive railway/shipping system through it from the Union Pacific
days which runs in from Salt Lake City, Denver, Omaha, Los Angeles and Chicago

HELENDALE – SW of Barstow. A Lockheed facility known as the RCS [Radar Cross
Section] test range, and also known as the “Helendale” facility. A massive
underground base site and C.O.G. [Continuity Of Government] facility, located 6
miles north of Helendale auxiliary airport. Several underground openings, especially
in the northern end. Also a 100 foot pylon for testing antigravity prototypes. Some
of these pylons are retractable and rise from or sink into openings in the ground,
source: HUFON REPORT, Nov. 1992; Helendale Facility
BETWEEN HOPLAND & LAKEPORT – Edward John spoke of an area midway between the two cities [in the area of the Krishna temple] and somewhat south, where the following has been reported: space-time distortions, attempted attacks by alien creatures at night, an atmosphere of terror covering a 30 mile area, black automobiles disappearing into cliffs, strange voices in an unknown language coming out of thin air, cars mysteriously stalling and starting, rumors of a “bottomless cave” with a stone staircase leading downward, unexplained disappearances of “government vehicles” along the Hopland – Lakeport road, and mysterious deaths among residents of a nearby valley. Also a 1990 magnetic survey identified a large gap in the magnetic field near Lakeport and Mt. Konocti, suggesting a large cavernous expanse below,
source: AMAZING STORIES magazine, May 1946 – Dec. 1946; Route from Hopland [*star] to Lakeport
JUNE LAKE – Jack Peterson reported an encounter near June Lake where he
reportedly observed a small humanoid being exiting from a cone-shaped machine
which had emerged from the depths of the earth, and which disappeared into the earth
after the “alien” had re-entered the craft, source: SHAVERTRON, issue No. 14; June
Lake, California
11. LANCASTER, CALIFORNIA

Function: New Aircraft design, anti-gravity engineering, Stealth craft and testing
Levels: 42
TUNNELS TO: EDWARDS A.F.B., PALMDALE

LANCASTER – A collaboration between Northrup, McDonnel-Douglas and
Lockheed is developing and testing antigravity air and/or space craft in massive
underground facilities. Abductees report being taken to these elaborate multi-billion
dollar underground complexes where they have seen human military personnel
working with grey aliens and in some cases reptilian humanoids. Glowing discs,
triangles, boomerangs, elongated shapes, spheres and other types of antigravity craft
have been seen flying or hovering in the area, as well as black unmarked helicopters,
source: HUFON REPORT, Nov. 1992; Michael Lindemann & Michael Riconosciuto
CALIFORNIA, LANDERS. About a dozen miles north of Yucca Valley is Giant Rock, thought to be the largest free-standing boulder in the world. It covers 5800 sq. ft. and is 7 stories high. It was used in ancient times for seances by native American chiefs. Frank Critzer was the first modern individual to excavate rooms from beneath Giant Rock. According to Hank Krastman, Frank stated that in the process of his excavations he “had stumbled onto some unusual glass-lined tunnels under ground
which went down real deep”. Critzer hollowed out 400 square feet of rooms from
under the north side. Deputies from Riverside county [Giant Rock is in San Bernardino county] during WWII tried to apprehend Frank for questioning as a possible German spy [there were several in the area at the time] but when Frank baracaded himself in his “home” the deputies threw in a tear gas grenade, which ignited a pile of dynamite under his table that was used for excavation. The deep “glass” tunnels may have been buried in that explosion. Frank was killed, and newspapers held with the spy story even though the FBI told George Van Tassel it was not true. George restored some of the rooms under the rock, where he claimed to have had meetings with human ET’s who claimed to be members of a Sol-ar system Tribunal on one of the moons of Saturn. Van Tassel was instructed to build the domed “Integratron” near the Giant Rock, with the belief that the weight of the rock pressing down on the sand-quartz below created an electro-magnetic field similar to the one created about 7 feet above the apex of the Great pyramid, generated by the massive weight
pressing down on the quartz-laden stones. After George passed away the “government” blew up the underground chamber, source: INTERNATIONAL UFO Magazine, article by Hank Krastman; Giant Rock & the Integratron
12. LAWRENCE-LIVERMORE INTERNATIONAL LABS, CALIFORNIA

The lab has a Human Genome Mapping project on chromosome #19 and a newly built
$1.2 billion laser facility
13. MORENO VALLEY, CALIFORNIA

Function unknown
14. MT. LASSEN, CALIFORNIA

TUNNELS TO: Probably connects to the Mt. Shasta main tunnel.
Notes: Two alien races living inside mountain.

CALIFORNIA, MT. LASSEN – Two young men reported the discovery of a glazed
tunnel behind an outcropping of rock at about the 7500 ft. level on the slopes of Mt.
Lassen. They explored the cavern using a strange tunnel vehicle and were captured by
men dressed as surface people who were known as the “horlocks”, humans under the
total mind-control of some alien force, only to be rescued by an underground resistance force. Others have reported abductions near Lassen by a human – reptilian collaboration, source: AMAZING STORIES magazine, Dec. 1946; Mt. Lassen Natl. Park.
CALIFORNIA, LLANO – A large McDonnel-Douglass facility based at the old Grey
Butte Airport, about 6 miles SW of El Mirage dry lake and 9 miles NE of Llano. Also
contains pylons upon which various aerodynamic hulls are placed for stealth and other design tests. Often the objects atop the pylons have been seen to glow at various
intensities, source: HUFON REPORT, Nov. 1992; Map of Llano, California; the Yano [sic/i.e. Llano] Facility & Aliens
CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES – On Feb. 12, 1953, witnesses observed an automobile enter the throat of a storm drain near Willowbrook and Greenleaf Avenues. Police followed the fresh tire-tred marks into the tunnel for 7 miles, while other police & flood control workers continued the search by dropping through manhole covers. The search continued until midnight, until 7 miles up the drain the tracks
VANISHED. “In the muddy silt covering the floor of the drain, the tire-tred marks
were sharp and fresh… then no more tracks”. [source:] ‘STRANGE DISAPPEARANCES’, by Brad Steiger
CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES – A legendary underground city, now flooded, is
said to lie below the Los Angeles Public Library and surrounding areas. Patterned
after the shape of a lizard, the city is said to be connected to Mt. Shasta, and was built
by an ancient race that revered reptiles. Although filled with gold, parts of the ancient
city has become flooded, source: QUEST FOR THE LOST CITY, article by Sanford
M. Cleveland in AMAZING STORIES magazine, July 1947; see also THE LIZARD
PEOPLE UNDER LOS ANGELES.
CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES – In the old Spanish Garavanza district, where Avenue 64 and York Boulevard now lie, there used to be a ranch owned by Ralph Rodgers who had employed several Mexican and Chinese workers. In early 1900 Andrew C. Smith and Charles A. Elder, discovered a rumored tunnel entrance in the
area and reported it to the local newspaper, whose editor confirmed their story. They
explored the tunnel to some depth. They also learned from a Mexican elder of a native
American village that existed on the banks of the Arroyo Seco River. When the Spanish entered the area this man, Juan Dominquez, had explored the tunnel “leading to a gigantic cave and then still going further down”, spreading under the entire village of Garavanza and connecting to the Spanish Church of the Angels on North Avenue 64. One entrance was reportedly located along the west bluff of Arroyo Seco River about 300 feet south of the former Pasadena Ave. Rail Bridge, and about 20 feet above the stream, but the city “blew up” the entrance after children were hurt in the cave, and a Freeway exists now in the area, however a secret opening still exists in the basement of the Spanish church mentioned above. Early visitors to the cave had reported “many caverns and tunnels going deep down, with eerie voices coming from them”. The cave used to be used by natives for ritual purposes, source: Article by
Hank Krastman in THE HOLLOW HASSLE INSIDER, Vol.3, No.l; The Church of the Angels – Los Angeles
15. MT SHASTA

Function: Genetic experiments, magnetic advance, space and beam weaponry.

Levels: 5

Tunnels to: Ft. Irwin, California North (maybe to Klamath Falls or Crater Lake, or
both.

CALIFORNIA, MOJAVE – Stories of underground pits and shafts [some natural, others artificial mine- shafts] leading to underground caverns below Iron Canyon near
the El Paso Mts. NE of Mojave. Reports of underground alien activity, automatons,
and electromagnetic vortexes, all of which are carefully monitored by secret government agents,

[see also: CALIFORNIA, EL PASO MOUNTAINS]
THE MT. SHASTA, CA ENTRANCE

There are tunnels beneath Mt. Shasta that lead to a UFO base there, as well as tunnels
that connect with the vast world-wide tunnel network. The Lemurian city “Telos” is
said to exist beneath Mt. Shasta. William Hamilton has done much research on Mt.
Shasta and the tunnels. He has privately published a book entitled “Alien Magic” 249
North Brand Boulevard, Suite 651 Glendale, CA 91203
16. NAPA, CALIFORNIA

Functions:

Direct Satellite Communications, Laser Communications. Continuation of
Government site.

Levels: Multi- level

TUNNELS TO: Unknown

Notes: Located on Oakville Grade, Napa County, Ca. 87 Acres
17. NEEDLES, CALIFORNIA

Function: unknown
CALIFORNIA, OAKVILLE – Just east of Santa Rosa, there is a secret government
facility that has been constructed near the Oakville Grade, which will reportedly
consolidate many of the C.O.G. [Continuity Of Government] operations of the Military-Industrial Complex. Black “mystery helicopters” have been seen leaving and Pentering the facility on a constant basis, source: Several issues of the NAPA SENTINEL Newspaper

18. PALMDALE, CALIFORNIA

Function: New Aircraft Design, anti-gravity research

CALIFORNIA, PALMDALE – Reports of a multi- layered technology center over 8 levels in depth and the size of a massive city. Many of the workers being “synthetics” and humans with “ultra top secret” security clearances, source: THE PHOENIX LIBERATOR, July 7, 1992; The Skunk Works – Palmdale.
CALIFORNIA, QUINCY – Cossette Willoughby tells about an experience that she
and her husband Ken had while staying at a turnout about 20 miles from Quincy, in a
heavily wooded area. She saw an “old man” with white hair, white shirt and dark
trousers who “swung his head from side to side like a lizard as he walked, he had a
reptilian appearance [and] carried a very elaborate cane [with] a large ball carved on
top with four cobras wound around the stick”. When she tried to get his attention the
“man” ignored her, walking across the road from one patch of woods to another, in an
area where the turnout was the closest sign of civilization for several miles around,
source: Cossette Willoughby of Fairacres, New Mexico; Quincy, California map.
CALIFORNIA, S ALTON SEA – Mountains adjacent to the Salton sea of S. California have been the site of reports of subterranean rock slides, and also legends concerning the ancient “seven caves” of the Aztecs which some believe lie below the area, source: Penny Harper; Salton Sea Naval facility.
CALIFORNIA, SAN DIEGO – The COMTRAPAC submarine base reportedly maintains several underground levels. The 6th sub-level containing a terminal to an sub-shuttle transit system capable of subterraneous hi-speed transit to other U.S. underground bases as far away as Washington D.C. source: UFO JOURNAL OF FACTS, Spring, 1991 [a MUFON research journal], article by Forest Crawford of Illinois-Missouri MUFON; San Diego Sub-Base
CALIFORNIA, SAN FRANCISCO – There is a report of a demolition crew who, several years ago, broke into a subterranean tunnel while demolishing a building. Workers followed the tunnel for a while until they came face to face with hair animal-men whose eyes reflected their lights back at them with a reddish glow.
19. Tehachapi Facility (Northrop, California – Tejon Ranch

Function: Levels: 42

TUNNELS TO: Edwards, Llona and other local areas

Notes: 25 miles NW of Lancaster California, in the Tehachapi mountains.
CALIFORNIA, TEHACHAPI MTS. [NW of Los Angeles] – Several accounts suggest
that the military-industrial complex had entered in to a collaboration with a parasitical alien race. In exchange for advanced technology the industrialists have allowed the aliens to have access to the multi-trillion dollar military-industrial underground network in order to carry out “genetic experiments” on earth. Those who received the new “Trojan horse” technology also received major alien mind-control programming, and as a result the underground networks are quickly being assimilated by the alien collective, effectively controlling the minds of those earth people who pose the greatest threat to alien imperialism, i.e. those who have access to interplanetary technology. Tehachapi is also called the “Anthill”, there are open silos where laser light systems are tested and hovering basket-ball sized cosmodrones or “spybees” monitor all activity above and below ground, where “ground-scrapers” descend at least 2 miles and 42 sub-levels, connecting to other facilities via tunnels and mag-lev shuttles and also to more ancient alien cavern domains [natural and artificial] deep beneath the earth. There are also reportedly cloned humans with cybernetic minds and assimilated reptilian/alien DNA which work in these facilities known as the ‘Orange’ because of their ‘stalky’ yellowish or reddish hair, along with Grey aliens, Reptiloids, Military Industrial Black Ops, and others. This site is also known as the Tejon or Tahachapi “Ranch”, and is located at the mouth of Little Oak Canyon, about 25 miles
NW of Lancaster. It is partially powered by the Kern River hydroelectric project, where there is also a mountain that has been “hollowed out”. One can reportedly drive underground [with required security clearance] from California City to Palmdale to George AFB/Victorville through underground cities and tunnels where aliens have been seen “all over the place”, having free access to the underground network, yet these aliens have been known to abduct or even kill some who have reported their presence there, because the aliens operate “inside our government” [via the Military-Industrial Trojan horse which operates largely outside of Congressional oversight] and do not want their subversive activities to be discovered by the masses or by more benevolent space forces who are at war with these “regressive” alien forces. These regressive aliens attempt to create a facade of benevolence towards those “programmed” humans who work in the underground facilities, or use fear and intimidation towards those who are aware of their true intentions. Reports of abductions and dissections of humans abound, reportedly with the purpose of “finding our weaknesses and learning how to control us” through controlling the social infrastructure upon which most have become dependent, [source:] ‘THE PHOENIX LIBERATOR’, July, 1992; Val Valerian; Michael Lindemann; “High Strangeness in the Antelope Valley”, by William F. Hamilton III
CALIFORNIA, YUCCA MOUNTAIN – Reports of underground tunnels descending several miles beneath the mountain, source: THE PHOENIX LIBERATOR, July 7, 1992; the Los Alamos Labs – Yucca Mountain Project
CALIFORNIA, SANTA ROSA – Underground FEMA facility, source: Richard Sauder.

A very active UFO base exists beneath Mt. Ranier. There are also said to be underground “vaults” containing records of the ancient Lemurians. (Note: F.L. Boschke wrote the book “The Unexplained” about the mysteries surrounding Mt. Ranier.) The ice cap of Mt. Ranier contains a maze of corridors and caves. In August of 1970, scientists climbed to the top of Mt. Ranier, and entered these caverns and tunnels. Evidence was found indicating that a small lake exists deep beneath the ice
cap. It is possible that one could find a way to get beneath Mt. Ranier through these tunnels. The Mt. Lassen Entrance Mt. Lassen in Tehama County, California is an entrance to a large underground city. Near the foot of Mt. Lassen is a town called Manten. A man named “Ralph B. Fields” lived (lives?) there, and found the entrance to the underground city. His friend “Joe” was with him. The cave entrance is in the side of the mountain, at a little over 7,000 feet above sea level, and is near a rock outcropping suitable for camping under.

DEATH VALLEY, CA. ENTRANCE

Local Indian legends speak of a tunnel that runs beneath the desert. (Note: The book
“Death Valley Men,” tells the story of 3 people who are supposed to have found an underground city connected with this tunnel, and who actually took treasures from it.
The entrance to the Death Valley Tunnel is in the Panamint Mountains down on the
lower edge of the range near Wingate Pass, in the bottom of an old abandoned shaft.
The bottom of the shaft is collapsed, opening an entrance into a large tunnel system containing much treasure. These tunnels connect with the surface also through arches
(like large windows) in the side of the mountain and they look down on Death Valley. They’re high above the valley now, but they were once on the edge of the water, and were accessed by boats. The “windows” in the Death Valley side of the Panamint Mountains are about 4,500-5,000 feet above the bottom of Death Valley, and are across from Furnace Creek Ranch. From these openings you can see the green of the
ranch below you and Furnace Creek Wash across the valley. (So, with high-powered
binoculars or a telescope, you should be able to see the openings from the Furnace Creek Ranch, or Wash.) You can drive down Emigrant Canyon towards Death Valley.
You can then park beside the road between Furnace Creek Ranch and the Salt Bed.
(From here, the windows should be visible through binoculars.) Indian legends of the
Paiutes Indians speak of the people who used to live in the Panamint’s caverns.

THE MT. SHASTA, CA ENTRANCE

There are tunnels beneath Mt. Shasta that lead to a UFO base there, as well as tunnels
that connect with the vast world-wide tunnel network. The Lemurian city “Telos” is said to exist beneath Mt. Shasta. William Hamilton has done much research on Mt. Shasta and the tunnels. He has privately published a book entitled “Alien Magic”.

249 North Brand Boulevard, Suite 651 Glendale, CA 91203
20. UKIAH, CALIFORNIA

Function: unknown

COLORADO

There is one in Riverton “M”, Denver, Colorado, Colorado Springs, COG Creedo and Delta.

BLANCA PEAK – Mt. Blanca [Massif] is located in the mysterious San Luis Valley of Colorado, which has been a “hot spot” for UFO sightings and animal mutilations. Also South western tribes have legends involving caverns below the Mt. Blanca, San Luis Lakes, and Great Sand Dunes National Monument region, through which their ancestors migrated during a time of surface natural disasters before emerging onto the surface once again. There have been some rumors of an attempted government attack upon an underground alien [Grey] base beneath Mt. Blanca, using a deadly nerve agent, which backfired or failed. Blanca peak is located between Alamosa and Walsenberg.

1. Near BOULDER, CO. IN THE MOUNTAINS

Function: unknown

1. NEAR BOULDER, CO. in the mountains Function: unknown

2. Cheyenne Mountain -Norad – Colorado Springs, Colorado

Function: Early Warning systems – missile defense systems – Space tracking Levels: Multiple Tunnels to: Colorado Springs.

Function: Early warning systems, military strategy, satellite operations Levels: Multiple NOR AD is a massive self-sustaining ‘city’ built inside the mountain Tunnels to: Creede, Denver, Dulce Base, Kinsley.

2. CHEYCENNE MOUNTAIN-NORAD-COLORADO SPRINGS, COLORADO

Function: Early Warning systems – missile defense systems – Space tracking

Levels: Multiple

TUNNELS TO: Colorado Springs,

Function: Early warning systems, military strategy, satellite operations
Levels: Multiple

NORAD is a massive self-sustaining ‘city’, built inside the mountain Tunnels to: Creede, Denver, Dulce Base, Kinsley Cheyenne Mountain, near Colorado Springs, was the major underground command center for NORAD during the Cold War. It is a very deep, highly secure base. While Cheyenne Mountain is still in use, most of NORAD’s daily operations have now been switched to Peterson Air Force Base in Colorado. This underground base has been featured in many motion pictures and television programs.

2. CREEDE, COLORADO

Function: unknown

TUNNELS TO: Colorado Springs, Colorado – Delta, Colorado – Dulce Base, New Mexico.

4. DELTA, COLORADO

Function: unknown

TUNNELS TO: Creede Salt Lake, Utah

The Denver Federal Center, on the western edge of the Denver metropolitan area is
the location of a FEMA underground command center. Many people are concerned about the Denver airport as being the site of an alleged underground base, but for my money the Denver Federal Center installation is more important.

5. DENVER INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT (also a detainment camp)

Function: Military research, construction, detainment camp facilities.

Levels: 7 reported

TUNNELS TO: Denver proper, Colorado and Rocky Mountain “safe-housing”, Colorado
Springs, Colorado (Cheyenne Mtn.), Riverton, Wyoming.

Notes: Constructed in 1995, the government and politicians were hell bent on building this airport in spite of it ending up vastly over-budget. Charges of corruption, constant construction company changes, and mass firings of teams once they had built a section of their work was reported so that no “one” group had any idea what the blueprint of the airport was. Not only did locals not want this airport built nor was it needed, but everything was done to make sure it was, period. Masonic symbols and bizarre artwork of dead babies, burning cities and women in coffins comprise an extensive mural as well as a time capsule – none of which is featured in the airport’s web site section detailing the
unique artwork ou throughout the building. DIA is reported to serve as a cover for the vast underground facilities that were built there. There are reports of electronic/magnetic vibrations which make some people sick and cause headaches in others. There are acres of fenced-in areas which have barbed wire pointing into the area as if to keep things in, and small concrete stacks that resemble mini-cooling towers rise out of the acres of nowhere to apparently vent underground levels.

5 . Denver International Airport (also a detainment camp) Function: Military research, construction, detainment camp facilities Levels: 7 reported Tunnels to: Denver proper, Colorado and Rocky Mountain “safehousing”, Colorado Springs, Colorado (Cheyenne Mtn.)

6. FALCON AIR FORCE BASE, FALCON, COLORADO

Function: SDI, Satellite Control

Levels: Multiple

TUNNELS TO: Colorado Springs, possibly more.

7. Fort Collins, Colorado

Function: Suspect high precision equipment manufacturing for space.
8. GRAND MESA, COLORADO

Function unknown
9. GORE RANGE (near) LAKE, WEST of DENVER, CO

Function: Library and Central Data Bank

Naval Support Activity Mid-South is a huge U.S. Navy base, in Millington, Tennessee
just 21 miles north of Memphis. It is an enormous facility, covering thousands of
acres. I have been told that there is a deep underground facility beneath this base.
Remember that the U.S. Navy operates and maintains Camp David, which is also the
site of a major underground facility.
10. SAN JUAN VALLEY, COLORADO

Hidden beneath and in an operating Buffalo Ranch

Function unknown
11. TELLURIDE, COLORADO

Function unknown
12. UNIVERSITY OF DENVER, CO (BOULDER AREA)

Function: Genetics, geology/mining as related to tunneling and underground construction.
13. WARDEN VALLEY WEST of FORT COLLINS, CO

Function Unknown

TUNNELS TO: Montana

13. Warden Valley West of Fort Collins, CO Function Unknown Tunnels to: Montana
GEORGIA Dobbins Air Force Base, Marrietta GA Function: test site for plasma and antigravity
air craft, experimental crafts and weapons
INDIANA Kokomo, Indiana Function Unknown Notes: for years people in that area have reported a “hum” that has been so constant that some have been forced to move and it has made many others sick. It seems to come from underground, and “research” has turned up nothing although it was suggested by someone that massive underground tunneling and excavating is going on, using naturally occurring caverns, to make an underground containment and storage facility.
DELAWARE

DELAWARE BAY – Richard S. Shaver created a stir in AMAZING STORIES Magazine from 1945-1950 after sending a ms. to editor Ray Palmer [who backed Kenneth Arnold’s investigation of the ‘Maurey Island/Tacoma’ UFO incident which also involved military industrialist agent Fred L. Crisman — who later happened to be a close associate of Clay Shaw who Attorney James Garrison accused of being the Mafia-CIA go-between in the JFK assassination], Palmer also having publicized
Arnold’s own sighting of disc- shaped craft over Mt. Rainier, which became the original source for the term “flying saucers”. Shaver’s ms. was originally titled A WARNING TO FUTURE MAN, until it was embellished and “occultized” by Palmer to accommodate his metaphysical and science-fiction oriented readership, and re-named I REMEMBER LEMURIA. Shaver told of his experiences where he would “hear peoples thoughts” while working on a certain arc welding machine at an auto plant in Detroit. The “machine” made him sensitive to the thought-waves of others in the factory, however he claimed that many of the “voices” or thought-waves what he
intercepted did not come from the factory but emanated from caverns BELOW Detroit involved a warring subterranean factions known as the dero and the tero, of star-ships, machines capable of transmitting electronically-enhanced focused encephalographic or telepathic beams or rays, and other bizarre and horrific realities.
Shaver also told of how his first visit to “the caves” occurred when a “hologram” of a young woman led him to a cavern entrance; also of his second and last physical visit to a hidden cave entrance on the east coast of Delaware [Bay], via a boat by which he
navigated the water-filled passage for a few miles until reaching a “Tero” city. While
there the “Deros”, he claimed, attacked and killed all of his Tero “friends”, but for
some reason they left Shaver alive. Shaver left the cave and never returned to the
inner world physically, however he continued to receive “thought beams” which claimed to originate from other “Teros” yet which became increasingly occultic and confusions, suggesting, according to some, that the “Deros” were manipulating Shaver in order to bring ridicule to the subject of an underground reality that was on the verge of becoming public knowledge on the surface. The “Shaver Mystery” DID however provoke much feedback from others who recounted similar experiences with the underground realm, however the highly occultic “messages” that Shaver continued to receive for years afterwards led many to become entangled in deeply occultic practices and belief systems and also paranoid schizophrenic behaviors. Who or whatever was manipulating Shaver’s mind apparently succeeded in dragging many people under their occultic influence. According to Ray Palmer, who stayed overnight at Shaver’s house on on occasion, he heard five separate and distinct voices one night coming out of Shaver, who was apparently linked to a collective mind via electro-telepathic waves. The “group” of voices which were being channeled through Shaver were matter-of-factly discussing the murder and dismemberment of a woman within “the caves”, and one of the “voices” was stating — according to Palmer — that such things should not be taking place, source: AMAZING STORIES Magazine; THE HIDDEN WORLD; SHAVER MYSTERY Magazine; CAVEAT EMPTOR; SHAVERTRON magazine; Richard Shaver, the founder of Ufology?
FLORIDA

MIAMI – Underground genetics-breeding facility with several mature and young girls
being held captive by grey aliens. Used to breed a “hybrid” slave labor race that is
intended to infiltrate surface society and do the bidding of the New World Order,
which is to be ultimately controlled by an alien agenda, source: Mr. X

GEORGIA

Engineer Rex Ball came upon a network of tunnels in Georgia in 1940, which led to
an underground installation manned by Oriental-looking men in coveralls and a few
American military officers. When caught in the tunnels, an officer issued the curt
command: “Make him look like a nut!” The next thing he recalled was waking up in a
field uncertain whether the experience was real or a dream, source: THE MOTHMAN
PROPHECIES, by John A. Keel
ATLANTA – A major underground Bavarian Illuminati facility constructed in
collaboration with a similar base below the Denver International Airport. Like the
D.I.A. facility, the Atlanta facility is occupied by the cult of the serpent [human &
alien collaborators] and is “intended” to be used jointly with the Denver Airport
facility as duel U.S. headquarters for New World Order regional control, and for
continued “Montauk” or “Phoenix” Project operations, source: Mr. X
DOUGLAS – In the 1950’s, Earl Meeks was drilling a well on his property 6 miles from Douglas when he broke through to empty space. The shaft began to suck in a constant flow of air and sounds resembling “an underground railway” were so loud that they had to cover the “well” with planks at night so that they could sleep. A few decades later a subscriber to THE HOLLOW EARTH INSIDER, “Lucky”, visited the Meeks homestead 6 miles WEST of Douglas, and learned that people from all over the state had come to investigate the well the entire 2 weeks that it sucked in air, before the Meeks finally had it capped off. “Lucky” told of his intention to seek permission from the Meeks to uncap the well, source: FATE Magazine, Jan. 1957; THE HOLLOWEARTH INSIDER, Vol.1, No.4 [Spring, 1993]
DOBBINS AIR FORCE BASE, MARRIETTA, GA

Function: test site for plasma and antigravity air craft, experimental crafts and weapons

MARIETTA – A planned underground Pentagon facility below Kennesaw mountain, a few miles from Dobbins Air Force Base, to be used as a “defense” installation for the surrounding 13 states region, was reported by Richard Sauder. source: ‘UNDERGROUND BASES AND TUNNELS’, by Richard Sauder
THOMAS VILLE – Underground FEMA facility, source: Richard Sauder
IDAHO

BURLEY – Druggist George Haycock claimed that he had explored a shaft that could
be entered via a boulder strewn depression or sink 6 miles west of Burley, and one
mile off the main road [presumably in the opposite direction from the river?]. Native
American legends told of a demonic race that would emerge from a cave and capture their women and children. Mr. Haycock reported psychic attacks and impressions of evil activities taking place underground. The shaft led to a long square-cut yet ancient
horizontal crawlspace tunnel with branch tunnels and a cave-in which he attempted to
dig through, although experiencing unusual “resistance” in doing to. He later wrote
friends that someone was trying to blast the shaft closed with dynamite and also reported a death threat he had received in the mail telling him to cease and desist his
explorations. Shortly after this, he was found strangled to death in his home, source:
AMAZING STORIES magazine, Oct. 1947 & Jan. 1948
ILLINOIS

CHICAGO – Allegations that the Bahai Temple near Chicago, which has foundation “pillars” reaching hundreds of feet to the bedrock below, contains an entrance to an
underground system deep below which connect to other underground systems, [source:] Kenneth Van Hoof
INDIANA KOKO MO, INDIANA

Function Unknown

Notes: for years people in that area have reported a “hum” that has been so constant
that some have been forced to move and it has made many others sick. It seems to come from underground, and “research” has turned up nothing although it was suggested by someone that massive underground tunneling and excavating is going on, using naturally occurring caverns, to make an underground containment or storage facility.
KANSAS

1. HUTCHISON, KANSAS

Function unknown

TUNNELS TO: Kinsley, Nebraska

Hutchison AFB Kansas has one.
2. KANSAS CITY, KANSAS

Function unknown

Notes: Entrance near Worlds of Fun
3. KINSLEY, KANSAS

Function unknown

TUNNELS TO: Colorado Springs, Colorado; Hutchinson, Kansas; Tulsa Kokoweef Peak,
SW California

Notes: Gold stored in huge cavern, blasted shut. Known as the “midway city” because
it’s located halfway between New York and San Francisco
KENTUCKY

PIKEVILLE – Strange disappearances in the Truck Coal Mine 3 miles east of town. Two boys seen entering the mine disappear even though their lamp is found abandoned at the entrance. A full scale search of the mine fails to turn up any evidence of the missing boys, source: FATE magazine, Nov. 1950
CAVES AND ATLANTAEN TEMPLE
APPALACHIAN MOUNTAINS

Appalachians formed when Thetis sea closed by collision between America and
Europe, they grow 45,000ft high. What we see today are the roots of the mountains.
At such high pressure, rock act as a fluid, what you talk about are frozen waves of
rock.

PINEVILLE – On Dec. 26, 1945, a mine explosion in the Belva Mine trapped several
men. When they were rescued some of the men insisted that they saw a “door” in one
of the walls open, and a man dressed as a “lumberjack” emerge from a well-lighted
room. After assuring the men that they would be rescued, the strange visitor returned
to the room and closed the door. Other similar accounts have been reported during
similar mine disasters, such as the one at a Shipton, Pennsylvania mine, where similar
“lumberjack” or “telephone linemen” type of men have been seen, suggesting that
they exist in another time-dimension, possibly explaining why they “knew” the
outcome of the disasters. In some cases the strange “workmen”, as if taking the role of
guardian angels, had offered trapped men unusual “lighting” to keep them out of the
dark, and in other cases as with the Shipton disaster, “astral visions” accompanied the
visits of these fourth dimensional [?] visitors, source: Pineville Kentucky newspapers,
circa Dec. 26, 1981 – Jan. 1982
RIVERTON – Patsey Wingate, a victim of UFO encounters, missing time, MIB limo’s,
harassment, black helicopters, police-like cars in a temporal mist, death threats, the
works… spoke of a mountain near Riverton where a certain UFO was seen on numerous occasions. While on the mountain she would hear humming sounds coming from underground, then at home later that night she experienced frightening vivid “dreams” of “children underground on the mountain [who] were begging for help. They were in glass cages. Some of the children looked human, but some looked like aliens.” source: UFO UNIVERSE, Vol.3, No. 2, [Summer 1993]
SALEM – SE of Salem is Hodges cave, which some believe is the cavern that is
mentioned in John Uri Lloyd’s book ETIDORHPA, which was illustrated by a veteran
Mason. Witnesses have stated that they have seen Masons wandering about the area.
One report tells of a nearby stone staircase leading deep into the gloomy darkness of
the earth, which witnesses failed to fully investigate as they were hit with an
overpowering sense of terror, source: THE SHAVER MYSTERY magazine

STOVEN’S CAVE [SITE UNSPECIFIED] – Unusual sounds emanating from the
cavern, source: TECH TROGLODYTE [NSS affiliate newsletter], Vol.12, No.2

TAZEWELL COUNTY – Higgingbottom #1 or Devil’s Slide cave is avoided by local
residents because they are convinced that some loathsome creature lives at the bottom,
source: CAVE LEGENDS OF THE APPALACHIANS, article by Janice Goad

Mammoth Cave supposed to have an entrance to the Inner World

LOUISIANA

FORT POLK – Reports of over 19,000 war-ready United Nations Organization troops,
French, Pakistani & Russian, along with massive underground facilities for storage of
military and other supplies, source: a former anonymous serviceman who interacted
with the base

MARYLAND

Edgewood Arsenal, Maryland (from Don)

Martins AFB, Aberdeen Proving Ground, Maryland

Don wrote: I was just looking at your satellite photo of the chem trails over the East
Coast (Maryland in particular), and I noticed a strange coincidence. I’m from
Maryland and I noticed that the two streaks over the state seem to run next to major
military installations. The more eastern of the two runs over Aberdeen Proving
Ground, Edgewood Arsenal, and Martins AFB. The more western of the two runs
near Ft. Meade. Aberdeen Proving Ground and Edgewood Arsenal seem to have a lot
of strange or peculiar things about them as well. I live near both and often can hear
the weapons testing. I know for a fact that there are large storages of chemical
weapons at Edgewood. In high school, we had to do pressurization drills once a
month where the entire school would pile into the gym and we would seal the gym
and pressurize it to keep the gas out. There are sirens all over the community they test
once a week (every Wed. at 4) that are to alert of potential chemical weapons leaks.
There is constant military air traffic all over the area, and chemtrails are a regular
occurrence (until I was about 18, 1 thought it was normal for contrails to stay for at
least 6 hours!). These two bases are always heavily guarded and secured, even before
9/11. One of my friend’s dad is an army chemist out there, and he is not allowed to
even discuss what he does. The only way I knew that he was a chemist was because
he is a doctor and the insignia on his uniform is from the chemical corps. He is very
secretive and often disappears late at night to go to work, apparently at a moment’s
notice (he has two pagers, a govt, one and his regular one). Aberdeen Proving
Grounds is the United States’ largest military testing facility, and Edgewood Arsenal
is its largest store of arms. I could fill a book with the peculiarities of these two
installations.

Edgewood Arsenal, Maryland (from Don) Martins AFB, Aberdeen

Proving Ground, Maryland MASSACHUSETTS Maynard MA, FEMA regional center.
Wackenhut is heretoo.

MARYLAND

Maryland

■ Camp David, the Presidential retreat, is immediately adjacent to Catoctin Mountain
Park. On the surface there are some cabins and lodges, and conference rooms for
Presidential use. But most of this facility runs like a labyrinthine anthill under
Catoctin Mountain, just west of Thurmont, Maryland, along Rte. 15 between
Frederick, Maryland and Gettysburg, Pennsylvania.

The facility is operated and maintained by the U.S. Navy Seabees. The U.S. Marines
provide military security. I have spoken to an individual who used to work there on a
classified maintenance contract. My source informed me that the underground
portions of Camp David are so extensive and elaborate, and there are so many miles
of secret tunnels, that it is doubtful that any one person would have a complete map of
the facility in his or her mind. In other words, we hear or read the words, Camp David,
in the mainstream news media, but understand virtually nothing of what really
happens there, or what the full nature of the installation really is.
Commentary from Alex Thomas: The fact that they have moved the G8 meetings to
Camp David indicates that G8 nations may be actually doing their most important
meetings within the underground base near Camp David.

CROFTON – An ancient network of tunnels and crawlways discovered beneath a
parking lot in Crofton during excavations. The artificial tunnels were reportedly
covered by subsequent construction, source: THE WASHINGTON STAR NEWS,
July 25, 1973 & Aug. 15, 1973

FORT MEADE – “Cavernous subterranean expanses” existing beneath the National
Security Agency’s headquarters, filled with over 10 acres of the most sophisticated
supercomputers money can buy, which monitor global telephone, telegraph, telex, fax,
radio, TV, microwave, internet and other forms of communication, source: UFO
Magazine, Vol.7, No. 6; Richard Sauder

■ Fort Meade, near Laurel, Maryland, midway between Washington, D.C. and
Baltimore, Maryland. My research, from a variety of sources, indicates that there is a
huge underground maze beneath Fort Meade. Fort Meade is operated by the U.S.
Army, but the National Security Agency (NS A) has its largest, publicly known
operations center there. The NSA has literally acres upon acres of super computers
underground at Fort Meade, stacked level upon level, going down and down and
down, like a gargantuan subterranean stack of hi-tech digital pancakes. The NSA is
notorious for the ECHELON spying program and other unconstitutional spying
activities. It is something like a high-tech KGB or Stasi surveillance agency, spying

on the American population’s electronic and digital communications.

BETWEEN OLNEY & LAYTONSVILLE – Located on Riggs Road, off of Rt. 108,
this underground facility is maintained by FEMA [Federal Emergency Management
Agency]. Long lines of cars have been seen heading through the gate at shift change,
in spite of the surface illusion of vacancy and disrepair, vehicles which pass through
an electronic surveillance area and disappear behind a knoll in the near distance. At
least 10 levels deep, and several electronic surveillance facilities, with possible NSA
connections, source: UFO Magazine, Vol.7, No.6;
Richard Sauder

■ FEMA alternate underground command center, off of Riggs Road, not far from
Olney, Maryland, to the north of Washington, D.C. When I visited the place back in
the 1990s, only a few shabby, almost dilapidated looking buildings were visible
through the security fence. A few vent pipes poked above the ground here and there.
There were a few largish antennae and radio masts visible. The casual onlooker would
probably just drive right by, unaware that the real activity was taking place below
ground. I spoke with one man who had been in the facility and he described a
multi- level base crammed full of sophisticated electronic gear. He had been to level
seven underground, but did not know if the base extended deeper than that, or whether
it was connected via deep tunnels with other underground bases in the region.

THURMONT – see: PENNSYLVANIA, BLUE RIDGE SUMMIT

■ Site R, also known as Raven Rock or the Underground Pentagon, is about 6 miles
north-northeast of the Camp David facility, not far from the Maryland-Pennsylvania
state line. This enormous facility is the alternate underground command center for the
Pentagon. In recent years Dick Cheney reportedly spent a lot of time underground at
Site R. I have heard that Site R and Camp David are connected by underground
tunnels, and I am inclined to believe the rumors are true. Site R is now under the
command of Fort Detrick, in Frederick, Maryland, to the northwest of Washington,
D.C. Fort Detrick is the U.S. Army’s infamous biological warfare research facility.

MASSACHUSETTS

BOSTON – Ervin M. Scott claimed to have intercepted an electronically augmented
telepathic transmission from a woman, a cavern-dweller under the Salt Lake flats of
Utah, whose people were under siege by the “evil ones”. She urgently warned about a
woman who was abducted into tunnels/caverns beneath an abby in the north section
of Boston 3 weeks earlier [the 1st church of Roxbury is located in the north section

of the city and is by far the oldest “abby” in Boston]. Another “voice” breaks in on the
“transmission” and tells Ervin not to believe the former woman’s voice, stating, “Don’t
you know this is a lie? a trick?”, and then warningly, “keep quiet about this!”, source:
SEARCH magazine, July 1964

MAYNARD – Underground FEMA facility, source: Richard Sauder

MICHIGAN

BATTLE CREEK – Underground FEMA facility, source: Richard Sauder

MINNESOTA

REDWOOD FALLS – A WWII trainee claimed to have discovered a small
underground passage near [west of?] Redwood Falls, which led to an ancient tiled
concourse and to an underground alien realm. He spoke of the “deros” and “teros” and
stated that he emerged 6 months later with a “tero” woman who became his wife, with
no intention on returning, although both lived in fear as if they were constantly being
watched or followed, source: letter sent to Richard Shaver [circa 1950’s]

MISSOURI

CAMERON – Rumors of a “haunted” cave or mine in the area source: unknown

KANSAS CITY – Somewhere on the Missouri river near Kansas city a man explored
a cave in the side of a steep embankment on somewhere on the river’s edge. He was
terrified by a tall creature with cat or lizard like eyes, who had apparently been living
in the cave or possibly had come from the river itself, source: Charles Marcoux

CARTHAGE

Pat Garrett’s Reptilian Experience Reported to Mary Sutherland, BUFO Paranormal

and UFO Radio

Incident Date: March 7, 2004

This past Sunday… the 7th. A friend and I were riding two ATVs in a place called,
“The Underground” it is a public and private storage facility in Carthage, Mo. What
makes this place such a desirable storage facility is that it is all underground… hence
the name. They are constantly expanding this place and there are miles and miles of
carved out caves in there… and it goes pretty deep. This facility stores thousands and
thousands of food containers, all dehydrated for the Navy… I have seen them and it is
public knowledge around here. It is also a fallout shelter able to hold some 40,000 to
50,000 people. I tell you this to give some sense of the vastness of the place. I worked

there as a subcontractor some 9 years ago…I helped build the office spaces up on top.
I started to explore then… about once a month and did so all the way until this past
Sunday. However, I never went as far or as deep before either. It was fun to take the
ATVs and cruise underground… no rain or weather problems… ever. We were approx 8
miles in and I’d say maybe 500 feet deep when we took a turn down an area that was
marked “Naval Authoritative Zone” I remember making a comment about the Navy
getting a ship down there and said that was an easy posting. The walls became more
defined as in: polished or finished and this was striking because this was supposed to
be a newly blasted area… totally backward I would think… still thinking nothing was
wrong we kept going, actually increasing speed because the floor was paved now and
we could go faster. We came up on an unusual painted pattern on the floor and I
thought, “cool graffiti… kids have been down here… we’re safe… won’t get into any
trouble.” The road dipped down and then it took a 90′ turn to the left… we had no
warning and we were going too fast. I knew we were going to hit the wall. BUT we
DIDN’T… we passed through some kind of projection of the cave siding… although I
don’t know how it was done… it was real looking. We passed into a whole new road
system… this one was large, and much older than where we came from. We started to
smell an odor… musty, damp, growing stronger as we went deeper on smell. The
lighting decreased as well probably 60% less than the other area’s. ..we turned on our
headlights. We continued on at about 5 to 7 miles an hour for about 5 min and we
noticed it was getting cooler… which was to me, very strange… since once inside a
cave a certain distance… the temp says the same. We made a right turn and started to
come up on what I thought was a rest area on the side… about 40 feet away. I thought
it looked like a pair of fountains until they moved. We both stopped immediately. We
were approx. 30′ feet away now and what we saw were two creatures, one was very
tall at least 7′ feet maybe more and very powerfully built… reddish in color and the
other was smaller about 6′ feet but it was not red in color but pale, like an albino and
it was not as powerfully built as the other. They looked like REPTILES. ..living,
walking, intelligent beings… not human… not warmblooded. Reptiles! I know it
sounds crazy but it is true. They said nothing but I did get a strong sense from the big
one. A malevolence, evil presence of some kind. My friend screamed and we turned
around.. .a power turn. We started to go back out when my friend said, “the big one”
was after us. I looked back and it was following us. I had the overwhelming feeling
that if it caught us that harm would come to us. We passed through the wall projection
and I looked back and saw the thing raise its arm and it had a weapon of some sorts. It
fired and hit the ATV my friend was on. The engine died and he stopped. I told him to
jump on.. .and he did. I gunned it and then my friend said, “STOP!” I slowed down
and he he said, “LOOK!”. I looked back and the thing had stopped at the graffiti on
the cave floor/road. The ATV was on its side of the graffiti/symbol. It was obvious
the thing would not cross the marking. I slowed more.. .we were now about 75′ feet
away. I stopped and the three of us… Me, my friend and the creature/reptile/man thing
just looked at each other.. .for about 15 sec. And let me tell you. ..that is a long time.
Then I started to leave… It stayed there waiting and not moving until we were out of
sight. As soon as we cleared the cave I got on my cell phone and called the Sheriffs

Dept. I was told that they would not come out and that “Underground Security” would
handle it. Then they hung up! By law they are not to do that. ..We can hang up on
anyone… but a government office, be it City or Federal cannot hang up on you.
Anyway, I was shocked and scared and we took off across the outside of the
underground over to my truck and sure enough… Underground Security was waiting
for us. We were told to leave, not to tell anybody about this… that if I come back… The
Navy would press charges. I was also told that I had 10 min to leave or I would be
taken in. What can I say… we left. It has been 3 days since this has happened and I am
still shaken. I am a powerful person, 6’4″ and 265 lbs and I have never in my life been
afraid for my life… until this past Sunday. I lost my one of my two
ATV’s.Vin#5y4Ag0oly61a071120. As far as I know… it is still down there. My friend
will not talk about it and I have not heard anything from anyone about it. I did call the
Sheriffs Dept. and they said they never got a call from me. Well, that is my story… I
have never had anything strange happen in my life and I am very very concerned
about this. I can tell you this… I had an urge to kill the things I saw down there… I don’t
know if that is a natural reaction as most people have a natural revulsion towards
reptiles or because of my faith and the feeling of evil I had… or what. All I know is
that they are real… and I wish I could do something… anything to combat or help
against these things. Take care all and thank you again for letting me write this and
share this experience.

MONTANA
Bozeman, Mont.

Function: Genetics

NEBRASKA

OffuttAir Force Base has had a major underground facility for decades. During the
Cold War it was the underground command center for the Strategic Air Command.
George Bush flew there for protection on Air Force One during the 9/1 1 attacks.

NEVADA

Area 51 – Groom Lake – Dreamland – Nellis Air Force Base

Area 51 was said to exist only in our imaginations until Russian satellite photos were
leaked to US sources and it’s amazing how you can get photos all over now of it, and
even posters. It’s also amazing how much they’ve been busy little bees building this
base up.

Function: Stealth and cloaking Aircraft research & development ‘”Dreamland (Data
Repository Establishment and Maintenance Land) Elmint (Electromagnetic
Intelligence), Biological weapons research and genetic manipulation/warfare storage,
Cold Empire, EVA, Program HIS (Hybrid Intelligence System),BW/CW; IRIS
(Infrared Intruder Systems), BI-PASS, REP-TILES, back engineering of captured
space craft propulsion systems, holding area of all alien materials and

bodies/prisoners,

Security: Above ground cameras, underground pressure sensors, ground and air patrol
Notes: Operating rooms on several floors, – Complete hospital, fully staffed and has
everything imaginable. – The person who gave this info worked as a locksmith in
Area 51 for 12 years. He did not see any creatures while on any of the levels, but
admits that there were many closed areas that he was not allowed into and he talked to
others who said they had seen either actual captured UFOs or own UFOs and that
some thought they had been given freely in an exchange program as it wasn’t possible
so many UFOs couldn’t have crashed and been recovered in such pristine condition.
Tunnels to: Ft. Irwin, California – Page, Arizona – Tonopah, Nevada – Wiciup,
Arizona

S-4 Area in Area 51 Function unknown

Addendum: I have been told by many people (all military) that Area 5 1 isn’t really
where much is going on – or at least the whole “aliens/crashed saucers are there”
mystique is a bit hyped because the area is able to be so secured. That illusion is
“allowed” and encouraged to focus the energy of the “Conspiracy” people on it and
divert snooping into the real hub of action elsewhere (most say Dulce).

The Air Force recently managed to withdraw 3,972 acres of public land from the
surrounding desert and absorbed it into the Groom Lake area, making it prohibited to
civilians and under military protection. This was in answer to the (government’s)
endless battle to keep people from sitting on a ridge that was 10 miles away with
telescopic lenses “spying” on the goings-on of the Area and trying to see what all the
massive paranoia was about. Double Dog dares, you know…. Also, a bit bizarrely for
a place where “nothing is going on”, after the New York 9-11 attack, President Bush
the Second issued a statement that would exempt this installation “from any Federal,
State, Interstate, Local or hazardous waste laws that might require the disclosure of
calcified information concerning that operating location to unauthorized
per sons… information concerning activities at the operating location near Groom Lake
have been properly determined to be classified and disclosure would be harmful to
national security. Continued protection of this information is in the paramount interest
of the United States”.

Area 51 – Groom Lake – Dreamland – Nellis Air Force Base Area 51 was said to exist
only in our imaginations until Russian satellite photos were leaked to US sources and
it’s amazing how you can get photos allover of it now, even posters. They’ve been
busy little bees building this base up. Function: Stealth and cloaking Aircraft research
& development. ‘ Dreamland (Data Repository Establishment and Maintenance Land)
Elmint(Electromagnetic Intelligence), Biological weapons research and genetic
manipulation/warfare storage, Cold Empire, EVA, Program HIS (Hybrid Intelligence
System),BW/CW; IRIS (Infrared Intruder Systems), Security: Above ground cameras,
underground pressure sensors, ground and air patrol

There appears to be a site in Nevada at Tonopah, Area 5 1 at Groom Lake, and a place
designated as COG AFB.

2. Blue Diamond, Nevada

Function unknown

3. Fallon Air Force Base area (the flats, near Reno)
“American City”

restricted military sites southwest of Fallon
Function: Suspected Underground UFO Base
Levels: At least seven underground levels

4. Henderson, Nevada – Naval Base

This one’s interesting. I was in Henderson on May 3-4, 1988 on one of my Death
Valley/Ghost Town/Photography/Screw the World jaunts. (I love Death Valley). I
remembered it vividly because I just got tired of driving and happened to turn off for
the night and there I was in Henderson. It was a sleepy, dusty town. I ended up in this
strange hotel that seemed like part of an old 1940s horror movie, run by the nicest
people you’d want to meet. I love stuff like that. They were so surprised to see a
visitor they gave me the room for a few bucks. The next morning (May 4) I left and
was about two hours from town, trying to get anything on the radio but static, when I
heard a news report that there had been a terrible accident in Henderson and the
“marshmallow factory” had blown up, killing several people and causing a massive
fire. I couldn’t believe it. ..I was just there! I just missed it. If I had been my usual
Never In A Hurry self, I’d still be there. I saw the smoke not too long after, still
driving; Henderson burning hours away.

Then I heard that what had in fact blown up was a government chemical/bomb plant . I
was stunned. This sleepy little dusty town had a bomb plant? Huh? I couldn’t find a
thing online about the original lie that it was a marshmallow plant. I KNOW they said
that – in fact I had called home a few hours after this happened to let them know I was
OK because I had called the night before and they knew I’s stayed there. I asked them,
now – if they remembered me calling and this story? and they did. It made no sense at
all to me. What also doesn’t make sense is how 4,500 tons of ammonium perchlorate
can be in the middle of a town and now it’s surrounded by homes. In May, 1991 a
huge release of chlorine occurred in Henderson – are we that expendable?

Brian sent me this:

Do you know anything about a NAVAL base out in the middle of the Nevada
desert? I want to say Hawthorn, or Henderson, or something like that? About halfway
between LV and Reno. I was up that way a couple years ago helping out with tech
inspection for a popular auto race out there> while making the drive from Vegas to
Reno, out in the middle of nowhere, is this damn NAVAL base! Wow, that’s strange I
think, so I go though the little town of the same name, and then I see a HUGE lake,
also “in the middle of nowhere” and not really looking developed for “public use”.

What really weird is that the entire lake looks as if it could be only a few feet deep,
VERY slightly angled shores (no steep inclines, like a boat ramp, except from the
cliffs of the mountain it sits against) and actually could almost pass for simply a rain
or run off “pond” if its acreage wasn’t so big. Yet, out in the middle of this “shallow”
lake (starting at the shore of the shallowest looking end), is an almost perfectly
straight, dead centered, dead calm “strip” of water (you now the “still waters run
deep” expression, its true). Coincidentally enough, this entire end of the lake (about
80% of the lake in fact) is posted, yep, you guessed it,, “OFF LIMITS” with the
familiar red and white govt issue signs. Well, the guy that was riding with me to Reno
grew up in the Vegas area, and says the rumor is that the Naval base designs/builds
super secret submarines, and the “trench” at the end of the lake is in fact the opening
of a long underground water tunnel leading back to the base, so they can test the subs
in the lake, and “supposedly” this is the deepest lake in the US, or maybe the world”.

Since the late 1940s there has been a major underground base at KirtlandAir Force
Base. The base is beneath a foothill of the Manzano Mountains. It was originally
constructed as a super-secure nuclear weapons assembly and storage facility for the
military. Today the base is used by other agencies. The Air Force has built another,
state of the art, facility for nuclear weapons storage at another location at Kirtland
AFB. The Department of Energy’s Sandia National Laboratory is immediately
adjacent to Kirtland Air Force Base, on the southeast border of Albuquerque.
I talked with one of the men who helped to build the Manzano base in the years after
World War II. He spent his entire career as a hard rock miner for federal agencies,
working on underground projects all over the western USA. While excavating the
Manzano base, security was extreme. The miners were blindfolded when they were
transported to and from their work site. When they were taken from the area where
they were working to another part of the facility they were always blindfolded. The
practical result of this procedure was that not even the miners who built the
underground base knew its layout. All they ever saw was the immediate chamber or
tunnel section they were currently working on. It was a strictly compartmentalized
project in every sense of the word. I suspect that this facility has been expanded over
the years.

Los Alamos is one of the U.S. Department of Energy’s national research laboratories,
to the west of the state capitol of Santa Fe. I have been informed that the underground
work space beneath Los Alamos is even greater in extent than the sprawling surface
facility, reaching as much as one mile deep in its farthest reaches. Two of the main
missions of Los Alamos are nuclear and genetic research. Presumably classified
projects related to these fields are among the secret activities carried out underground.

4. Mercury, Nevada

Function unknown

MERCURY – An electrician at the Mercury base camp on the Nevada Test Site
claimed to have seen “aliens” in “stainless steel caverns” about 3000 feet below the
surface of the Mercury Site. The “Mercury Workers” contracted through Reynolds
Electric [a division of E.G.&G.], and several of them told terrifying stories of
harassment and death threats from base personnel in an effort to keep them from
talking. Also Las Vegan Stayce Borland and her brother were killed by “burglars”
during a time when they were trying to help some of the Mercury Workers who
had been apprehended and were being held captive underground. Many insisted that
Borland’s murder was part of a conspiracy, similar to the 5 people killed in a
“helicopter crash” some years ago who, according to former Wackenhut employee
Michael Riconosciuto, were trying to escape with documentation of genetic research
atrocities, alien interaction, and antigravity craft technology in the underground
facilities there. This conspiracy of concealment is reportedly being run by the aliens
themselves to maintain control of those military-industrial- intelligence agencies
which have been infiltrated and assimilated through advanced mind control
technology, source: “The Billy Goodman Happening” – KVEG Radia 840 AM, Las
Vegas, Nevada, Nov. 19, 1989, etc.

The notorious Area 51 of UFO fame and the Tonopah Test Range/Nevada Test
Site/S-4/Nellis Air Force Base reservations in southern Nevada are all in relatively
close proximity to each other. My research and sources point to major, massive
underground facilities in this region. A great deal of ultra- sensitive military R&D
takes place here. Much popular lore has arisen around the theme of captured UFOs
held in secret by the American military at Area 51. In my estimation, these stories are
probably true. Ryan Wood and other researchers have accumulated a great deal of
evidence over the years that indicate that American military agencies are lying and
that they do have captured UFOs. Area 51 is reportedly one of the places where this
sort of technology is sequestered and studied. It is my informed guess that White
Sands Missile Range in New Mexico is another site for the study and R&D of exotic
technologies.

White Sands Missile Range, in south-central New Mexico, is the largest military base
in the USA. It was the site of the first test explosion of an atomic bomb in 1945.
White Sands was the launch site for test firing of captured Nazi V-2 rockets after the
military defeat of the Third Reich. Today it is still an operational military missile
range, and also serves as an alternate space shuttle landing site for NASA.
Underground facilities beneath White Sands are reportedly devoted to cutting edge
research in lasers and conscious super-computing. The sum of my research strongly
indicates a major underground component at White Sands. Nothing would surprise
me where White Sands is concerned. Nothing whatsoever.

4. Tonopah, Nevada

Function unknown

69: San Gabriel (mountains) On Western side of Mojave Desert
Function unknown

Notes: Heavy vibrations coming from under the forest floor which sounds like geared
machinery. These vibrations and sounds are the same as heard in Kokomo, Indiana
and are suspected underground building/tunneling operations.

NEVADA-ARIZONA

Hoover Dam. Lake Mead’s Hoover Dam SE of Las Vegas. Rumors that the dam
construction workers penetrated extensive caverns near the base of the cliffs, that
Lake Mead is a hot spot of alien activity, and that the floor of one level of the dam
contains a “wild tile inlay on the floor, with signs of the zodiac and all sorts of stuff
suggesting an entrance.” source: Letter from Vaughn M. Green in SHAVERTRON
newsletter, No. 14

NEVADA

BOULDER DAME – Reports of underground tunnels and UFO activity between the
base of Boulder Dam and Jumbo Peak, source: Lew Tery

EUREKA – A mysterious maze of underground tunnels and rooms discovered beneath
the immediate area of Eureka, source: “An Underground Cathedral”, article by
Charles Hillinger in THE LOS ANGELES TIMES, Mar. 2, 1975

NEVADA CITY – The Mayflower mine east of the city contained a long tunnel from
which strange noises often known to emerge, and also reports of “devils” being
sighted in the nearby Murchie mine, source: Article by Wayland D. Hand in
CALIFORNIA FOLKLORE QUARTERLY, April, 1942

PAHRUMP – NW of Pahrump [which lies due west from Las Vegas] is Devil’s Hole
National Monument, an annex of Death Valley National Monument. It is an
apparently “bottomless” aqua-cave containing a species of cave fish located nowhere
else in the world. Like the legendary “subterranean grand canyon” — which reportedly
runs beneath the Kokoweef and Dorr Peaks near the SW flank of the Ivanpah Mts.
just south of highway 91 and NW of Needles, California — the Devil’s Hole water
level ALSO reportedly rises and falls with the tide, suggesting a connection with a
massive underground sea below and upstream, possibly in the area of eastern Nevada
and western Utah. At least 2 boys disappeared trying to explore Devil’s Hole, and
Navy scuba divers were lowered on cables and reported seeing a large subterranean
river which roared up from below, flowed across a wide expanse although they could
not estimate the depth because of a myriad of colonnades of black rock through which
the river flowed, before plunging once again down an abyss. This reportedly occurred
in a cave NEAR Devil’s Hole. Although “fenced in”, Devil’s Hole is open for publuc
view, source: ADVENTURE IS UNDERGROUND, by William Halliday; Virginia
Louis Swanson

RENO – An underground ‘Nazi’ antigravity disc facility tied-in with the Antarctica
scenario, source: AlBielek

NEW JERSEY

NORTHERN – John Keel, after hearing reports of strange sounds of pulsating
machines coming from caves in the mountains of northern New Jersey, personally
visited some of the caverns, source: THE 8TH TOWER, by John A. Keel

BROOKHAVEN – see: New Jersey, Newark

NEWARK – Massive German [Thule Society] infiltration of the American
military-industrial complex following WWII, via the NSA, I.T.T., ARCO, EXXON,
etc., led to the construction of massive joint alien- fascist underground complexes
[stemming from the Nazi alliance with an alien collaboration, based under the Gizeh
plateau of Egypt – via the Grant Orient Lodge of Egyptian Freemasonry and the
various gnostic Bavarian cults that were brought back from Egypt during the Egyptian
occupation of the armies of the so-called “Holy Roman Empire”
Italy- Austria-Germany]. Tunnel systems run from the I.T.T. Corporation building in
Newark to the I.T.T. facility at Nutley, to Wright-Patterson Air Force Base in Ohio
[mag-lev tubes], to A.I.L., to Long Island [Montauk Point], source: ORION BASED
TECHNOLOGY, MIND CONTROL AND OTHER SECRET PROJECTS, by Val
Valerian

NUTLEY – see: NEW JERSEY, NEWARK

PARAMUS – A massive underground facility with an entrance located in an office
building at 140 century road. The building next door at 120 century road is also
owned by the same company which finances projects carried out below, which deal
mainly with abducted women and young girls who are heavily mind-controlled using
brainwashing and extreme sexual abuse and torture induced MPD alternate
programmed personalities, in order to create “sex agents” for a Nazi cabal which had
infiltrated the American Industrial Complex following WWII. These agents are used
to extract important information from, to bribe, or to blackmail powerful men. There
also may be a connection to the ARCO scenario in New Jersey as well, source: Mr. X

NEW MEXICO

In New Mexico they are at Dulce, Taos, Los Alanos, ALB, AFB, Datil and Carlsbad.

1. Albuquerque, New Mexico (AFB)

Function unknown

Levels: Multiple

Tunnels to: Carlsbad, New Mexico Los Alamos, New Mexico Possible connections to
Datil, and other points.

ALBUQUERQUE – Manzano mountain, or the Kirtland [AFB] Munitions Storage
Complex, was excavated by the Air Force to serve as a nuclear weapons storage area.
The mountain is visible a couple of miles south of 1-40 on the eastern outskirts of
Albuquerque. Security is extremely tight. Also, reports of grey aliens operating within
some of the deeper levels. A 285,000 sq. ft. underground extension facility was
constructed in the same area in 1989, although heavy secrecy surrounds these
facilities, source: UFO Magazine, Vol.7, No.6; Richard Sauder

2. Carlsbad, New Mexico

Functions: Underground Nuclear Testing
Tunnels to: Fort Stockton, Texas. Ro swell

3. Cordova, New Mexico

Function unknown

4. Datil, New Mexico

Function unknown
Tunnels to: Dulce Base

5: Dulce Base, New Mexico

While some are spending their time scrutinizing Area 5 1 and thinking that’s so
important, Dulce is said to be the crown jewel that we’re all being distracted from;
The Big Tamale

Function: Alien interface, Research of mind related functions, genetic experiments,
mind control training and reprogramming
Levels: 7 Known –

Level 1 – garage for street maintenance

Level 2 – garage for trains, shuttles, tunnel-boring machines and disc maintenance
Level 3 – everyone is weighed, in the nude, then given a jump suit uniform. The
weight of the person is put on a computer I.D. card each day. Change in over three
pounds requires a physical exam and X-ray.

Level 4 – Human research in ‘paranormal’ areas – mental telepathy, mind control,
hypnosis, remote viewing, astral traveling – etc. The technology is apparently here to
allow them to know how to manipulate the ‘Bio-plasmic Body’ Development of a laser
weapon that can remotely cause burns and discomfort on its target. They can lower
your heartbeat with Deep Sleep ‘Delta Waves,’ induce a static shock, then reprogram,
Via a Brain- Computer link.

Level 5 – Alien housing . “…The room is circular for the (electro- magnetic) generator

is nearly 200 feet diameter and covers the fifth and sixth levels (extreme west south
wing). There (are) five entrances (plus an escape trap door on the sixth floor) on each
floor. Each portal has double door. The security is severe. Armed guards patrol
constantly, and in addition to weight sensitive areas there (are) hand print and eye
print stations. Here, is the device that powers the transfer of atoms.
Level 6 – Level 6 is privately called ‘Nightmare Hall’. It holds the genetic labs.
Experiments done on fish, seals, birds, and mice that are vastly altered from their
original, forms. There are multi- armed and multi-legged humans and several cages
(and vats) of humanoid bat-like creatures up to 7- feet tall. Aliens have taught the
humans a lot about genetics, things both useful and dangerous. Level 7 – Humans in
cages here, usually drugged or dazed, sometimes crying out for help.
Level 7 is the worst. “Row after row of 1,000’s of humans & human-mixture remains
in cold storage. Here too are embryos of humanoids in various stages of development.
Also, many human children’s’ remains in storage vats. Who are (were) these people?”
Below Level 7 – Unknown other levels unexplored by humans. Aliens here. Exits into
a vast underground cavern series, unexplored by humans, but suspected to be a huge
alien culture area.

Tunnels to: Colorado Springs, Colorado Creed, Colorado Datil, N.M. Los Alamos.
Page, Arizona Sandia Base Taos, NM

Notes: The Dulce installation (upper levels) was originally constructed by the RAND
corp. There are reported to be over 3000 cameras at various high-security locations.
Deep sections of the Complex may connect into a natural and extensive underground
cave system, which is common in most of these locations

DULCE. – The Jicarilla Apache Indians believe that their ancestors emerged from the
caverns in ancient times. When they emerged they were plagued by monsters
[saurians?]. Some wanted to go back down but once their hero’s slew all of the
monsters, all was at peace [ironically the Dulce underground network is now
reportedly under the control of some of the very ‘monsters’ or ‘reptilians’ that they may
have succeeded in driving underground], source: MYTHS & TALES OF THE
JICARILLA APACHE INDIANS, by Morris E. Opler

DULCE [JICARILLA APACHE RESERVATION] – In the town of Dulce in NW
New Mexico, one block from the PAN AM building is the old high school, now used
as an engineering facility by MAKEN & HANGER [originally ZIA Corp.]. Inside the
facility is an elevator that leads to Level- 1 of the massive underground facility
beneath the Dulce area which is also known as “Ultra” or “Section-D”, which runs
under Main Street at a depth of about 200 feet. This level is guarded by PROFORCE
Security, whereas deeper and more secure levels under the Archuleta mesa to the
north contain automatic devices designed to KILL intruders. Dulce is by far the most
massive and most strategic of all of the underground “hubs” of the joint
military- industrial / alien imperial collaboration in North America, with numerous
tube-tunnels radiating to all parts of the continent and beyond, source: ALIEN

MAGIC, by William F. Hamilton; The Dulce Book; Map of Dulce, New Mexico
The Dulce, New Mexico Base

An underground Military Base/Laboratory in Dulce, New Mexico connects with the
underground network of tunnels which honeycombs our planet, and the lower levels
of this base are allegedly under the control of Inner Earth beings or Aliens. This base
is connected to Los Alamos research facilities via an underground “tube-shuttle.” (It
can be assumed that such a shuttle way would be a straight-line construction. It should
then be possible, by using maps and some deduction, to determine the most likely
location of this base, especially since the general location is already known.)
Beginning in 1947, a road was built near the Dulce Base, under the cover of a lumber
company. No lumber was ever hauled, and the road was later destroyed. Navajo Dam
is the Dulce Base’s main source of power, though a second source is in El Vado
(which is also another entrance). (Note: The above facts should also help to locate the
base.) Most of the lakes near Dulce were made via government grants “for” the
Indians. (Note: The September, 1983 issue of Omni (Pg. 80) has a color drawing of
The Subterrene,’ the Los Alamos nuclear-powered tunnel machine that burrows
through the rock, deep underground, by heating whatever stone it encounters into
molten rock, which cools after the Subterrene has moved on. The result is a tunnel
with a smooth, glazing lining.)” (Note: Where would the molten rock go? And what
has been done with this concept since 1983?)

Bechtel (BECK-tul) is a super secret international corporate octopus, founded in 1898.
Some say the firm is really a ‘Shadow Government’s working arm of the CIA. It is the
largest Construction and Engineering outfit in the U.S. A and the World (and some say,
beyond).” “The most important posts in U.S.A. Government are held by former
Bechtel Officers. There are over 100 Secret Exits near and around Dulce. Many
around Archuleta Mesa, others to the source around Dulce Lake and even as far east
as Lindrich. Deep sections of the Complex connect into natural Cavern Systems.
(Note: The elevators, lights, and doors at Dulce Base are all magnetically controlled.)

The area around Dulce has had a high number of reported Animal Mutilations.” The
researchers at Dulce Base have also abducted several people from Dulce’s civilian
population and implanted devices of various types in their heads and bodies. (Note:
Livermore Berkeley Labs (where?) began producing blood for the Dulce Base in the
mid 1980s, and Human and Animal abductions slowed considerably. It may be
worthwhile to check-out Livermore Berkeley Labs.) DELTA group (from the
National Recon Group) is responsible for security of all Alien- connected projects. The
DELTA symbol is a Black Triangle on a Red Background. Dulce Base’s symbol is a
Delta (triangle) with the Greek Letter “Tau” (t) within it, and then the entire symbol is
inverted, so the triangle points down, and the “Tau” is also inverted. Christa Tilton
(was abducted and taken to Dulce Base) She is the editor of “Crux” magazine, which
deals with UFOs, abductions, etc. P.O. Box 906237 Tulsa, Oklahoma (zip ?????)

Bases in the United States Mt. Ranier, Washington State Mt. Lassen, Tehama County,
California Death Valley, California Superstition Mountains, Arizona Mt. Shasta,
California Brown Mountain, North Carolina Mt. Ranier Entrance.

A very active UFO base exists beneath Mt. Ranier. There are also said to be
underground “vaults” containing records of the ancient Lemurians. (Note: F.L.
Boschke wrote the book “The Unexplained” about the mysteries surrounding Mt.
Ranier.) The ice cap of Mt. Ranier contains a maze of corridors and caves. In August
of 1970, scientists climbed to the top of Mt. Ranier, and entered these caverns and
tunnels. Evidence was found indicating that a small lake exists deep beneath the ice
cap. It is possible that one could find a way to get beneath Mt. Ranier through these
tunnels.

The Mt. Lassen Entrance Mt. Lassen in Tehama County, California is an entrance to a
large underground city. Near the foot of Mt. Lassen is a town called Manten. A man
named “Ralph B. Fields” lived (lives?) there, and found the entrance to the
underground city. His friend “Joe” was with him. The cave entrance is in the side of
the mountain, at a little over 7,000 feet above sea level, and is near a rock outcropping
suitable for camping under.

Dulce & Other Underground
Bases and Tunnels
by William Hamilton III

(Excerpt from Cosmic Top Secret by William H. Hamilton III)

Underground Bases & Tunnels

Does a strange world exist beneath our feet? Strange legends have persisted for
centuries about the mysterious cavern world and the equally strange beings who
inhabit it.

More UFOlogists have considered the possibility that UFOs may be emanating from
subterranean bases, that UFO aliens have constructed these bases to carry out various
missions involving Earth or humans.

Belief in a subterranean world has been handed down as myth, tale, or rumor down
the generations from all over the world. Some of these stories date back to ancient
times and tell tales of fantastic flora and fauna that can be found in the caverns of
ancient races. Socrates spoke of huge hollows within the Earth which are inhabited by
man, and vast caverns which rivers flow.

A legendary large cavern supposedly exists below Kokoweef Peak in southwestern
California. Earl Dorr, a miner and prospector, followed clues given to him by Indians.
He entered Crystal Cave in the thirties and followed a passage down into Kokoweef
Mountain until he attained a depth of about a mile. There, he entered a large cavern

which he proceeded to explore for a distance of eight miles. At the bottom of the
cavern, a river flowed, rising and falling with the lunar tides, and depositing black
sands rich in placer gold along its banks. One day, crazed by fever, Dorr used
dynamite to seal shut the entrance to his fabulous cavern, and started a legend that still
lures men to seek the fabled wealth below Kokoweef.

Nowhere is the belief in a subterranean world more prevalent than with the Indians of
North America. The Hopis believed they emerged from a world below the earth
through a tunnel at the base of the San Francisco peaks near Flagstaff.

There are also legends about mysterious Mount Shasta in northern California. The
mountain is said to have housed a race of surviving Lemurians who built a sanctuary
in the depths of the earth to escape the catastrophes which befell them. These
Lumerians allied themselves with space travelers who built a saucer base inside the
mountain.

Whether ancient cities exist in caverns below the earth is anyone’s guess, but it’s a fact
that governments have built underground tunnels and facilities for a variety of reasons.
The Chinese, Russians, Vietnamese all built subterranean tunnels and bases. It
shouldn’t come as a surprise that America has been building its own underground
world.

An elusive report in the August 7, 1989 edition of U.S. News and World Report,
reveals the secret plan to carry on government in case of a disaster. The plan is called
“Continuity of Government” or COG. The article stated that COG is the government’s
ultimate insurance policy should Armageddon ever arrive, providing the program runs
smoothly. In 1982, a new secret agency, the Defense Mobilization Planning Systems
Agency was created and reports to the President. In the event of a nuclear attack,
special teams equipped with war plans, military codes, and other essential data would
accompany each designated presidential successor to secret command posts around
the country. Besides the president, another 46 key officials named in the Joint
Emergency Evacuation Plan (JEEP) would be evacuated. There are 50 of these
underground command post bunkers located in 10 different regions of the country,
and each is linked with others via satellite or ground-wave relays.

The U.S. Air Force sponsored research in deep underground construction as early as
1958. The RAND corporation carried out this research, and published proceedings
from symposiums held on the subject of construction methods and equipment, utility
installation, and the use of nuclear bursts to produce underground cavities.

A great concern to underground construction engineers was the problem of ventilation.
They considered it advisable to take into account all types of ventilation
contamination, and not just radioactive fallout. Underground works included ingresses,
egresses, and accommodations. The first two are generally provided for by shafts or
tunnels, while the third requires larger openings, such as halls, chambers, cells, vaults,

or other open spaces. Many problems in design and construction are common to all
three, but the problems associated with the larger openings in the rock, required for
accommodation purposes, are generally more complex and difficult than those for the
smaller openings of tunnels or shafts. Operation and maintenance of underground
installations can also pose special problems.

Huge boring machines with large-diameter disc-grinders are used in constructing
tunnels. Tunnels are needed to link one accommodation area to another, or one
facility to another.

The English Chunnel project is the largest engineering project in Europe, and w links
France and England through a three-tunnel railway. The eleven boring machines used
in the project were so large and so long that they were assembled in underground
areas 65 feet high. Six of the machines are dug the submarine tunnel between the
Dover Strait and Pas de Calais and five dug the land tunnels leading away from the
channel to aboveground terminals. The front of the boring machine contains
tungsten-tipped picks that workers guide with the use of laser projections on video
screens.

These boring machines are like huge, steel-encased worms. Sealed in each machine
are teams of 35 men who line the cavity of the tunnel with concrete and guide the
muck down the track. The machines bore the hole, remove the earth, and pave the
inside of the tunnel with precast concrete segments. The digging face of the machine
is a 95-ton, 28-foot-6-inch diameter disc, divided into cutting blades. The borer is
300-feet long.

The September, 1983 Omni ran a picture story on the “Subterrene,” a nuclear
tunnel-boring machine developed at Los Alamos. The machine burrows through deep
underground rock, heating it to a molten state (magma), which cools after the
Subterrene moves on. The result is a tube with a smooth, glazed lining that can be
used for the high-speed transport shuttles that link the sub-base complexes.

Interestingly enough, an inventor named Charles Kaempen has invented a composite
pipe that has enormous tensile strength. Kaempen has developed an undersea
transportation tube that uses his unique system of lock coupling and merely has to be
laid on the sea floor, obviating the need for excavating and tunneling. He has made a
proposal to Spain to link Spain and Morocco using his new tube technology.

Tunnel boring is undergoing a boom according to a recent article in the Wall Street
Journal (Dec. 12, 1990). Susan Nelson, director of the American Underground Space
Association is quoted in the article as saying, “There is simply a lot more interest in
the world these days in tunneling and use of the underground in general.” It says the
underground is crowded with government-funded mega-projects and proposed
projects. The Spanish want to put a tunnel through the Pryenees and bore a road to
Morocco on the African coast. The Norwegians want to burrow under the fiords. The

Japanese are toying with tunneling through to South Korea. The Canadians are
building a tunnel from New Foundland to Prince Edwards Island. In America, there
are 87 public-works projects planned in the next three years alone.

Bear in mind the fact that these are all classified as civil engineering projects. Where
civil engineering goes today, military engineering has already gone yesterday. In 1959,
the Rand Report carried photos of the giant Tunnel Boring Machines (TBMs). Large
scale military engineering projects may have made extensive use of these machines
since the fifties.

Tunneling is getting a boost because of the increasingly crowded global landscape.
Planners in Northern Italy are burying stretches of a freeway in a tunnel to avoid
cutting a road through historical important forest and farmlands.

Mr. Russell J. Miller of the Colorado School of Mines and director of the Center for
Space Mining in Boulder, Colorado, is working on studies to determine the feasibility
of putting space bases and cities underground on Mars and on the moon. Of course,
someone from somewhere else may have already beaten Mr. Miller to the punch.

Informants have told us that underground facilities utilize transport tubes to shuttle
workers to and from work. This is more than a subway. These tube trains use high
technology. It isn’t surprising, then, to learn that Frank P. Davidson of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology has a plan to unclog the airways by designing
electric “wingless airplanes” that hurtle across continents and oceans in sealed tubes
or tunnels that are essentially frictionless vacuum chambers. Perhaps he should meet
with Dr. Kaempen and consider using his composite pipe as the tube.

Underground diggers have their own society called “Moles,” who find talk of
tunneling and tunnels spicier than most of us surface dwellers.

It’s no secret that governments have built their own secret underground railways and
tunnels. China’s leaders built secret rail tunnels under Beijing that would enable them
to flee in a crisis. According to a Chinese civil servant, the tunnels linked leader’s
homes, government buildings, the central bank and an army base. That sounds like a
well-thought-out-plan. Grab your prized possessions, cash from the bank, armed
guards from the base, and run like hell! The network was built up over a period of 40
years as a defense against foreign invaders. We can be sure that what China has done
we have done.

Japan, dense and overcrowded, is giving serious thought to living underground. They
are planning to build underground sewage plants, underground railroads, and
underground cities. According to a recent issue of Omni, The Taisei Corporation is
planning to build a subterranean mall called “Alice City.” There would be
underground stores, offices, hotels, theaters, and sports arenas. Strolling spaces would
meander through interior spaces populated with trees, birds, fish tanks, bridges, and

waterfalls. The Shimizu Corporation has a blueprint for constructing an underground
grid that would span 2,000 square miles underneath Tokyo. This grid would contain a
number of commercial centers connected by subway trains that could shuttle workers
to and from work.

According to science-writer Isaac Asimov, there are advantages to living underground.
For one thing, no one would worry about the weather. The temperature could be held
at a fairly constant level, between 55 and 60 degrees F, and a lot of energy used for
heating and cooling could be saved. Without the diurnal sun cycle, no one would
know day from night. People could be working around the clock or playing around
the clock, depending on their penchant. All transportation, communication, and
housing could go underground, freeing the surface world from human trampling. The
surface of the planet would have a few nice restaurants and recreation centers where
people could observe clear blue skies, the returning planet and animal life, and have
room for all to roam on a weekend hike. Earthquakes would cause only one-fifth the
damage to underground structures that they cause to surface structures.

Alternative 3

In a provocatively speculative book entitled Alternative 3, author Leslie Watkins
proposes that scientist have become concerned with the state of the Earth’s
atmosphere, a scenario that is much easier to accept these days. Secret meetings
between scientists produce three alternatives for handling the imminent danger.

“Alternative 1” was a plan to blast holes through the stratosphere to release heat and
pollution.

“Alternative 2” was a plan to relocate Earth’s population in massive underground
caverns drawing fresh, cool air from the soil (Perhaps there is a real Alternative 2 in
progress).

“Alternative 3” was to escape the Earth and go to Mars. We will consider Alternative
3 later. Whether any real such alternative plans exist is not being argued here, but the
concepts are useful in examining the future directions of secret projects.

The Atomic Energy Commission initiated Project Plowshare in 1957 to develop
peaceful uses of nuclear explosives. It has explored the use of nuclear blasts to build
harbors, dams, highway cuts, and canals, and to stimulate oil and natural gas
production by following up the widely used practice of detonating ordinary chemical
explosions in oil- and gas-bearing strata. The first test of this technique, known as
Project Gasbuggy, took place 4,240 feet below ground in a desolate area of New
Mexico know as the San Juan Basin, on December 10, 1967, where a 26-kiloton
nuclear “device” was exploded in a sealed well.

While Gasbuggy was only a single experiment, the A.E.C., in partnership with
Austral Oil Company of Houston, subsequently began the first of what promised to be
a long series of even larger nuclear explosions, on the order of two 100-kiloton shots
each year, for a period of 10 years or more. The first explosion, known as Project
Rulison, was a 40-kiloton shot, some 8,400 feet below ground at a site near Rifle,
Colorado, on September 10th, 1969.

A method that has been suggested to build bases on the moon may already be in
operation on Earth. With the use of controlled nuclear blasts it will be possible to
excavate cavities beneath the lunar surface. A missile could be used to drill a hole
approximately 50 feet deep, then a second blast would produce a cavity about 45 feet
in diameter. An igloo would be constructed over the hole, a plastic bag dropped down
the cavity and filled with air. The work area and living quarters would then be
constructed.

It may prove more efficient and practical to “house” future moon colonies in artificial
or natural caves beneath the lunar surface, than to attempt construction of exposed
meteorite domes. Living quarters, spacious parks, lakes, and wooded areas could be
constructed underground. A transportation tube would connect various colonists to
other ports and distant parts of the moon.

Back on Earth, we have reports of equally suspicious parks. An ex-security officer,
who once worked underground in the Groom Lake area of Nevada, said he once saw a
baseball diamond and an Olympic-sized swimming pool in one of the caverns a mile
below the Nevada desert.

What’s going on in the deep underground tunnels below Mercury Base at the Nevada
Test Site? After hearing the story of Bob Lazar on KVEG radio, a construction
worker called Billy Goodman rang Bob Lazar to say, “We are the construction
workers. ..we put things together and take them apart.. .of the meeting of seven people,
there are two who will come forward to support you.” This mysterious caller further
said, “There’s more than just tunnels down there. There’s everything you can imagine
down there. I know because we put it up. We installed. We did everything.”

Informants have mentioned underground tunnels and facilities in New Mexico at
Dulce, Sunspot, Datil, Corona, Taos Pueblo, and Albuquerque; in Arizona in the
Santa Catalina Mountains; in Colorado at Delta, Grand Mesa, and Colorado Springs;
in California at Needles, Edwards AFB, Tehachapi Mountains, Ft. Irwin, Norton AFB,
and Morongo Valley; in Nevada at Blue Diamond, Nellis AFB, Groom Lake, and
Papoose Lake areas, Quartzite Mountain, and Tonopah.

I became interested in a possible underground installation in the Techachapi
Mountains in the summer of 1988. A young couple, Ray and Nancy, reported that
they had gone to a plateau in the mountains after Ray’s shift work had completed at
the Northrop Plant. Ray was inspector on the B-2 project. The plateau is adjacent to

the perimeter of the leased Tejon Ranch where Northrop has built a secret
underground facility. It was about one o’clock in the morning when Ray and Nancy
spotted a brilliant orb coming out of the ground which flashed light in their direction.
They could not account for two-and-half hours of missing time. Ray thought that they
had the orb under observation for about an hour, yet the next memory is of sunrise !
Under hypnosis, Ray recalls being abducted and taken to an underground base
populated by little grey EBEs and Air Force and security personnel. The EBEs were
examining Nancy who had been restrained on a metal table. Ray’s emotions swelled
under hypnotic recall of the incident.

A local man claims he saw a flying saucer emerge and take-off from a silo on the
property.

A disgruntled contractor reported that he worked on constructing the tunnels in the
underground area and was bothered by the Air Force probes that were often seen
hovering in the tunnels. He described these probes as small orbs, and said that this
facility was nicknamed “The ANTHILL” because of its resemblance to underground
ant colonies. The tunnels have round doorways without doors. Adjacent to the
doorways are security panels with red and green lights. There are some kind of
cylinders embedded in the doorway jams that project a field of energy of some sort.

Black helicopters have been sighted around Boynton and Secret Canyon near Sedona,
Arizona. A man living in Long Canyon has sighted a lot of strange things in the
canyon areas, and residents suspect a secret government installation has been
established in, of all places, Secret Mountain! One of my investigators hiked to Secret
Canyon late one night and was stopped by a voice on a loudspeaker and a
laser-targeting light on his chest. He was told he had entered a restricted area and to
turn around and leave.

We have now spotted and photographed the small orbs around the “Anthill.” These
orbs definitely exhibit the peculiar characteristics reported in other UFO sightings.

Since that time, we have located two other secret facilities. One is at a place in the
Mojave-Desert called Llano. It is an extremely secure facility, but witnesses have seen
an extremely bright light burning atop a pylon inside of a movable behemoth- sized
structure. This light does not illuminate the interior of the structure! Orbs have been
seen in the vicinity of this facility as well.

We can only conjecture about what secret programs are being conducted away from
preying eyes. The underground can and does hold all sorts of secrets. Some of the
most amazing revelations about what goes on in the underground projects comes from
a mysterious informant named Thomas, and who claims there is, indeed, a deep dark
secret harbored underneath the imposing mountainous elevations of Northern New
Mexico.

The Deep Dark Secret at Dulce

Dulce is a sleepy little town in northern New Mexico of about 900 population located
above 7,000 feet on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation. There is only one major
motel and a few stores. It’s not a resort town and it is not bustling with activity. But,
according to a few outsiders, Dulce harbors a deep, dark secret. The secret is harbored
deep below the tangled brush of Archuleta Mesa. The secret is said to be a joint
government-alien biogenetic laboratory designed to carry out bizarre experiments on
humans and animals.

New Mexico State Police Officer Gabe Valdez was drawn into the mysteries of Dulce
when called to investigate a mutilated cow in a pasture 13 miles east of Dulce on the
Manual Gomez ranch. Gomez had lost four cattle to mutilations between 1976 and
June 1978 when a team of investigators which included Tom Adams arrived from
Paris, Texas to examine the site of the carcasses.

Curious as to how cattle were being selected by the mysterious mutilators, an
interesting experiment was conducted on July 5, 1978 by Valdez, Gomez, and retired
scientist Howard Burgess. They pinned up about 120 of the Gomez beef cattle and
moved them through a squeeze chute under an ultraviolet light. They found a “glittery
substance on the right side of the neck, the right ear, and the right leg.” Samples of the
affected hides were removed as well as control samples from the same animals.
Schoenfeld Clinical Laboratories in Albuquerque analyzed the samples and found
significant deposits of potassium and magnesium. The potassium content was 70
times above normal.

Some investigators attribute the mutilations to aliens from UFOs. UFOs have been
seen frequently around Dulce. Sightings of strange lights and other aerial phenomena
have been reported in many areas where the cows have been found at the time of the
reported mutilation.

On April 19, 1988, 1 arrived in Dulce to visit with Gabe Valdez and inquire about the
sightings, the mutes, and the rumors of an underground alien base. Snow was still on
the ground. I checked into the Best Western Motel and called Valdez to make an
appointment to see me at 9:30 PM. I found Gabe to be a very congenial host, offering
to show me around the roads of Dulce that night and point out some various locations
where he had found mutilated cows or had seen strange aerial lights. He made the
astounding statement that he was still seeing unidentified aircraft at the rate of one
every two nights. We took a look at the Gomez Ranch, the road by the Navajo River,
and the imposing Archuleta Mesa. Gabe had found landing tracks and crawler marks
near the site of the mutes, and was convinced that scientist Paul Bennewitz of
Thunder Scientific Labs in Albuquerque, was definitely on the right track in his
attempts to locate the underground alien facility in the vicinity of Dulce. No one knew
for sure where the facility was located or how humans or aliens gained secret entry to
the facility.

I had first heard of Paul Bennewitz in 1980 when my friend Walter called me from
Albuquerque and told me he had been working with Paul on electronic instruments.
Walter informed me that Paul had not only photographed UFOs, but had established a
communication link with their underground base at Dulce. Bennewitz had first come
to prominence during the August, 1980, sightings over the Manzano Weapons Storage
Area at Kirtland AFB. A Kirtland AFB incident report dated October 28, 1980
mentions that Bennewitz had taken film of the UFOs over Kirtland. Paul, who was
president of the Thunder Scientific Labs which was adjacent to Kirtland gave a
briefing in Albuquerque detailing how he had seen the aliens on a video screen. At the
time, the aliens were transmitting signals to him from a base underneath Archuleta
Mesa.

Researcher William Moore claims that the government agents became interested in
Bennewitz’s activities and were trying to defuse him by pumping as much
disinformation through him as he could absorb. Whether Paul’s communication with
supposed aliens at the Dulce Base was part of this disinformation campaign is unclear.
If we believe that Paul is the single source of reports on the Dulce Facility, then
discounting Paul’s story and discrediting him could be a tactical maneuver. The actual
disinformation maneuver would result in making the public believe there was nothing
to the Dulce story.

PROJECT BETA

In a report entitled “PROJECT BETA,” Paul states that he had spent two years
tracking the alien craft; that he had constant reception of video from an alien ship and
underground base viewscreen; that he had established constant direct communications
with the aliens using a computer and a form of hexadecimal code with graphics and
print-out; and claims to have used aerial and ground photography to locate the alien
ship’s launch ports charged beam weapons. Paul claimed that the aliens were devious,
employed deception, and did not adhere to agreements. He and Walter were working
on a weapon that would counter the aliens.

Have we crossed over from the land of the real world to the land of science-fiction?
But then, bizarre phenomena may have its roots in a bizarre reality. As we continue
our studies, the world of science-fiction will become the world of science-fact.

Paul Bennewitz had investigated the case of abductee Myrna Hansen of New Mexico,
who reported having been taken to an underground facility in May 1980. Christa
Tilton of Oklahoma claims she had an experience of missing time in July, 1987, when
she had been abducted by two small grey aliens and transported in their craft to a
hillside location where she encountered a man dressed in a red military-type jump suit
She was taken into a tunnel through computerized check-points displaying security
cameras. She reports having been taken on a transit vehicle to another area where she
stepped on a scale-like device facing a computer screen. After the computer issued her
an identification card, she was told by her guide that they had just entered Level One

of a seven- level underground facility. Christa goes on relating how she was eventually
take down to Level Five, where she reports having seen alien craft and little grey alien
entities in some of the areas that she passed through.

In one large room where she saw computerized gauges hooked to large tanks and
large arms that extended from some tubing down into the tanks. She noticed a
humming sound, smelled formaldehyde, and had the impression that a liquid was
being stirred in the tanks. She was not shown the contents of these tanks. Christa has
made drawings of much of what she claims to have witnessed during her abduction.

These tanks were also depicted in a set of controversial papers called the “Dulce
Papers,” which were allegedly stolen from the Dulce underground facility along with
over 30 black and white photos and a video tape. The mysterious security officer who
took the papers claims to have worked at Dulce until 1979 when he decided that the
time had come to part company with his employers.

The rest of this chapter relates how this security officer met with a colleague of mine
in order to tell us the truth about the aliens, the U.S. Government, and the Dulce Base.
His intention was to come out of hiding and present hard evidence to back his claims.

In late 1979, Thomas C. could no longer cope with the awesome reality he had to
confront. As a high level security officer at the joint alien-U.S. Government
underground base near Dulce he had learned of and had seen disturbing things. After
much inner conflict, he decided to desert the facility and take various items with him.

Using a small camera, he took over 30 photos of areas within the multi-level complex.
He collected documents and removed a security video tape from the Control Center
which showed various security camera views of the hallways, labs, aliens, and U.S.
Government personnel to take with him. Then, by shutting off the alarm and camera
system in one of the over 100 exits to the surface, he left the facility with the photos,
video, and documents. The “originals” were hidden after five sets of copies were
made.

Thomas was ready to go into hiding. But, when he went to pick up his wife and young
son, he found a van and government agents waiting. His wife and child had been
kidnapped. He had been betrayed by K. Lomas (a fellow worker). The agents wanted
what Thomas had taken from the facility in order to get his wife and son back. When
it became apparent to him they would be used in biological experiments and were not
going to be returned unharmed, he decided to get lost. That was over ten years ago.
How did Thomas get involved in all this covert intrigue?

Thomas, now is his 50 f s was in his mid-twenties, when he received top secret training
in photography at an underground facility in West Virginia. For seven years he
worked in high security photography in the Air Force. In 1971, he left and went to
work for the Rand Corp. in Santa Monica, California. In 1977 he was transferred to

the Dulce facility. He bought a home in Santa Fe, New Mexico, and worked Monday
through Friday. He commuted to work via a deep underground tube-shuttle system.

At this time, a fellow researcher was working security in Santa Fe, N.M. and was
privately investigating UFO sightings, animal mutilations, Masonic and Wicca groups
in the area. Thomas had a mutual friend who came to Santa Fe in 1979 to visit both
the researcher and Thomas. This visitor later viewed the photos, the video tape, and
documents taken from the Dulce Base. Drawings were made from what was seen and
later circulated in the UFO research community as the “Dulce Papers.”

Thomas alleges that there were over 18,000 short “greys” at the Dulce Facility, and
that he saw reptilian humanoids. A colleague had come face-to-face with a 6-foot tall
Reptoid which had materialized in his house. The Reptoid showed an interest in
research maps of New Mexico and Colorado which were on the wall. The maps were
full of colored push-pins and markers to indicate sites of animal mutilations, caverns,
locations of high UFO activity, repeated flight paths, abduction sites, ancient ruins,
and suspected alien underground bases.

The multi- level facility at Dulce is reported to have a central HUB which is controlled
by base security. The security level goes up as one descends to lower levels. Thomas
had an ULTRA-7 clearance. He knew of seven sub-levels, but there may have been
more. Most of the aliens supposedly are on levels 5, 6 and 7 with alien housing on
level 5. The only sign in English was over the tube shuttle station hallway which read
“to Los Alamos.” Connections go from Dulce to the Page, Arizona facility, then onto
an underground base below Area 51 in Nevada. Tube shuttles go to and from Dulce to
facilities below Taos, N.M.; Datil, N.M.; Colorado Springs, Colorado; Creed,
Colorado; Sandia’ then on to Carlsbad, New Mexico.

There appears to be a vast network of tube shuttle connections under the U.S. which
extends into a global system of tunnels and sub-cities.

At the Dulce Base, most signs on doors and hallways are in the alien symbol language
and a universal symbol system understood by humans and aliens. Thomas stated that
after the second level, everyone is weighed in the nude, then given a uniform. Visitors
are given off-white uniforms; jump suits with a zipper. The weight of the person is put
on a computer I.D. card each day. Any change in weight is noted; if over three pounds,
a physical exam and X-ray is required.

Scales are located in front of all sensitive areas and are built into the floor near
doorways and the door control panels. An individual places his computer I.D. card
into the door slot, then enters a numerical code onto a keypad. The person’s weight
and code must match the card or the door will not open. Any discrepancy will summon security. No one is allowed to carry anything into sensitive areas. All
supplies are put on a conveyor belt and X-rayed. The same method is used in leaving sensitive areas.

All elevators are controlled magnetically; there are no elevator cables. The magnetic
system is inside the walls of the elevator shaft, there are no normal electrical controls.
Everything is controlled by advanced magnetics, including lighting. There are no
regular light bulbs and the tunnels are illuminated by phosphorous units with broad
structureless emission bands. Some deep tunnels use a form of phosphorous pentoxide
to temporarily illuminate areas. The aliens won’t go near these areas for reasons
unknown.

Level 1 contains the garage for street maintenance. Level 2 contains the garage for
trains, shuttles, tunnel-boring machines and disc maintenance. The studies on Level 4
include human-aura research, as well as all aspects of telepathy, hypnosis, and dreams.
Thomas says that they know how to separate the bioplasmic body from the physical
body to place an “alien entity” life-force-matrix within a human body after removing
the “soul” lifeforce-matrix of the human.

Level 6 is privately called “Nightmare Hall.” It holds the genetic labs, where
experiments are done on fish, seals, birds, and mice that are vastly altered from their
original form. There are multi-armed and multi- legged humans and several cages (and
vats) of humanoid bat-like creatures as tall as 7-feet. The aliens have taught the
humans a lot about genetics; things both useful and dangerous.

The Grey and reptoid species are highly analytical and technologically oriented. They
have had ancient conflicts with the Nordic humans from other space societies, and
may be staging here for a future conflict. Intensely into computing and bio-
engineering sciences, they are led to doing reckless experiments without regard for
what we consider to be ethical and empathetic conduct toward other living creatures.

Principal government organizations involved in mapping human genetics, the
so-called genome projects, are within the Department of Energy (which has a heavy
presence on the Nevada Test Site); the National Institute of Health; the National
Science Foundation; the Howard Huges Medical Institute; and, of course, the Dulce
Underground Labs which are run by the DOE. Thomas had revealed that the chief of
the genetic experiments for Los Alamos and Dulce is Larry Deaven.

According to Thomas, the alien androgynal breeder is capable of parthenogenesis. At
Dulce, the common form or reproduction is by polyembryony. Each embryo can, and
does divide into 6 to 9 individual “cunne” (pronounced cooney, i.e. siblings). The
needed nutriment for the developing cunne is supplied by the “formula,” which
usually consist of plasma, deoxyhemoglobin, albumin, lysozyme, cation, amniotic
fluid and more. The term “genome” is used to describe the totality of the
chromosomes unique to a particular organism (or any cell within an organism), as
distinct from the genotype, which is the information contained within those
chromosomes. The human genes are mapped to specific chromosomal locations. This
is an ambitious project that will take years and a lot of computer power to accomplish.

Is the alien and human BIO-TECH being used to nurture and serve us, or is it being
used to control and dominate us? Why have UFO abductees been used in genetic
experiments? It was when Thomas encountered humans in cages on Level 7 of the
Dulce facility that things finally reached a climax for him. Row after row of
thousands of humans, human-mixture remains, and embryos of humanoids were kept
in cold storage. He says, “I frequently encountered humans in cages, usually dazed or
drugged, but sometimes they cried and begged for help. We were told they were
hopelessly insane, and involved in high-risk drug tests to cure insanity. We were told
to never speak to them at all. At the beginning we believed that story. Finally in 1978
a small group of workers discovered the truth. That began the Dulce wars.”

Thomas also says the aliens don’t want the land, the gold, the minerals, or water that
we posses, nor even the human or animal life. What they do want is magnetic power
that surges on and through the Earth. The aliens harvest this magic power in a way
unknown to us. Thomas says the aliens recognize this power as more valuable than
any other commodity on our globe.

It may be unpalatable to digest or believe Thomas’ story. In fact, it seems like part of a
living nightmare. There is evidence that something strange does go on at Dulce. Does
Thomas have the answer? There may be a terrible truth hidden behind the continuing
phenomena of UFO sightings, abductions, and animal mutilations. Our government
intelligence agencies have had an ongoing watchful eye on all UFO activities for
many decades now. This extraordinary phenomenon must have an extraordinary
explanation. We may be only one outpost in a vast interstellar empire.

Recently, researcher John Anderson went to Dulce, N.M., to see if there was any truth
to the reported UFO activity. He says as he arrived in town he saw a caravan of cars
and a McDonell-Douglas mini- lab in a van going up a rural road near the town. He
followed them to a fenced-in compound where he waited to see further developments.
Suddenly, six UFOs descended rapidly over the compound, hovered long enough for
him to snap a picture, then shot up and out of sight. When later stopping at a store, he
told the owner about the UFO photo he had taken, the store owner listened and
revealed how he had been a victim rancher of cattle mutes. Their conversation was
interrupted by a phone call. The store owner told John to leave at once, then after John
went to his car, he saw a mysterious van drive up to the store and a man got out and
went inside. John, deciding to leave Dulce, was followed by two men in a car as he
left town.

Even more recently a research team has gone up to Archuleta Mesa to take soundings
under the ground. Preliminary and tentative computer analysis of these soundings
seem to indicate deep cavities under the mesa.

How long will the secret of Dulce, known to insiders as Section D, remain locked up
inside the mute New Mexico mountains? Forever?

Dulce Base, New Mexico. Tunnels to: Colorado Springs, Colorado Creed, Colorado
Datil, N.M. Los Alamos. Page, Arizona Sandia Base Taos, NM

There is Dulce Base, in New Mexico. Dulce is a small town in northern New Mexico,
located above 7,000 feet on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation. There is only one
major motel and a few stores. It’s not a resort town and it is not bustling with activity.
But Dulce has a deep, dark secret. The secret is harbored deep below the brush of
Archuleta Mesa. Function: Research of mind related functions, genetic experiments,
mind control training and reprogramming. There are over 3000 real-time video
cameras throughout the complex at high- security locations (entrances and exits).
There are over 100 secret exits near and around Dulce.

GUADELLUPE MTS. – In the 1800’s, two trappers reportedly discovered a cave in
the Guadellupe Mts., which they followed to a considerable depth. Hiding behind a
large outcropping of rock they observed in fascination and horror a procession of
beings in dark hooded robes enter a large cavern and bagan to chant, at which a
“crystal like” entity descended from the stalactites above, hovered and in a
multi-colored display communicated with the beings in some type of xylophone-like
manner, until it once again ascended and was lost among the stalactites above, at
which the procession descended DOWNWARD through the passage from which they
had emerged, source: SHAVERTRON Magazine

6. Los Alamos, New Mexico

Functions: Psycho tronic Research, Psycho tronic Weapons
Levels: Multiple

Tunnels to: ALB ARB, New Mexico Dulce, New Mexico Connections to Datil,Taos

LOS ALAMOS – Massive underground joint military-alien facilities connected via
shuttle to the Dulce, New Mexico facility to the NW. The deeper facilities under Los
Alamos reportedly descend to great depths and intersect with alien sectors which
constitute the largest concentration of grey alien activity in North America, with
Dulce running a close second… although many of the aliens apparently commute
between Dulce and Los Alamos. To minimize cattle mutilations the U.S. government
has reportedly been transporting daily shipments of cattle to rendezvous points in the
mountains SE of Los Alamos, where some have reported massive UFO activity on
these occasions, and also ancient heiroglyphs depicting alien beings, source: Thomas
Costallo; Sharula [Bonnie] Dux; K. Studstrup; etc.

Los Alamos, New

Mexico Functions: Psychotronic Research, Psychotionic Weapons Levels: Multiple Tunnels
to: ALB AFB, New Mexico Dulce, New Mexico Connections to Datil, Taos –

ORGAN MTS. – 60 miles NW of El Paso, Texas in the Organ Mts. of New Mexico.

Helen Compton Gordon and her husband discovered an old abandoned mine far above
the “Bean Blossom Mine” near their former home. Climbing the ore- splattered slope
they entered the other mine and discovered deep inside an immense chasm separated
from the main tunnel passage by a rock wall, on the other side of which was a narrow
ledge-precipice at the edge of the chasm. They threw lighted sticks down the shaft and
they seemed to “fall forever”, also rocks were thrown in which they could not hear hit
bottom. An old timer in the area told them it was a “glory hole” and that miners
tended to avoid them, source: SHAVER MYSTERY magazine, Vol.1, No.2 [1947]

PIE TOWN – An unexplored cave with large steps leading deep into the earth near El
Moro National Monument NE of Pie Town. Also reports of a southern extension base
between Pie Town and Datil which is linked underground to the Dulce base in NW
New Mexico, source: THE HIDDEN CITY OF CHIHUATLAN, by Charles A.
Marcoux; Thomas A. Castello

7. Sandia Base, New Mexico

Functions: Research in Electrical/magnetic Phenomena
Levels: Multiple
Tunnels to: Dulce Base

Notes: Related Projects are studied at Sandia Base by The Jason Group’ (of 55
Scientists). They have secretly harnessed the ‘Dark Side of Technology’ and hidden
the beneficial technology from the public.

SAN CRISTOBAL – A homeless man spent the night in a black rock cavern near
some [hot?] springs north of San Cristobal [north of Taos]. He was frightened from
the cave after seeing a “lizard like” humanoid, the size of a man and walking upright
on two feet, source: Tim Ore.

8. Sunspot, NM

Function unknown

9. Taos, New Mexico

Function unknown

Tunnels to: Dulce, New Mexico; Cog, Colorado

Notes: Several other sidelines to area where Uranium is mined or processed.

TAOS – Reports of a native American legend stating that Montezuma was born near
Taos and was “instructed by beings who lived in Pueblo Peak, which is near Blue
Lake, where UFO’s have been seen entering and exiting the water. Near Taos, in a
cave above the Lucero River, not far from Frijoles Canyon, ancient and modern
sacrifices were carried out by secret cults. “Members of secret society groups in Taos

have been found beheaded, like Arthur Manby who told of a secret “Aztland” Hot
Springs roughly 1 1 miles NW of Taos, flanked by petroglyphs on the canyon walls,
source: ALIEN INVADERS, article/treatise by TAL LeVesque

TRUTH OR CONSEQUENCES – A Mr. Lemon stated that when he was young,
about 12, he was out hunting deer NORTH of Truth or Consequences, and was
tracking a wounded deer he had shot when he came across an intricately carved stone
stairway that led down into the earth, which he determined to investigate after he
killed the deer. He searched for years but was never able to find the enigmatic
staircase again, source: Cossette Willoughby

10. White Sands, NM

Function: Missile testing/design
Levels: Seven known

NEW HAMPSHIRE There may be as many as three underground installations in New
Hampshire’s hills, according to reports.

NEW YORK

New York, New York

Function unknown

Tunnels to: Capitol Building, D.C.

New York City

There is an entrance to the tunnels in New York City “in the vicinity of Midtown
Manhattan that can be reached through an abandoned elevator shaft that only very few
know about

NEW YORK

MANHATTAN – A large triangular system of tunnels utilized by a “masonic lodge”,
deep below the surface of Manhattan, source: “Tunnels and Caverns Beneath New
York City”, article by R. L. Blain-Sanders in the Fall, 1981 issue of SHAVERTRON
Magazine

MANHATTAN – Con Edison, while drilling a test hole in the north end of East River
Park, broke through to open space about 200 feet below, suggesting the existence of a
large cavern below, source: uncertain.

MANHATTAN – Strange stories of several sub-basement levels descending below the
Empire State Building, rumors of descending sub-basements connecting with ancient
tunnels and sub-basement levels controlled by the Federal government. Following the
Twin Towers bombing it was reported that 6 sub-levels controlled by the Secret
Service were damaged. These aspects of the bombings were, predictably, not

advertised by the national media monopolies, source: THE PHOENIX LIBERATOR;
various private news sources

MANHATTAN – The Episcopal Church of St. John the Divine at 103 St. and
Amsterdam reportedly conceals the entrance to an underground cavern used by an
occult lodge, an actual “city” left over from former sub-inhabitants of the eastern
seaboard during antediluvian/ Atlantean times, and protected by “space- warping”
technology, source: ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM & PARAPSYCHOLOGY,
by Leslie A. Shepard, pp. 889-890; Maurice Doreal

LINCOLN TUNNEL – A man and his wife, traveling through winter snow, parked
their car in the Lincoln tunnel to wipe the snow from off of the car, and vanished
without a trace, source: John Grant

MONT AUK – An underground base 8-9 levels deep below Camp Hero at Montauk
Point, Long Island, which is reportedly occupied by Ciakars from Alpha Draco, Greys
from Rigel Orion, Black Ops & German Intelligence – Thule Society agents. The
Montauk mind control and space-time manipulation projects were based there and at
25 other bases around North America and reportedly involved over 25 thousand
“abductees” who have been programmed to serve the as “sleeper” agents of the New
World Order. The computer archives of the Montauk Project are housed in the
underground facility near the Alsace-Lorraine region near the German-French border,
and is known as the Montauk Alsace Lorraine Time Archives [M.A.L.T.A.].
Entrances reportedly exist under the old 7-story Montauk Tower in the nearby town of
Montauk; near the Sage Radar Tower and buildings to the north; under the old
Montauk Air Force Station; Block Island; East Hampton; in a hill near the Light
House at Montauk ‘Point’ itself; in the cliffs overlooking the beaches near Camp Hero;
behind the so-called “cement bunkers” that have been sealed; under the “mystery
closets” which can be seen throughout the area; and connecting the basements of three
[?] buildings – now demolished – in the Shadmoor area directly west of the Ditch
Plains public bathhouse and parking lot; an entrance near a boulder which sits along
the west side of the SE entry road to the base; and also at Fort Pond Bay. source:
Preston Nicholes; Peter Moon; Duncan Cameron; Al Bielek; John Quinn; Michelle
Guerin; Michael Ash; Mr. “X”; etc.

ROME – A very large underground facility located at the Rome National Air Base
where is located a “Montauk Chair” similar to the one at the base under Montauk
Point, Long Island. An underground tunnel with electric cars reportedly connects this
facility with another smaller facility in Rochester, an entrance to this tunnel
connection allegedly being located under the Andrews Street bridge in Rochester,
source: Mr. X.

NEW YORK New York, New York Function unknown Tunnels to: Capitol Building,
D.C.

NORTH CAROLINA

The Brown Mountain Entrance

Brown Mountain is in North Carolina near Morganton. Morganton is “about 15 miles
north of an actual highway marker which has been posted by the state providing any
visitor the best view” of Brown Mountain. Brown Mountain is an area in which many
strange lights have been seen. There are entrances that lead inside the mountain to an
isolated (?) Alien base.

OHIO

WRIGHT-PATTERSON AFB – see: NEW JERSEY, NEWARK

Wright-Patterson Air Force Base – Dayton, Ohio Function: Air Force Repository.
Rumored to house stealth technology and prototype craft

OKLAHOMA

ADA – Joint alien-military underground facility, source: UFO Magazine, Vol.7, No.6,
1992

BINGER – A large mound north of Binger has traditionally been “haunted” and also
the site of a legendary entrance to a vast system of labyrinths leading to the “Land of
Kenyon” within a vast cavern illuminated by a bluish electromagnetic
aurora/phosphorescence, in which live a peaceable race. However deep below this
cavern are other darker realms where malevolent “serpent people” dwell, source:
Charles Marcoux

MCALESTER – Just before the Korean war three men explored a cavern NE of
MCalester, underneath a “haunted mound”, near which strange manifestations, animal
mutilations and missing livestock had been reported. The owner at the time had put
crosses on the knoll in order to keep “evil spirits” away. The three man, once inside,
made their way down into a large cavern and found a seemingly “bottomless shaft”
around which spiraled a stone staircase with steps large enough to accommodate a 12
foot giant. They descended for about a mile, not reaching the bottom, and decided to
go back up. After the first two had emerged they heard a scream from the third, and
some shots from his .45 revolver. They helped him out and in terror he told of hairy
animal- men who had suddenly snuck up from behind him, grabbing him and trying to
pounce him down to the ground. As evidence he showed his friends the
YELLOWISH BLOOD that his gun had extracted from the creatures, source: Charles
Marcoux; Victor John C. Johnson

Also in a similar fashion LOCAL reporters in the early hours of the Oklahoma City
bombing reported that underground tunnels containing all kinds of military hardware

had been blasted open, and also rumors of an 18-leveled underground facility below
the Murah Federal Building, with the 5 upper levels being used for parking.

OKLAHOMA CITY – Reports which surfaced in the first hours after the Oklahoma
City Federal building bombing but were suppressed by the national media, of
Firefighters who told of huge tunnels that had been blasted open where they were
shocked to see huge underground rooms filled with military arsenals, including
missiles and missile launchers, tanks, etc. Also reports of an 18-level base beneath
this Federal Building [and others?], with the top 5 levels being used for underground
parking, source: THE PHOENIX LIBERATOR

Tulsa Oklahoma has one and just NE of there we appear to have one with a saucer
coming out of it.

OREGON

1. Cave Junction, Oregon

Function: Suspected Underground UFO Base
Levels: At least one

Notes: Suspected location is in or near Hope Mountain. Near Applegate Lake, Oregon,
just over into California. Multiple shafts, access areas to over 1500 feet depth. Built
using abandoned mine with over 36 known miles of tunnels, shafts.

2. Crater Lake, Oregon

Tunnels: possible to Cave Junction

FORT ROCK BASIN – Water wells north of Fort Rock Basin have been known to
blow air for days during periods of high barometric pressure – times when they should
rather be taking in air. source: “Central Oregon’s Underground World Filled With
Wind That Roars, Whistles…”, Article by Larry Chitwood in THE OREGONIAN, Oct.
31, 1985

3. Klamath Falls, Oregon

PORTLAND – “The Astounding Woodstock Mystery Hole just 2 miles west of 1-205
located in Portland Oregon. Inside the Mystery Hole you’ll find a Giant Double Arch,
Geometric “codes” inscribed on walls, and other oddities. A Black Obsidian Mirror,
and a Florite Crystal Tower, re-constructed based on information gleaned from the
curious glyphs insculptured on the Giant Double Arch found deep inside The Mystery
Hole.” source: INSIDE THE MYSTERY HOLE website.

4. Wimer, Oregon (Ashland Mt. area)

Function: Underground Chemical Storage
Levels: At least one

PENNSYLVANIA

Raven Rock, Pa (near Ligonier)

Function: working back up underground Pentagon – sister site of Mt. Weather
Notes: 650′ below summit, 4 entrances.

ALLEGHENY MOUNTAINS – About 50 miles south of Pittsburgh in the first range
of the Allegheny mountains, George A. Lehew reportedly found a cavern which he
penetrated for over a mile, the passages becoming increasingly wider. He descended
at about a 45 degree angle until reaching a room in which he found a 6-ft.-wide
thermol bore, a perfectly circular shaft with smooth glazed walls that had apparently
been melted through the rock/earth in some ancient time. Old timers in the area
alleged that six “survivors” in 1915 took gear and equipment and spent a month
exploring the cave, going 18 miles from the entrance and down almost 5 miles below
sea level, where they distinctly heard the “rumble of machinery” off in the distance,
source: Letter from George A. Lehew in AMAZING STORIES Magazine, Dec. 1946.

BLUE RIDGE SUMMIT – The location of the so-called “underground Pentagon”
maintained by nearby Ft. Ritchie, and used as a major electronic nerve center for the
U.S. military. A massive installation that is also known as “Raven Rock” or “Site R”
that was blasted out of greenstone granite 650 feet below. A 260,000 sq. ft. facility
sprawling beneath 716 acres composed of five different “buildings” in specially
excavated separate caverns, literally forming an underground “pentagon”. Also
contains fluorescent lights, convenience store, barbershop, medical and dining
facilities, an underground reservoir containing millions of gallons of water, a chapel,
35 miles of telephone lines, and six 1,000- watt generators. It is a supercomputing and
electronic command post linked with several military communications networks
around the globe, and is reportedly connected via tunnel to Camp David several miles
to the north near the town of Thurmont. source: UFO Magazine, Vol.7, No. 6; Richard
Sauder.

DIXONVILLE – Mine inspector Glenn E. Berger reported in 1944 to his superiors
that the Dixonville mine disaster which “killed” 15 men was not the result of a cave-in,
but rather an attack by underground creatures capable of manipulating the earth
[partial cave-ins], whose domain the miners had apparently penetrated. Most of the
dead miners were not injured by falling rocks but showed signs of large claw marks,
others were missing, and one survivor spoke of seeing a vicious humanoid creature
that was ‘not of this world’ within an ancient passage that the miners had broke into.
The creature somehow created a “cave-in”, blocking himself and another inspector
[who closed his eyes when he felt the creatures ‘hot breath’ on his neck] from the main
passage until another rescue party began to dig through the collapse, scaring the
“creature” away, source: Article by Stoney Brakefield in NEWS EXTRA, July 14,

1974.

NEW KENSINGTON – A creature, about 4 ft. tall, walking on two feet and “half
humanoid – half dinosaur” was seen by grownups and children. One boy attempted to
grab the creature from behind, which let out a squealing or screeching sound and
escaped. Also, children attempted to pour gasoline on the creature and light it,
unsuccessfully, before it escaped into a “sewer tunnel” nearby, source: “Green Thing
Sparks Rumors”, article by Michael Burke, in THE VALLEY NEWS DISPATCH,
New Kensington-Terentum & Vandergraft, PA., March 5, 1981 issue.

PITTSBURGH – Two boys enter a cave in a Pittsburgh suburb that was uncovered by
road excavation work, only to find a partially buried thermol-bore [a perfectly round
fused polished shaft apparently melted through the rock], partially concealed by dirt,
and which they uncover and explore. Their dog runs down the sloping shaft, which is
about 4 ft. in diameter, ahead of them until a deep, vibrating sound is heard, following
which the dog came running back out of the shaft, clawing its way over them and in
total terror, running back home. The cave was then subsequently covered by further
road excavation. Also rumors of old robber gangs in frontier times who would rob
banks and escape to hide away in ancient caverns underground, via an “automatic
door” they had discovered in the cliffs, source: THE SHAVER MYSTERY Magazine

SOUTH CAROLINA

COLUMBIA – The alleged discovery of an underground tunnel by a family
picknicking in the suburban town of Irmo, 4 miles NW of Columbia, Irmo having
been suspected in the past of harboring U.N. fugitives. John Don Cooper and his son
Wayne Dwayne discovered the opening while out foraging for branches for their
makeshift lean-to. The passage led to a man-made cave. According to police
spokesman Ralph Hightower the tunnel was located in a wooded area next to the
parking lot of the Irmo K-Mart, which was not heavily visited due to competition
from a nearby Wal-Mart and Sams Club. Cooper immediately called (-1-1 and the
Irmo SWAT Team responded by storming K-Mart and the tunnel. Caught by surprise,
the U.N. infiltrators lost the battle, which lasted about 4 hours, however it was found
that the tunnel branched out to many different and still unknown locations. The tunnel
at the town limits of Irmo was sealed by the SWAT Team. Hightower said: “…I don’t
think they’ll be back ’cause we kicked their butts real good.” source: local newspaper
article from Columbia, S.C., Nov. 23, 1997

GAFFNEY – In the mid-1960’s, a woman in Gaffney complained to the local police
that someone was digging tunnels under her house, as she was plagued by eerie hums
and strange mechanical sounds emanating from under her house, source: THE 8TH
TOWER, by John A. Keel

TENNESSEE

GALLATIN – On Sept. 23, 1880 at about 3:30 in the afternoon former David Land
dematerialized in front of 5 witnesses while walking across a field. Mrs. Lang ran and
pounded the ground where he had vanished. Seven months later Lang’s children
insisted that they had heard their father crying distantly from UNDERNEATH the
field. He seemed desperate and tortured, and was begging for help, until his voice
faded away and was not heard again. Where he was last seen there was a circle of
WITHERED yellow grass 20 feet in diameter, source: MAJESTIC, by Whitley
Streiber

TEXAS

ALPINE – The ‘haunted’ Refugio mine in the Chispa Mts. 60 miles SW of Alpine,
which had been abandoned in spite of a large amount of silver ore still remaining
within. As one investigator attempted to enter a ‘drift’, a thunderous noise and a rush
of air came from the tunnel, throwing him against the opposite wall, bruised and
dazed, as the air subsided “one of the post piercing and plaintive cries I ever heard”
emerged, the terrorized Henry Boyd said. The phenomena was repeated as he left the
mine, and later attempts to work the mine ended in injury and terror, some of the men
who later attempted to enter the enigmatic tunnel were thrown repeatedly broken and
bruised against the tunnel walls as if by an invisible force, source: NEW YORK
HERALD, Jan. 4, 1903

ATHENS – Joint alien-military underground facility, source: UFO Magazine, Vol.7,
No.6, 1992

BETWEEN FREDRICKSBURG & MASON – Kiser cave, reportedly pours out a
steady stream of carbon dioxide from its mouth, a phenomena which has not yet been
explained, source: EXPLORING AMERICAN CAVES, by Franklin Folsom

Camp Bullis, in northwest San Antonio, Texas, not too far from Interstate Highway 10.
This is an Army training base, immediately adjacent to neighboring Camp Stewart,
another Army base that keeps a much lower profile. I have been told that the Camp
Bullis/Camp Stewart reservation is the site of an underground base.

1. Calvert, Texas
Function unknown

DALLAS – The Texas Instruments plant, near the main gate of the Dallas facility,
allegedly conceals an underground entrance leading to large caverns below.
Allegations that certain “Shaver Mystery” experts were asked to enter the caverns
where small green- skinned humanoids were being contained in cages, in order to offer

their opinions as to who or what the beings were, source: Henry M. Steele

DENTON – Underground FEMA facility, source: Richard Sauder

Denton “908” (C.O.G) seems to have an isolated one

EL PASO – Tunnel in the Franklin Mts. No further details, source: THE HIDDEN
CITY OF CHIHUATLAN, by Charles A. Marcoux

2. Fort Hood, Texas (also reported detainment camp)
Levels: Multiple

3. Fort Stockton, Texas
Function: Unknown

Tunnels to: Carlsbad, New Mexico

Fort Hood, near Killeen, Texas, 70 miles north of Austin. This was also the site of
one of the original Q Areas. I have been told that the area of Fort Hood, and the
former Killeen and Gray Air Force Bases, are the site of a secret underground
complex. I communicated with one ex-Fort Hood soldier whose duty area was at a
checkpoint two miles inside a tunnel leading to an underground area, near the former
Gray Air Force Base.

Ft. Stockton and in Old Mexico there is one at Chihuahua.

FORT WORTH – On the afternoon of Friday, July 13th, 1984, a 20 foot long,
2-foot-high bulge stretched the surface of a street in Fort Worth, as if a giant
earthworm was trying to come up from under the road. It seemed alive, swaying back
and forth, said Charlie McCafferty of the fire dept. “What spooked me was there
wasn’t even a crack in the road.” Jackhammers were used to break through the asphalt
& concrete, where they found silt layers intact and no evidence of gas buildup.
Shortly after the above event a similar mound was seen on Calvin Lang’s homestead
at the outskirts of Ft. Worth, and after prodding it with a rake it disappeared yet it had
left some buildings torn apart, fences torn down, and shrubs and trees uprooted. Later
Jeremy Boiter spotted what appeared to be a giant tentacle erupting from the ground
in a shower of gravel and dirt about 2 miles away. It seized a can and her kittens,
devouring them in seconds as well as two growling dog which it swallowed in its
“slick dripping mouth”. His friend Phil Dewar also found scraps of birds, rabbits and

other while animals among the rubble of a destroyed hut. source: THE WORLD’S
MOST INCREDIBLE STORIES, by Adam Sisman; THE GAZETTE, Schenectady,
N.Y., 16 July 1984; NATIONAL EXAMINER, 12 Feb. 1985

In Texas there is one at Lubbock.

■ Medina Annex, at Lackland Air Force Base, in San Antonio. This facility lies in
southwest San Antonio, on the south side of Rte. 90, immediately west of the junction
of Interstate 410 and Rte. 90. This is one of the original Q Areas built by the Pentagon
back in the late 1940s and 1950s for the storage and assembly of nuclear weapons.
Local lore has it that the underground portion is very large. I have been told that the
underground base is very deep and cold, for whatever reason. The National Security
Agency (NS A) also has a major presence at the Medina Annex with thousands of
personnel. I have on occasion driven by the Medina Annex on Rte. 90 and the base
has a very dark, ominous presence.

UTAH

UTAH- ARIZONA –

” A-K warriors watching undercover and very secretive government movements going
on in southern Utah and northern Arizona by the government and archaeology dept. of
Utah. They are mapping the Anasazi underground caverns and tunnel systems in
Arizona, Utah, Nevada, and New Mexico. This action has been going on for about 2
years. They are using a new development of radar coupled with siesmo graphic signals.
One of ours spies in the government said recently that they have made some rather
astounding discoveries. Navaho and Kaweah warriors are watching this gab gang of
white men. Kawewah warriors in Arizona are looking for two gold hunters in south
Arizona area.” source: “Anasazi Underground”, report from AMERICAN INDIAN
DEFENSE, Hutchinson, Kansas.

UTAH

ALPINE – This “suburban legend” involves a farmer near Alpine who solicited the
help of some other men to move a large boulder in his field. The boulder was moved,
only to reveal a tunnel leading downward. They descended the sloping tunnel but
came to a place where their progress was prevented by a “giant serpent”. In fear, they
went back to the surface and re-sealed the shaft with the boulder, source: K. Studstrup.

CANYON-LANDS NATIONAL PARK – The Druid Arch area is reportedly the site
of a joint alien-military base. Many unusual phenomena have been described,
including strange men “posing” as park rangers discouraging people from going into
certain “public” areas, invisible military personnel who could only been seen as
reflections in mirrors, UFO sightings and manifestations, and also a high level of

electromagnetic energy which adversely affects electronic equipment, source: “Lands
of Ancient Star People”, article by Robert Morning Sky in UFO UNIVERSE, Spring,
1996.

1. Dugway, Utah

Function: Chemical Storage, Radiation storage.

DUGWAY – Reported underground connection to the Sub-Global network, and also
reports of automatons and reptilian humanoids operating under holographic human
disguises, who have been seen to transform temporarily to their alien state, according
to a hair stylist and a worker at an auto shop in the town of Dugway who both
witnesses such temporary transformations, source: confidential

LITTLE COTTONWOOD CANYON – A few miles up the canyon there are 3 switch
backs on the north side of the road, with security signs posted, leading up to the
“granite” cliffs. The first switch back leads to the underground records vault
maintained by the Mormon church, which has an underground but “off limits”
connecting passage which leads deeper into the mountain, to a massive cavern where
military and alien personnel collaborate, and in which witnesses have observed
massive construction projects, and large underground buildings in which humans and
greys have been seen working at benches on electronic [mind control, etc.] equipment.
Also, reports of a “Melchizedek” lodge penetrating the Mormon/LDS and Masonic
lodges, the Mt. Shasta Mayan colony, and other lodges’ in Sirius and Arcturus, which
have formerly maintained treaties with the grey aliens although many of them have
turned against the greys as a result of their betrayals of interactive treaties. The 2nd
and 3rd switch backs going up the canyon both intersect at the same point, which is
apparently the main surface entrance to the underground “military” facility, source:
several confidential sources

SALEM-THISTLE – Under the mountains between Salem and Thistle [ghost town]
Utah, there are, according to reports, caverns in which a joint Nazi – Masonic –
Reptilian underground facility is maintained. Also reports of massive alien/reptilian
“infiltration” activity in the area and especially along the “Wasatch Front” of the
Western Rockies, source: confidential sources

2. Salt Lake City Mormon Caverns

Function: Religions archives storage.
Levels: Multiple

Tunnels to: Delta, Colorado & Riverton, Wyoming

SALT LAKE CITY AIRPORT – Underground FEMA facility, source: Alan
DeWalton

Utah there is one at Salt Lake City (R&D AFB).

SALT LAKE CITY – Massive underground facility for human cloning, beneath the
University of Utah, where human cloning has been carried out at least since 1977.
source: ORION TECHNOLOGY, MIND CONTROL, AND OTHER SECRET
PROJECTS, by Val Valerian

SALT LAKE CITY – Below Crossroads Plaza [via the EXITS behind the “Crossroads
Cinemas” theater on the “right” {?} and also under “manhole” covers within and
outside of the mall] are reportedly ancient tunnels that were discovered by early
construction workers and excavators, some of which have been refurbished. Also
hints of a human/alien collaboration in the area. The tunnels, catacombs and cavern
systems below reportedly involve the following: Dangerous encounters with reptilian
humanoids, federal agency involvement, men seen in a 300 ft. long chamber wearing
suits and carrying Uzi machine guns, holographically concealed side passages, a
greenish glow seen emanating from behind a locked[?] door in the 3rd sub-level
below Crossroads, ancient wooden doors blocking passages that lead north – also on
the 3rd sub-level, tunnels under the NE corner of the Crossroads plaza leading south
and east that are blocked by metal gates, a huge passage “large enough to drive a semi
through” leading south and strung with lights at the bottom of a multi-leveled concrete
shaft with descending trap doors, three-toed footprints and a seemingly bottomless pit
seen in the cavern from which the “semi” tunnel extends southward, rumors of over
100 miles of passages some ancient and some modern, several accounts of people
who have disappeared in the underground labyrinth, paranormal manifestations, and
whispered rumors of connections to a vast system of cavern-networks covering an
area of about 1000 miles diameter and part of an uncollapsed segment of an ancient
global aquifer which collapsed forming the ocean beds – a vast system of caverns with
penetrates Utah and extends into parts of Idaho, Nevada, Arizona and Colorado,
source: several confidential sources

ZION CANYON – Reports of a vast underground drainage system which receives the
waters of the Great American desert of Utah, Nevada, Arizona and California,
stretching from Zion Canyon, to the Grand Canyon of Arizona, to the Carson Sink of
Nevada, and to the Mojave desert of California, through which large subterranean
rivers flow, source: Letter from Chuck Edwards in THE HIDDEN WORLD, issue
A-8 [1962]

VIRGINIA

BELLS COVE – Near the small village [ghost town?] of Bell’s Cove is Buck Hill
Caverns, deep within which explorers reportedly discovered a seemingly bottomless
shaft, from which emerged the distinct sound of sobbing, or crying and wiling as of a
woman in pain, source: “The Phantom of Buck Hill Caves”, from CORNET magazine,

Oct. 1961

■ Mount Weather, near Bluemont, Virginia on Rte. 601, is the major underground
command center for the Federal Emergency Management Agency. FEMA has a 400
acre complex on the surface of the mountain. The underground base is very large, and
actually qualifies as a high-tech, subterranean town. This base dates to the 1950s.

BLUEMONT/BLUE RIDGE MOUNTAINS/BLUE RIDGE MOUNTAIN
RD/VIRGINIA STATE ROUTE 601 – Mt. Weather, in northern Virginia, is a virtual
underground city 46 nukes from Washington D.C., a C.O.G. [Continuity Of
Government] facility, and the hub of the FEMA subterranean network [and its
underground facilities which exist beneath several major airport terminals] . The
infrastructure of Mt. Weather includes microwave communications systems, a small
spring-fed lake, a pair of 250,000 gallon water tanks and several ponds, a sewage
treatment plant capable of processing 40,000 gallons per day, a hospital, cafeterias, a
diesel powered electrical generating plant, private living quarters and dormitories,
closed circuit TV, radio and TV studio, massive super-computing facilities which
store personal information on millions of Americans, war game simulators, electric
cars, etc. Insiders admit that an entire non-representive appointed “back up
government” lives in residence within Mt. Weather, being entirely unaccountable to
the citizens of the U.S.A. There are several C.O.G. facilities within a 300 mile radius
of Washington D.C., with Mt. Weather being the central coordinator of this “Federal
Arc”. At least 96 underground C.O.G. facilities exist in Pennsylvania, Maryland, West
Virginia, Virginia, and North Carolina, source: UFO Magazine, Vol.7, No. 6; Richard
Sauder; see also MOUNT WEATHER.

Located in the Blue Ridge Mountains access to the operations center is available
via Virginia State Route 601 (also called Blueridge Mountain Road) in Bluemont,
Virginia .^- The facility is located near Berryville , 48 miles (77 km) from Washington,
D.C m

The site was originally opened as a weather station in the late 1800s. It was used as
a Civilian Public Service facility (Camp #1 14) during World War U_ ~~^- At that time
there were just two permanent buildings on the site: the administration/dormitory
building, and the laboratory. Those buildings still stand, supplemented by many more
modern buildings.

The underground facility within Mount Weather, designated “Area B”, was completed
in 1959. FEMA established training facilities on the mountain’s surface (“Area A”) in

1979/m

The above-ground portion of the FEMA complex (Area A) is at least 434 acres
(176 ha). This measurement includes a training area of unspecified size.^ Area B,
the underground component, contains 600,000 square feet (56,000 m 2 ). s

CULPEPER – A couple miles east of Culpeper, just off Rt.3 in northern Virginia, is
Mt. Pony, beneath which lies a large underground government facility maintained by
the Federal Reserve and Treasury Dept. The 140,000 sq. ft. facility is said to be
supplied with water, food, a generator, communications equipment, etc. At least 5
billion dollars worth of Federal Reserve notes has been stored under Mt. Pony. The
facility also monitors major global and banking activity via a “Fed Wire”, source:
UFO Magazine, Vol.7, No. 6; Richard Sauder

LANGLEY – At least 7 levels of underground facilities beneath the CIA headquarters,
some of which contain recovered alien hardware, source: confidential

■ The Pentagon, in northern Virginia, the national military command center, across
the Potomac River from Washington, D.C.. The Pentagon was built directly on the
site of Robert E. Lee’s former plantation. I have been told that there are multiple
underground levels beneath the Pentagon. I don’t know how deep the complex goes,
but elsewhere in this book I discuss plans dating to the 1960s to build a very deep
base at the 3,500 foot level. I consider it likely that something like this has been done.

TAZEWELL – 6 miles SW of Tazewell is “Devils Slide Cave”, from which\h unusual
sounds have been heard to emanate, source: TECH TROGLODYTE [NSS affiliate
newsletter], Vol.12, No.2

Mount Poney – Near Culpepper, Virginia

Function unknown

WARRENTON – The Warrenton Training Center, and underground relocation center
for an unspecified Federal Agency. The U.S. Army maintains two underground
facilities near Warrenton, “Station A” on Rt.802 and “Station B” on Bear Wallow
Road, on Viewtree mountain. Some suggest that both stations, only a couple miles
apart, may be connected underneath. Large antennae towers and AT&T microwave
facilities suggest an electronics communications and computing facility. Security at
Station A is reportedly more extreme than at Station B. source: UFO Magazine, Vol.7,
No. 6; Richard Sauder

U.S. Army Warrenton Training Stations A and B, in the near vicinity of Warrenton,
Virginia are ostensibly U.S. Army facilities. But in reality, my research showed that
there is a CIA presence there. As for what sorts of operations take place there – who
knows? I visited these places in June of 1992 and found Station A on Rte. 802;

Station B is on Bear Wallow Road.

There are also Stations C and D elsewhere in the region, which I did not visit. In the
course of my research, I called up Col. Fletcher Prouty, the well-known author of the
book, The Secret Team.

For many years, at the height of the Cold War, Prouty was a liaison officer for the Air
Force, helping the CIA with its clandestine activities worldwide. I surmised that if
anyone ought to know something about what was going on at Warrenton it should be
Fletcher Prouty.

So I put the question to him point blank, and asked him what the CIA was doing
underground at a U.S. Army training installation in Warrenton, Virginia. To begin
with, he confirmed that the CIA was indeed present in Warrenton, and was using the
U.S. Army as a cover.

I asked him what was going on underground. He responded, “Well, you have to
understand that that gets into the realm of Special Operations and that’s classified”.
And that was all that I could pry out of him. I suspect the entire locale is tunneled out
underground.

The palpable Alice in Wonderland aura exuded by the Warrenton U.S. “Army”
Training Stations continues to linger in my memory, even with the passage of 17
years.

Before leaving Virginia, I also want to say something about another low profile CIA
facility. Camp Peary is located just a few miles from Colonial Williamsburg. It is
sometimes referred to as “The Farm” in popular parlance.
Though it is hard to find out much about the base, enough is known to say with
confidence that Camp Peary is the CIA’s main training and operations base in the
USA. As with the Warrenton Training Stations, the CIA uses a thin U.S. military
cover at Camp Peary; in this case, maps indicate that Camp Peary is a U.S. Navy
Reservation.

I am a native Virginian, from the Tidewater region, and spent my early childhood in a
community just 20 miles away from Camp Peary. In the 1970s I attended the College
Of William & Mary, in Colonial Williamsburg. Camp Peary lies just to the east of the
town of Williamsburg, on the northern side of Interstate Highway 64. 1 have driven
past the place numerous times over the years and it has always seemed darkly
brooding to me.

Camp Peary lies on the York River; immediately to the southeast lies the U.S. Navy’s
Cheatham Annex, a major weapons supply depot for the U.S. Navy’s Atlantic Fleet,
part of the Yorktown Naval Weapons Station. This interests me, because many years
ago I spoke with a woman whose father worked at the Cheatham Annex/ Yorktown
Naval Weapons Station complex in the years after World War II.
He was a construction worker, and at that time, about 60 years ago, the U.S. Navy
was building a facility deep below the water line. The whole site lies only a few feet
above sea level, so the water table is very close to the surface. The Navy used high
powered water pumps to instantly pump out the brackish ground water that was

rushing in, to keep the excavation from filling with water.

My acquaintance told me that her father said they used a fast setting concrete. She did
not know the purpose of the facility. The instructive part of the story is that even then,
60 years ago, military engineers had the capability to construct facilities below the
water line, using high powered pumps and quick setting concrete.
Moreover, the Navy’s Cheatham Annex lies immediately adjacent to the CIA’s
secretive Camp Peary base, nominally administered by the U.S. Navy. Considering
the Navy’s construction activities 60 years ago, and recalling that the Camp David
Presidential retreat in Maryland is also administered by the U.S. Navy and lies above
a major underground base hidden beneath it, I conclude that there is a high probability
that the Camp Peary/Cheatham Annex area along the York River is underlain by an
underground complex, too.

WASHINGTON

ELLENSBERG – Mel Waters tells of a “bottomless shaft” in the Madistash Ridge
near Ellensberg, about 10 feet wide. Also nicknamed Hell’s Hole. One man claims to
have dropped an old refrigerator down the shaft but did not hear it hit. Also reports of
military men in the area, and residents who were told not to talk about the subject,
also rumors that the U.S. military paid the discoverer a “fortune” to shut up about
shaft and “disappear”, source: STRANGE UNIVERSE, April 22, 1997; Art Bell’s
DREAMLAND radio program

FORT LEWIS – Many reports state that the Madigan military hospital 50 miles south
of Seattle is being used by aliens [reptilian] to process military personnel into an alien
agenda. The hospital is very high-tech with at least 3 underground levels that are off
limits to both civilian and military personnel. Many claim that most of the workers at
this Army hospital are “not human”, and a powerful electromagnetic field has been
reported within and surrounding the hospital area. The nearby Ft. Lewis has been
implicated in certain New World Order predatory activities, source: Article by Val
Valerian in THE LEADING EDGE magazine

1. Mt. Rainier, Washington

Function unknown.
Levels: Multiple
Tunnels to: Unknown

Notes: A very active UFO base exists beneath Mt. Rainier. There are also said to be
underground “vaults” containing
records of the ancient Lemurians.

Mt. Rainier, Washington Function unknown. Levels: Multiple Tunnels to: Unknown
Yakima Indian Reservation Function unknown Notes: Southeast of Tacoma
Washington, on the Reservation, in an area 40 by 70 miles. Unusual sounds from

underground (Toppenish Ridge). Low flying Silver Cigar shaped craft seen to
disappear into the Middle fork area of Toppenish creek.

2. Mt. St. Helens, Washington

Function: thought to be electromagnetic/ultra- and sub- sound research

TACOMA – A strange hole in the back yard of Jim and Harriet Johnson’s home,
which “devours” everything thrown into it. Cavers explored the hole and saw 3
cone-shaped stones that they could not explain. The Johnson’s built a deck over the
hole and planned to sell the house, after former owners related their own experiences.
The original owner told of being lowered down the hole only to have his oil lamp
sucked out of his hands, while another told of filling the hole with marble and ‘all
kinds of stuff, but the hole ‘erupted’ spewing stuff all over. Another filled the hole
with old tires, but the hole seemed to consume the tires, which began sinking out of
site, source: EVERETT HERALD [Everett Washington], March 17, 1980

3. Yakima Indian Reservation

Function unknown

Notes: Southeast of Tacoma Washington, on the Reservation, in an area 40 by 70
miles. Unusual sounds from underground (Toppenish Ridge). Low flying Silver Cigar
shaped craft seen to disappear into the Middle fork area of Toppenish creek

YAKIMA – An alien base reportedly lies below the Yakima Indian Reservation SE of
Tacoma, Washington, source: THE HOLLOW HASSLE
Newsletter, Vol.2, No.2

Washington DC

Function: Part of massive underground relocation system to house
select government and military personnel in event of cataclysmic event
Tunnels to: New York City; Mt. Weather

WASHINGTON D.C. –

The House of the Temple, the Scottish Rite Masonic headquarters, sits atop the
pentagram- like street layout of Washington D.C. and reportedly connects to ancient
glazed tunnels built by “Atlanteans” in antediluvian times, and also connections to a
massive cavern called “NOD” where the NSA, Sirians, and other alien species
collaborate in an agenda of global domination. Several D.C. buildings are reportedly
connected by underground tunnels, both ancient and modern, source: Jon Singer;
Richard Toronto; WEIRD AMERICA, by Jim Brandon

■ The White House has a very large, deeply buried facility underneath it. One of my
close friends was taken down into this facility during the Lyndon B. Johnson
administration in the 1960s. She entered an elevator in the White House and was
escorted straight down.

She believes that the elevator went down 17 levels. When the door opened
underground she was escorted down a corridor that appeared to disappear to the
vanishing point in the distance. Other doors and corridors opened off of that corridor.
That was what Washington, D.C. was really like underground almost half a century
ago.

■ My research indicates that Washington, D.C. has a veritable labyrinth of tunnels
beneath it. Some of the tunnels are publicly known, such as the Metro tunnels and the
underground train tunnels that members of Congress use to travel from their office
buildings to the Capitol building.

As I discuss elsewhere in this book, I have been told and read stories of other tunnels
that are more secret. In light of the available evidence, I incline to the view that these
stories contain an appreciable degree of truth.

WEST VIRGINIA

BRAXTON/WEBSTER COUNTIES – The area bordered by Newville on the west,
Helvetia on the east, Cleveland on the north and Hacker Valley on the south [Braxton
& Webster counties] contain many subsurface anomalies according to the late
husband of British Canadian Joan Howard, an abductee whose husband did survey
work in the area. He told of strange caverns in the area with strange sounds of voices
and machinery emerging from within as if beyond the walls, caves containing strange
hieroglyphic writings, a pipe that stands out of the ground FAR from any industrial
area which ejects a gas flame upwards, a cavern with a deep chasm near which at least
one man vanished [from his sleeping bag at night outside the entrance], and one
cavernous labyrinth deep within which one man encountered a woman with no hair
who spoke to him in an unknown language, yet being unable to understand him she
gave up and disappeared into the depths of the labyrinth, source: THE SPACE – OR
SOMETHING – CONNECTION, by Joan Howard

Greenbrier Facility, West Virginia – White Sulfer Springs, W. Va
under the Greenbriar Resort,

They don’t even hide this one, and it’s even a daily tourist “fun joke”. The
Underground vault was built to meet the needs of a Congress-in-hiding – in fact the
hotel is a replica of the White House. The underground area has a chamber for the
Senate, a chamber for the House and a massive hall for joint sessions. Although the
hotel says it gives tours of the 1 12,000 square area daily, the installation still stands at
the ready, its operators still working undercover at the hotel. The secrecy that has
surrounded the site has shielded it both from public scrutiny and official reassessment.
From an article by Ted Gup: “House Speaker Thomas Foley, one of the very few in

Congress who has been briefed on the Greenbrier facility, declined to comment for
this article. But former speaker Thomas P. “Tip” O’Neill says the evacuation plan
always seemed “far-fetched” to him. “I never mentioned it to anybody,” O’Neill
recalls. “But every time I went down to the Greenbrier — and I went there half a dozen
times — I always used to look at the hill and say, ‘Well, that’s where we’re supposed to
live in the event something happens, and that’s where we’re going to do business,
maybe under the tennis courts.”
WEST VIRGINIA: Greenbrier Facility, White Sulfer Springs, West Virginia under
the Greenbriar Resort.

POINT PLEASANT – 7 ft. tall reptilian humanoids with 10 ft.-span wings and
glowing red hypnotic eyes were observed by several dozen witnesses near Point Pleasant and surrounding communities in the mid 1960’s. One of the most concentrated encounter areas was the so-called TNT area where concrete domes led to several miles of underground tunnels where explosives were stored during WWII.

Some young people observed one of the creatures which they chased into one of the
“domes” which covered the now “capped” tunnel entrances, however when they
entered the dome the creature had vanished. These creatures were described as being
something similar to a cross between a humanoid and a pterodactyl, and have been
referred to as the Mothmen, Winged Dracos, Winged Serpents, Gargoyles, or Ciakars.
John Keel visited the TNT area personally and discovered one large circular area
where an almost PHYSICAL atmosphere of terror gripped him and did not leave until
he left the “circle”, source: THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES, by John A. Keel.

WEST VIRGINIA, WHITE SULPHUR SPRINGS – A large C.O.G. [Continuity Of
Government] facility exists beneath the Greenbrier Hotel, containing living quarters
to house 800 people, meeting rooms and banks of computers and communications
equipment, 250 miles SW of Washington D.C. in the Allegheny mountains. Also a
large dormitory, infirmary, shower facilities, television studio, phone booths, dining
areas, power plant, etc. source: UFO Magazine, Vol.7, No. 6; Richard Sauder.

WYOMING
Riverton, Wyoming

Function unknown

Tunnels to: Salt Lake, Utah Denver, Colorado
An interesting story:
Sudden Valley, WA – from Sid

“Sudden Valley is a private community with its own security, golf course, spa, rec.
facilities, etc. We moved there in 1992. <Wife> got a job as office manager at the
resort headquarters. I got close to all the security force personnel… just cause that’s
what I do 😉 I had noticed that an airport was shown on the resort map right next to
the road leading to Bellingham. I went past this area almost daily. All I saw was a dirt
strip that looked like it had never been used. I was curious!”

“A fellow employee and woman who became a good friend of my wife told us that
the CIA had come to her when she was employed at the phone company and
requested all the phone records of: Santo Trafficante, Jr, who was an infamous Mafia
boss. WHAT? says I. Seems he was living openly in Sudden Valley under his own
name and his children going to school in Bellingham. This was at the time the CIA
and FBI were seeking him desperately for questioning concerning JFKs murder. No
surprise that those diligent agencies were unable to locate the fugitive. I later found
out from a friend who moved to Sudden Valley at its inception that there were high
ranking military folks, including a 4-star Ret. General and ‘many Mafia types living
there incognito.

“I never could get any answers out of the old timers about this airport. Most told me
they were unaware of its existence. Well, what finally happened is that we decided to
move in 1996 and we wanted to sell our classic Mercedes-Benz 280 SL before we left.
Our neighbor across the street handled the sale of our home and told me that the
owner of this airport that no one heard of collected classic Mercedes. He suggested
that I go see him. How?, says I. Oh, there’s a dirt road off the main highway that takes
you to it. It’s not marked.”

“Well, off I went. Sure enough, I found it and followed it about 1/2 mile into the
forest. There before me was a fully equipped land and sea plane facility. There were
approx. 20 aircraft parked there. I proceeded to the private home that was at the end of
the road. Went up to the door and rang… then knocked… then tooted my horn. NAD A!
Someone was in one of the hangers pounding on a plane. I went there and shouted. No
response, but the pounding stopped. I waited for maybe 10 minutes, then left. Next
time I went by the dirt road, it was chained off with a big sign saying NO Trespassing.
I was told that shortly after we moved, this whole airport and dock port was sold to a
private citizen. Keep in mind the caliber of *some of the folks* that reside in SV and
its proximity to Canada. Perhaps 20 mins away by air.”
WORLD UNDERGROUND BASES
The Nahanni Valley (Canada) Entrance

This covers 250 square miles in the southern end of the Mackenzie Mountains of
Canada. It lies almost 550 miles due west of Fort Simpson on the Mackenzie River of
northwest Canada. Hot springs and sulfur geysers keep the valley warmer than the
surrounding areas by about 30 degrees year -round (the valley is above 60 degrees
latitude), making it perpetually mist-covered. This valley is inhabited only by animals
as people entering the valley are usually found headless and quite dead. The Indian
tribes of the area avoid this valley. (These tribes include the Ojibways, the Slave, the
Dogribs, the Stoney, the Beavers and the Chipweyans.) This valley is often referred to
as “the Valley of the Headless Men.
The Liyobaa Cave Entrance

This was sealed off by Catholic Priests who believed it to be an entrance to “Hell.”
“The village of ‘Liyobaa’ or to translate, ‘The Cavern of Death,’ was located in the
province of Zapoteca, somewhere near the ancient village of ‘Mictlan’ or the village of
the ‘Underworld.

“The Cavern of Death was actually located in the last chamber of an eight chamber
building or temple. This temple had four rooms above the ground and four more
important chambers built below the surface of the Earth. This building was located in
“Theozapotlan,” and the tunnel entrance led one beneath a mountain.

The Maltese Cave Entrance

This entrance is located on the island of Malta, near the small village of “Casal
Paula.” (This village is built on the “Corradino” plateau, and overlooks the capitol town of Malta, “Valletta,” as well as Grand Harbour.) In 1902, workmen digging a
well in Casal Paula fell into a subterranean cavern. The well was being dug for a
house on “Hal Saflienti,” the main street in Casal Paula. The cavern the workers had
fallen into connected with an entire complex of caves and tunnels. This entrance is
known as the “Hypogeum of Hal Saflienti.” (In Latin, “Hypogeum” is the name for an
underground structure.) “The tunnels under the Hypogeum have been sealed off even
since a school took 30 students into the caves and disappeared, guide and all. Search
parties were never able to locate any trace of the people and children.
The Staffordshire, England Entrance

Somewhere in Staffordshire, England, a lonely field exists in which a laborer
discovered a large iron plate beneath the dirt. The “hatch” was large and oval, with an
iron ring mounted on it. This entrance led into the tunnels. The field is in a valley
surrounded on almost all sides by woods. The laborer was digging a trench for some
purpose. The incident was reported in “A History of Staffordshire” by Dr. Plot, who
wrote the book in the late 1700s. It may be possible to find the entrance if it can be
ascertained exactly which valley the laborer was digging in.
Canadian UFO Bases

Entrances at Lake Ontario possible underwater UFO bases/cities. Toronto Tunnels
leading to subterranean city. Newfoundland Condemned Iron Mine connects with
tunnels. Lake Ontario “Lights” Orange-colored spheres have been seen coming out
of/diving into Lake Ontario. The area of highest activity is between Oakville and
Toronto. There may be a connection to the Lake view Hydro-electric plant, as many of
these UFOs have been seen heading in that direction. (Note: “The Great Lakes
Triangle” by Jay Gourley would be interesting reading for more information about
UFOs, etc. in the Great Lakes area.)
Toronto Entrance

There is a small opening to the underground tunnels off Parliament Street in
downtown Toronto. (The entrance is between two apartment buildings, and leads to the tunnels via the sewers.) The underground city (abandoned?) beneath Toronto has
its center beneath Gerrard Street and Church Street. Above this area, strange magnetic
effects have been observed. (Note: This corner of Gerrard & Church streets has a
higher accident rate than anywhere else in Toronto. It is believed that underground
equipment utilizing powerful magnetic fields (which have caused many strange
magnetic effects in houses near this intersection) are responsible for the bizarre
equipment failures that often are the cause of these accidents.) The Indians near
Toronto have legends of these tunnels.
Newfoundland Iron Mine Entrance

After one of the Iron Mines in Newfoundland Province had been dug deeper than any
other, strange happenings caused the mine to be shut down. The mining town in
which this mine is located is near the Newfoundland-Quebec Border. This mine,
having been condemned, is off-limits, and the police DO enforce this. Sneaking in late
at night seems to be the only way to gain entrance.
BRAZIL

One tunnel in Brazil is near Ponte Grosse in the state of Parana. (Fruit orchards were
seen here.) Another entrance in Brazil is near Rincon, state of Parana. Also, in the
state of Santa Catarina, Brazil, near the city of Joinville there is a mountain containing
an entrance to the tunnels. (Santa Catarina is an area alive with subterranean activity,
including strange ‘singing’ from underground.) Another entrance in Brazil is in the state of Sao Paulo near Concepiao. Still another entrance in Santa Catarina near
Gaspar has subterranean fruit orchards. “The states of Santa Catarina and Parana,
Brazil are honeycombed by a network of Atlantean tunnels that lead to subterranean
cities.”

___________________________

LINK TO ORIGINAL SOURCE:

https://archive.org/stream/UndergroundCitiesAndBases/Combined%20Info%20on%20Underground%20facilities_djvu.txt
___________________________

BUSINESS & CORPORATIONS TO RESEARCH THAT ARE RELATED TO CHINA LAKE:

China Lake Naval Weapons Center, The Presidio, Ft. Dietrick, Ft. Campbell, Ft. Lewis, Ft. Hood, Redstone Arsenal, Offutt AFB, Patrick AFB, McClellan AFB, MacGill AFB, Kirkland AFB, Nellis AFB, Homestead AFB, Grissom AFB, Maxwell AFB and Tinker AFB
___________________________

Weather Mod & China Lake Connection: Part 1 – The Secret City

Weather Modification & The China Lake Connection

by THE TRUTH DENIED
Korea proposes “Artificial Rain Project” with China to clean Air Pollution
Korea proposes “Artificial Rain Project” with China to clean Air Pollution

Search for:

The Truth Denied on FacebookThe Truth Denied on TwitterThe Truth Denied on Google+The Truth Denied on YouTubeThe Truth Denied on LinkedInRSS Feed
July 24, 2019

Weather Mod & China Lake Connection: Part 1 – The Secret City
Weather Modification & The China Lake Connection

Part 1 – The Secret City by Anthony Etienne Jaime

“Neither the Bible nor the prophets; neither Freud nor research; neither the revelations of God nor man can take precedence over my own direct experience” Carl Rogers

An Introduction

For those who are aware of the Chemtrail phenomenon and are actively involved in researching the aerosol spraying programs in an effort to ascertain their purpose and determine the agencies involved, there are two main schools of thought that have come into existence. Just as America has been divided into Red states and Blue states, the Chemtrail movement has become just as divided. On one hand, there are those who ardently wave the geo-engineering banner declaring that the aerosol spraying programs fall under the guise of solar radiation mediation. And on the other hand, there are those who just as firmly believe that the purpose of the chemtrails are more sinister in nature and are the result of exotic space based weaponry developed under the far reaching umbrella of the military industrial complex. And to a lesser extent, there are some who believe in an alien and UFO connection to the Chemtrail phenomenon and some who believe that the Chemtrails are a part of Project Bluebeam, that fabled conspiracy theory that says the world governments will fake an alien invasion with holograms as a pretext to imposing martial law and a one world order. Some believe that the Chemtrails are preventing us from seeing the approach of Niburu or a second dwarf star. The possible explanations are wide-ranging and often speculative but there is no doubt in my mind that the aerosol spraying programs and chemtrails are real for I see them everyday. Like the X-Files, the truth is out there somewhere. The cold hard reality is that we need to assemble enough clues and evidence to piece together that puzzle that is the truth into the bigger picture that may just include many of the aforementioned puzzle pieces.

My particular puzzle pieces are the result of experience, much research and amassing a fairly large body of photographic evidence in addition to having undergone what I can only say were extremely profound experiences that shook me to my very core and forever altered my perceptions of the world. It is often said that “the truth is stranger than fiction” and since I began my journey down this particular rabbit hole, the lines between empirical truth and science fiction have become extremely blurred at times. As you journey with me through this strange and complex narrative, it is my sincere hope that that the factual details I provide will connect and support the anecdotal portions of my narrative and that this article will help encourage others to speak up and provide whatever information or knowledge they may have.

As with any narrative, there needs to be an introduction, the narrative itself, and an end or conclusion. As many of my college professors were fond of informing me, essays, articles, and speeches should be all be assembled on Lincoln’s three part model for a speech: First, tell them what you’re going to tell them; Second, tell them; Third, tell them what you told them. With that thought in mind, let me introduce myself and “tell you what I’m going to tell you” and then lay out the factual and historical background because much of what I am about to relate to you borders upon the surreal.

Since this article is primarily about China Lake, I will start by informing you that I am a former employee of the China Lake Naval Weapons Center (NWC) as it was known when I worked there. During my time there, which spanned nearly 9 years beginning in 1973 and ending in 1982, I was employed in several different capacities. I started off as an apprentice electrician in the Public Works Department in 1973 and after completing the program and making journeyman, I wound up transferring to the Range Department and the Supersonic Naval Ordinance Research Track or SNORT, as it is commonly known.

Copy 05-29-2007 11_29_44AM
Fig. 1 – The Track Crew (1978) at SNORT w the Sierras in the background – L to R: Anthony Etienne Jaime , Dan Krausman, Cleve Warren, Eddie Mierta, Raphael Alvarado, Billy Brown. ~The Truth Denied

After leaving the base for a brief time in 1979, I returned to the Public Works Department as a power lineman in the high-voltage shop before leaving civil service again for good in 1982. All of these jobs afforded me plenty of opportunities to travel all over the base in the performance of my duties. In addition, I spent nearly 30 years working out of I.B.E.W. Local 428 in Bakersfield, Ca., including many DoD projects at China Lake, Edwards AFBFTC, Vandenberg, and spent several months working in the extremely secret and much speculated upon Northrup Tejon Ranch RCS facility located in the Tehachapi Mountains west of Rosamond, Ca.

For those interested, the following video provides an interesting look at the Tejon facility.

In addition to my civil service and construction time at China Lake, many of the construction projects I have worked on at Edwards include the B-1/B-2 hanger complex, the SR-71 hanger re-model at the NASA Dryden facility, the large Anechoic Chamber, the rocket stands and the Ridge Project at Boron (rumored to be the facility that produces fuel for the Aurora), the Airborne Laser Project, the bombing ranges, and the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter hanger. The last projects I worked on in my career were at China Lake, refurbishing the HVAC controls in several facilities and on the construction of lab facilities at Hanger 5. While by no means do I consider myself to be a scientist or engineer, my background is such that I have fairly good grasp of what facilities are designed and used for. Moreover, as a long time resident of the China Lake area and employee at the China Lake/Edwards base complexes, I am very familiar with military aircraft and weaponry and have watched them fly through the skies here since my childhood. It is therefore an understatement when I say that the sights I have been seeing for nearly the last two and a half years were and continue to be incredibly disturbing to say the least.

My journey began in the early morning hours of July 30th, 2012 with a UFO sighting that took place over the China Lake Naval Air Weapons Station in California that lasted for several hours and led to continued UFO sightings and other strange sights in the sky for the next three days, including witnessing what I now believe to have been a full on holographic demonstration of Project Bluebeam. After overcoming my initial sense of shock and disbelief, I became completely engrossed in a search to find rational explanations for the strange sights I was seeing in the sky. At that particular point in time I had never heard of a chemtrail or many of the other terms I was to become so familiar with but that was rapidly to change. For the next couple of months, I was much like the Richard Dreyfuss character in Close Encounters and chased strange lights in the sky around the countryside at night and observed strange and unnatural cloud formations during the day as well as pursuing research on the Internet.

As I struggled to wrap my mind around the incredible sights I was seeing in the skies, I compiled a short list of possible causes but I kept coming back to the Navy and the China Lake base as the most likely explanation.
The top three possibilities of that list were: 1) government research with military applications; 2) ET really is here; 3) a combination of 1 & 2, which is still my favorite theory. Over time, my personal observations and experiences have allowed me, along with a great many other people who were accompanying me, to witness an incredible assortment of extraordinary sights in many different locations. The one constant throughout my journey to date has been my proximity to the Naval Air Weapons Station at China Lake, California, which in turn is in close proximity to a large number of other related military facilities that I believe also play a role in what we are witnessing in our skies.

While many of us may hear some the names of some bases mentioned frequently, far too few really know or understand what goes on behind those closed gates. I believe that it is through understanding what role these bases play that we will come to a much fuller understanding of the nature of the Chemtrail phenomenon and what is occurring in the skies. The majority of activists documenting Chemtrails are looking up in an effort to understand what we are seeing, but let me assure you that there is most definitely a terrestrial connection to ground based facilities.

And it was at this early point in time during my journey and search for answers that a very fortuitous chance event occurred. While surfing the net, looking for answers to my questions, through sheer luck I tuned into the Roxy Lopez Show while she was interviewing Sean Gautreaux regarding his research into the cloaked craft that are now being detected and seen by so many researchers world-wide. As I listened in stunned amazement, it quickly struck me that someone else was seeing many of the same things as myself and the realization that I was not alone was an immense relief. I immediately located Roxy on Facebook and asked her to put me in touch with Sean which she graciously did, and over the course of the next two years have become well acquainted with Roxy, Sean, Jim Kerr, plus a few other of her on air guests and a great many other people worldwide who are active in the movement to rid our once beautiful blue skies from the toxic heavy metal aerosol cocktails being sprayed into our atmosphere as Chemtrails.

Copy 62100_192527390910047_1985888487_n
Fig. 2 – Large facial chemtrail apparition that appeared over my home 7/31/2012
A History & Overview of China Lake

China Lake, the very name sounds like a placid tranquil vacation spot for tourists to visit but nothing could be further from the truth. When it comes to uncovering the truth surrounding the incredibly compartmentalized secret government programs that are being conducted by the military-industrial complex, much can be learned by examining the bases and facilities where such work is carried out. Understanding the nature of these facilities can provide many clues, especially for those who are seeking to get at the truth surrounding the aerosol spraying and weather modification programs. The China Lake Naval Air Weapons Station is the Navy’s premier RDAT&E laboratory (Research, Development, Acquisition, Test & Evaluation) and a facility whose role in weather modification has been largely overlooked.
The term “Secret City” comes from a 1993 2-hour video of the same name made by the China Lake Museum Foundation that is a history of the Navy at China Lake that was made in commemoration of the 50th anniversary of the base and the unique community that sprang up in the middle of nowhere. Unlike AREA 51, which in spite of its extremely secret nature is a well-known installation frequently featured on television programs and in UFO circles, those in the know rarely mention China Lake outside of official circles and it receives very little undue publicity on a national level.

Copy of socal_recreation_cl
Fig 3 – Location Map

Comprising approximately 1.1 million acres or 1,735 square miles, the China Lake Naval Air Weapons Station is an immense installation. This sprawling complex is spread out across Kern, Inyo, and San Bernardino counties. The installation is located in the upper reaches of California’s Mojave Desert, approximately two and half hours north east of Los Angeles near the intersections of State Highways 395 and 14 on the way to the eastern Sierra ski resorts at Mammoth Mt. State Highway 178, which connects Bakersfield to Death Valley, runs through Ridgecrest, the small community outside the gates where the majority of the bases employees reside, including the transient contract work force that keeps the local motels continually filled during the week and emptied out on the week-ends. With the growth of the Ridgecrest community, it has been easier to attract qualified employees to the base but in the early days, the remoteness of the area and the often-harsh weather conditions, especially the frequent high winds, made keeping employees extremely hard at times.

Constructed during the early 1940’s, the base originally began at the airfield located outside the small town of Inyokern, so named because of its proximity to the boundaries of Kern and Inyo counties, at the foot of the Sierra Nevada range. After relocating ten miles east, the base was originally known as the Naval Ordinance Test Station or N.O.T.S. It was during the early days of N.O.T.S. existence that it gained it’s pre-eminent fame in the military-industrial complex environment for the development in 1950 of the AIM 9 Sidewinder heat seeking air-to-air missile, named after the unique Mojave Desert rattlesnake that also targets its prey with heat seeking abilities.

China Lake~ The- Truth- Denied-
Fig. 4 – China Lake Main Gate in the early days. ~ The Truth Denied

Fig. 4 – China Lake Main Gate in the early days.

During the its existence, the China Lake base has been known by several different names including the Naval Ordinance Test Station (N.O.T.S.), the Naval Weapons Center (NWC), and today the main base located adjacent to the city of Ridgecrest is known as the Naval Air Warfare Center Weapons Division, Naval Air Weapons Station (NAWS), China Lake, California.

China Lake is actually a dry lake located on the north range area, named for early Chinese immigrant workers who mined borax from the dry lakebed. The entire region is dotted with dry lakebeds, including the large underground Searles Lake mining operation in Trona, Ca. located 25 miles to the east. It is an arid desert region of little rainfall and a very harsh climate located about 100 miles west of Death Valley. Winters can be bitter cold and summers frequently hit triple digits. The main base facilities are located in the Indian Wells Valley, surrounded by the Sierra Nevada mountain range to the west, the Coso range to the north, the Argus range to the east, and the El Paso mountain range to the south. The terrain of the base is diverse and ranges from flat desert land to volcanic lava flows and rugged mountain ranges.

DSCF6842 – Copy
Fig. 5 – The recently renovated main gate today. The original gate guard shack is visible on the left hand side of the newly constructed canopy.

Like AREA 51, China Lake was chosen for its remote location far from large population centers in order to safely conduct testing in relative secrecy. In addition, the clear skies over China Lake affords an extremely good environment for unimpeded flying and to collect the necessary photographic, video, and telemetry data required in order to support the China Lake mission of weapons testing and development for the Navy.
As previously mentioned, China Lake is an enormous facility, most of which is comprised of sparse unpopulated tracts of desolate desert, and in the eyes of the visionaries who chose this location, perfectly suited for testing a wide variety of naval ordinance and weapons, including missiles, propellants, and bombs, with the list growing to include radar cross section testing, electronic counter-measures, laser/optics research and testing, aircraft survivability, ejection seats testing, and also weather modification.

For a good look at the capabilities of China Lake, this video provides a concise overall summary of the base mission and facilities available.

Heavily modernized after over 73 years of existence, the China Lake installation today is far removed from its austere beginnings when the fledgling rocketry program at Cal Tech was looking for a more suitable location in which to carry out the testing necessary for the development of the its rocketry program.

According to the official NAWS site, “In the midst of World War II, adequate facilities were needed by the California Institute of Technology for test and evaluation of rockets. At the same time, the Navy needed a new proving ground for aviation ordinance. Cal Tech’s Dr. Charles C. Lauritsen and then Cmdr. Sherman E. Burroughs met and formed a pact to find a site that would meet both their needs.”1

Thus began a long collaboration and partnership between the civilian sector, comprised of research scientists, engineers, technicians, and many skilled craftsmen and military personnel and defense contractors that led to a unique culture of civilians and military personnel working side by side.
It also led to the formulation of a policy known as the China Lake Way that established that the civilian scientists were working as equal partners and not subordinates to the military.2

Copy5663049639_6d1a94fe54_o
Fig. 6 – The sign at the visitor center at the main gate.

“China Lake is the United States Navy largest single landholding, representing 85 percent of the Navy’s land for weapons and armaments research, development, acquisition, testing and evaluation (RDAT&E) use and 38 percent of the Navy’s land holding’s worldwide. In total, its two ranges and main site cover more than 1.1 million acres, an area larger than the state of Rhode Island. As of 2010, at least 95 percent of that land has been left undeveloped. The roughly $3 billion infrastructure of the installation is comprised of 2,132 buildings and facilities, 329 miles of paved roads and 1,801 miles of unpaved roads. The 19,600 square miles of restricted and controlled airspace at China Lake makes up 12 percent of California’s total airspace and provides an unprecedented venue for integrated testing and training of today’s warfighter. The workforce at China Lake is a mixture of military, civilians and contractors that are employed across multiple tenant commands. There are currently 620 active duty military, 4,166 civilian employees and 1,734 contractors employees that work onboard the installation.”3

Copy1 of Let It Stay Here
Fig. 7 – Security admonition entering China Lake

As one might expect from a unique laboratory installation like China Lake, the ratio of civilian employees to military personnel is structured far more in favor of a civilian work force that handles the bulk of the research and development workload while the military personnel are primarily assigned as aviation and ordinance support personnel. Despite the majority of personnel being civilians, security is a high priority at China Lake and rigidly enforced by N.C.I.S. and other agencies. That fact I can attest to personally since I once had occasion to intervene in altercation in a local establishment located just across the street from the main gate. As an employee of the base at that time, I quickly ascertained that a breach of security had occurred between a contract employee of Hughes Aircraft and some local patrons with an exchange of money and a hand drawn schematic involved. After securing the drawing and the combatants, I phoned base security and within two minutes the establishment was completely surrounded by local and base law enforcement vehicles. Within a couple more minutes, two N.I.S. agents (pre-Gibbs it was the Naval Investigative Service) in suits entered and I explained the situation, handed over the drawing and the Hughes employee who was immediately taken into custody and ushered out the door. I was later called into the N.I.S. office for further de-briefing and was informed that while no criminal charges had been pursued, the Hughes employee had been discharged and his security clearance revoked. It bears noting that while foreign espionage is always a concern at military installations, at an installation like China Lake industrial espionage between competing defense contractors is also a concern.

Divided into two major sections, there is the main base, which contains the North Range area and the South Range area formerly known as the Randsburg Wash Test Range and currently known as the Electronic Combat Range or ECR. The ECR also is home to the Navy’s Foreign Technology Branch that reverse engineers acquired foreign technology, which are primarily radars.

Copy of 130806_Navy-China-Lake-R2508-HRAIZ
Fig. 8. – This is a file photo of China Lake’s North & South Ranges plus R-2508 Complex & Nellis* AFB – All are in close proximity. (Nellis* AFB is otherwise known as Area-51)

Edwards AFBFTC is only an hour away; the Ft. Irwin National Training Center and NASA Goldstone adjoin the NAWS ECR on the south range, Nellis AFB, AREA 51, the Nevada Test Site, Tonopah Test Range, Pacific Missile Test Range, NAS Lemoore, and Top Gun at Fallon, Nv. are also located fairly close to China Lake in a large, intricately linked zone of military influence, research, and testing. One of the many advances made at China Lake since my days there is the Integrated Battlespace Arena simulation facility through which “Facilities are linked worldwide with multiple fiber optic networks including SIPRNET, DREN, and range microwave telecommunication capabilities.”4

Located on the main site adjacent to Ridgecrest are an incredible assortment of laboratories and Armitage Field N.A.F. which is home to two different squadron commands, the VX-9 Vampires located in Hanger 1 and the VX-31 Dust Devils Test and Evaluation Squadron located in Hanger 3. Hanger 2 over the years has housed visiting transient foreign commands from the R.A.F. and also the remotely piloted QF-86 and QF-4 drone program, which were re-built Korean War F-86 and Vietnam era F-4 Phantom aircraft designed as targets for missile testing. Hanger 5 or the Advanced Warfare Lab whose construction was finished in 2007, houses China Lake’s F-18 program and the nearby Hanger 4, “the so-called “Black Hangar” that may or may not host the developmental (later cancelled) A-12 WSSA, was completed during 1990; the building is officially nonexistent for many years, prompting the long-standing canard, “What hangar?”5 This is where the Navy houses it’s version of the stealth aircraft that can occasionally be seen flying in the skies here. I have performed work at both facilities but can tell you very little about Hanger 4 since the level of security was extremely high and escorts were with us at all times and the Hanger 5 AWL project that I worked on was primarily lab space and fenced off from the rest of complex. That is quite different from the original three hangers at the airfield where access to the hanger decks was virtually unfettered and it was possible to walk right up to jet aircraft and helicopters. As a member of the China Lake high voltage shop, I spent a lot of time at the airfield since it was also our responsibility to maintain the runway lighting.

Copy of x-47pegasus_3
Fig. 9. – This is a file photo of the Northrup Grumman X-47A at N.A.F., China Lake. Note the purple & pink chemtrail haze in background.

The laboratories at China Lake present some of the finest facilities of their type in the world from the huge Michelson Lab, with its over 9 ½ square acres of floor space which “is equipped for basic and applied research in physics, chemistry, aerophysics, metallurgy and ballistics, and for development work in propulsion, fire-control, and guidance systems for rockets and other missiles”6 to nearby Lauritsen Lab which “features a 56,000 square-foot structure that incorporates special features in three well-equipped wings with a focus on laser and optical work. Specialized facilities include an 8-by 100-foot room designed for optical experiments; a rooftop facility provided for outdoor tests to the horizon; and provisions for lasing from inside the building to a 500 – meter eye-safe outdoor laser test range.”7 These two facilities are only the tip of the iceberg when it comes to cutting edge state-of-the-art research labs at China Lake but suffice it to say that the technological abilities present on the base are nothing short of phenomenal.

As I conclude the first part in this series, there are a few additional, relevant facts about China Lake that are important to note. The first concerns the electrical power grid that supplies the base. Since it’s inception, there have been three separate transmission lines from Southern California Edison that feed the base any two of which can go down and the installation still can function.
In addition, there are four separate geo-thermal power plants located on the north ranges, two that fall under the management of the Navy, (known as Navy 1 & Navy 2) and two that are under the management of the Bureau of Land Management (known as BLM 1 & BLM 2). I also worked on the construction of Navy 1. Between the four plants, there is approximately 260 megawatts of power produced aboard the China Lake Naval Air Weapons Station8. The reason I point out these facts about the electrical grid system is that very few military installations are this energy independent. Since China Lake is not a deployment or otherwise strategic base but rather a research and development installation, this fact alone gives some emphasis to the importance of the Naval Air Weapons Station.

Coso_geothermal_plant
Fig. 10. – This is a file photo of Navy 1 Coso Geothermal Plant.

One other aspect of the China Lake Naval Air Weapons Station that I would like to call attention to is the cultural and historical background associated with the lands comprising the installation. Also located in the Coso region of the base is one of the largest known locations of petroglyphs left by indigenous Native American people in North America. While the Coso rock art may seem to be a superfluous issue to what occurs at the China Lake base, it is my personal belief that there could possibly be a connection to some of the many anomalies I have discovered during my research. As I said from the outset, this is to be a strange and complex journey down the rabbit hole in search of answers so it is first necessary to lay the groundwork of facts before continuing further down the road. It is also necessary to be able to switch perspectives from the general to the specific and vice versa. As can be seen in the following photograph (Fig. 10), there are at least a couple of figures that have heads that resemble other ancient rock art depictions worldwide of what are thought by many to be alien life forms. Given that there is ‘some’ UFO lore surrounding areas of China Lake, notwithstanding my own personal experiences, it is a coincidence worthy of consideration and further exploration.

Petroglyph0001
Fig. 11 – This is a file photo of the petroglyphs at China Lake (scanned from my personal album that was presented when I left NWC).

For those interested in further exploration of the Coso Petroglyphs rock art:

Before you say to yourself, “wait a minute, this guy is all over the place”, talking about weather modification and chemtrails, UFOs, airfields, laboratories, electrical power, and petroglyphs, recall my comment about being able to shift from the general to the specific and then back from the specific to the general. This article is about the China Lake Naval Weapons Station in general but along the way, I have ventured into specific areas of interest that will be further explored and I will develop and document the many connections and anomalies I have discovered through my research and observation.
Summary & Conclusion

Thus far, it has been my purpose to provide you with a partial background that demonstrates my work history and background at China Lake. In addition, a factual history and overview of the China Lake Naval Air Weapons Station has also been provided, complete with photos and links to sources and videos. From all of the foregoing information, what should become clear is that China Lake is a top secret base where not only weapons testing takes place but also much technological innovation, research, and development. Given the size and location of the installation, it should be readily apparent that many secretive programs can and are taking place behind the security of the base perimeter. Although what is presented here barely scratches the surface of the activities going on at N.A.W.S., my next installment on China Lake will begin the process of connecting the dots and start to fill in some of the blanks regarding “what is in our skies” as well as explore the ties to other installations and there are many.

Another facet to consider is that while many people have their attention focused on bases like AREA 51, there are activities occurring at China Lake, hidden in plain sight, which go unnoticed because of that fact. Additionally, there is the BLM, which has closed off large tracts of public lands from vehicle traffic ostensibly to preserve wilderness areas from encroachment by the public. However, from my experience, it is my opinion that the BLM serves as a plausibly benign first line of security by keeping prying public eyes to a minimum since foot traffic only is allowed in some of the rugged areas of public land adjacent to the base where I believe testing or other activities are occurring. It is important to know and understand that the government and its many agencies are very good at sleight-of-hand, just like any good magician, and the object in many instances is to make us focus on one object being displayed to divert our attention while the object being concealed is often in plain sight while we are being tricked. The tactic is known as spreading disinformation or dissimilar information.

These are all activities that I will delve into in the next installment, but as I bring this one to conclusion I would like to bring the focus back to chemtrails and weather modification programs. It is hard to believe now that I failed to make the connections but so many things that seemed to just be loose threads with no connectivity were right there in front of me for a long time. The first big indicator for me was the regular increase in lightning storms during the summer months of July and August beginning around 1998. And they always occurred over the base in the northeastern mountain ranges surrounding the valley here and much of it was point to point lighting and not ground strikes.
In addition, while there was a lot of lightning, there was very little thunder or rainfall. During the early years of my life, earthquakes were far more common here than lighting storms and these lightning storms were something new. The odd storm or two might have gone unnoticed but when they began to occur with such frequency over a long period of time I began to notice the change.
The weather seemed to be just a little out of the ordinary but nothing I could really put my finger on and the words “climate change” had not yet gained much traction in the public’s or my own perception.

Also, during my early years I can remember the Navy’s Hurricane Hunter Squadron flying in and out of China Lake on a fairly frequent basis which would seem to be a little out of their normal area of operation. And from my years of employment aboard China Lake, I can remember the Earth and Planetary Sciences Department, which was headed up by Dr. Pierre St. Amand, an individual whose name is frequently mentioned in regard to the development of military weather modification efforts, most notably Project Popeye and Operation Stormfury which explains the Hurricane Hunters coming to China Lake since that project involved attempting to lessen the strength of hurricanes. Project Popeye, the first wartime military weather modification operation took place during the Vietnam War and was Dr. St. Amand’s brainchild and really began the pursuit of weather modification as a weapon by the military. And ironically enough, in both 1982 and 1984, there was some extremely bad flooding that occurred at China Lake that did some major damage to the facilities there. Since I was working there in 1982, and was the temporary foreman of the high voltage shop, my hands were full directing crews that were restoring power to facilities all over the base that had been damaged by the flooding. In the years since then, I have been informed by more than a few friends is that the Earth and Planetary Sciences Department was experimenting with cloud seeding and it got away from them causing those floods.

Another individual that played an integral role in China Lake’s development of Project Popeye was Ben Livingston, whose interview with Alex Jones regarding weather modification can be viewed in this video, The Father of Weaponized Weather.

As with many government military programs, compartmentalization and secrecy rule the day, and weather modification is no different. In fact, it may be more compartmentalized and secret than others for several reason. First and foremost, would be the environmental modification treaties making weather modification illegal but when have treaties ever stopped the US government from doing what it wants to do. The government’s history of breaking its treaties is well known and a quick look at the track record of broken treaties with the Native Americans illustrates that. Second, if knowledge of weather modification programs ever became accepted widespread information, the financial repercussions and impact would be catastrophic for the disaster capitalists on Wall St., especially the insurance companies and the commodities traders who trade in weather-based derivatives. Third, there are indications that not only are chemicals being dispersed through the aerosol spraying programs but that biological pathogens are also being sprayed upon an unsuspecting populace as well. And the United States government’s track record of experimenting upon it’s own citizens is as deplorable as the manner in which it has treated Native Americans.

In conclusion, let me say that the unchecked proliferation of weather modification efforts by the military-industrial complex in all of it’s many forms and different programs in an effort to achieve “full spectrum dominance” may be the single greatest threat to the planet since the development of the atomic bomb. China Lake also played a minor role in that world-changing event as it has in many other significant military operations carried out during the course of its history. As the movement to end the ongoing spraying programs in our skies and atmosphere grows, it is vitally important that the locations of the installations involved and the people carrying out the work are identified. The China Lake Naval Air Weapons Station is one such installation with a verifiable historical connection to weather modification programs. That fact is acknowledged by the U.S. Naval Museum of Armament and Technology in their website article about The Secret City which states, “From weather modification to satellite-delivery systems, the contributions of NAWS have not stopped with armament.”9 Knowledge is power and only by becoming knowledgeable about the issues will people be able to decisively have an impact in ending the ongoing aerial assault occurring in our skies.

Next: Weather Modification & The China Lake Connection: Pt.2 Connecting the Dots.

Copy of DSCF6932
Anthony Etienne Jaime

About the Author: Anthony Etienne Jaime is a long time resident of Southern California in the China Lake area. He is a graduate of Cerro Coso Community College & Cal State Bakersfield and holds a Bachelor of Arts degree.


PROOF OF THE ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY THAT IS BEING USED FOR GIANT

UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTIONING

MEET CROSSRAIL’S GIANT TUNNELLING MACHINES

Published on 6 Dec 2012 by Crossrail Project

Crossrail will use eight tunnel boring machines (TBMs) to construct the new tunnels under London. These huge machines will work 24 hours a day beneath the streets of London, excavating large volumes of ground and erecting the concrete tunnel lining.

Each machine has a rotating cutter head at the front, and a series of trailers behind, housing all the mechanical and electrical equipment required for the excavation of material.

To construct the 42km of tunnel required for Crossrail the tunnel boring machines will undertake ten individual tunnel drives to construct the 6.2m diameter rail tunnels.

Each TBM weighs approximately 1000 tonnes and will be up to 140m in length with an external diameter of 7.1m. This allows for an inside tunnel diameter of 6.2m once the concrete tunnel segments are in place.

Each TBM will be operated by a ‘tunnel gang’ comprising of around twenty people – twelve people on the TBM itself and eight people working from the rear of the machine to above ground.

To find out more about our tunnel boring machines visit:

http://www.crossrail.co.uk/tunnelling/
http://www.crossrail.co.uk/

Category: Travel & Events

LINK TO ViDEO:

https://youtu.be/z38JIqGDZVUMEET CROSSRAIL’S GIANT TUNNELLING MACHINES

Published on 6 Dec 2012 by Crossrail Project

Crossrail will use eight tunnel boring machines (TBMs) to construct the new tunnels under London. These huge machines will work 24 hours a day beneath the streets of London, excavating large volumes of ground and erecting the concrete tunnel lining.

Each machine has a rotating cutter head at the front, and a series of trailers behind, housing all the mechanical and electrical equipment required for the excavation of material.

To construct the 42km of tunnel required for Crossrail the tunnel boring machines will undertake ten individual tunnel drives to construct the 6.2m diameter rail tunnels.

Each TBM weighs approximately 1000 tonnes and will be up to 140m in length with an external diameter of 7.1m. This allows for an inside tunnel diameter of 6.2m once the concrete tunnel segments are in place.

Each TBM will be operated by a ‘tunnel gang’ comprising of around twenty people – twelve people on the TBM itself and eight people working from the rear of the machine to above ground.

To find out more about our tunnel boring machines visit:

http://www.crossrail.co.uk/tunnelling/
http://www.crossrail.co.uk/

Category: Travel & Events

LINK TO ViDEO:

DEEPSTATE—IS CREATING A NEW WORLD ORDER.. ..ONE REGION AT A TIME..

DEEPSTATE—IS CREATING
A NEW WORLD ORDER..
..ONE REGION AT A TIME..


The Deep State’s globalist plan for what insiders refer to as the “New World Order” — basically, a global government controlled by themselves — begins with submerging the sovereignty of nation-states into regional “orders”.

These are better understood as regional governments built using “free trade” deals as the foundation, with the European Union serving as the premier example. How do we know this is the plan? Because top Deep State globalists have said so publicly and repeatedly, and because that is the exact strategy being pursued openly.

All over the world, pseudo-“free trade” agreements and other sovereignty-shredding schemes are being used to transfer more and more power to transnational bureaucracies and courts.

And eventually, these regional orders will be interwoven into an overlapping patchwork of multilateral regimes on the road to creating a truly global authority, perhaps under the United Nations or some less-discredited future global body. At least, that is the glob­alist plan. But it is starting to show major cracks amid historic public backlash.

As far back as 1950, globalists had openly revealed their agenda for global government under the United Nations. In his book War or Peace, for example, global government-promoting Council on Foreign Relations co-founder John Foster Dulles spelled it out clearly.

“The United Nations represents not a final stage in the development of world order, but only a primitive stage”, Dulles wrote.

“Therefore its primary task is to create the conditions which will make possible a more highly developed organization”.

In the same book, Dulles went on to argue that the existing UN Charter was strong enough to serve as the foundation for a world government.

“I have never seen any proposal made for collective security with ‘teeth’ in it, or for ‘world government’ or for ‘world federation,’ which could not be carried out either by the United Nations or under the United Nations Charter”, he said.

Unfortunately for globalists, though, humanity was not yet ready to surrender its sovereignty to an all-powerful world government. Thus, regionalization.

In a 1962 report headlined “A World Effectively Controlled by the United Nations”, financed by the U.S. State Department, CFR member and longtime State Department official Lincoln Bloomfield argued that global government could be brought about via regionalism.

In the plan, he proposed that “ever larger units evolve through customs unions, confederation, regionalism, etc., until ultimately the larger units coalesce under a global umbrella”. Sound familiar?

Of course, that is precisely the strategy that has been used, primarily relying on “free-trade” schemes — in addition to going to war and threatening war, other key tactics highlighted in the Bloomfield report.

By 1974, almost a quarter of a century after CFR founder Dulles wrote his infamous book, the globalist organization’s mouthpiece, the magazine dubbed Foreign Affairs, was telegraphing its strategy of globalism via incrementalism to globalist insiders and useful idiots everywhere.

“In short, the ‘house of world order’ will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down”, wrote former Deputy Assistant Secretary of State Richard N. Gardner in April of 1974. “An end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned frontal assault”.

In short, globalists recognized the reality that people were not willing to relinquish control over their own nations and their own destinies all at once. Instead, the plan would have to be pursued slowly, quietly, and deceptively.

And so, piece by piece, sovereignty was eroded using tools such as “free trade”, international agreements, regional military alliances such as the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), and more. Central to the plot was convincing nations and peoples to surrender sovereignty not to some global government-in-waiting right away, but to regional organizations.

Consider former National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski, a longtime ‘CFR’, member and one of the key figures behind globalist mastermind David Rockefeller’s Trilateral Commission.

In 1995, speaking at former Soviet dictator Mikhail Gorbachev’s “State of the World Forum”, attended by The New American magazine’s senior editor William F. Jasper, Brzezinski outlined the plan clearly, perhaps assuming he was speaking just to fellow globalists and friends.

“We cannot leap into world government in one quick step”, he said. “In brief, the precondition for eventual globalization — genuine globalization — is progressive regionalization, because thereby we move toward larger, more stable, more cooperative units”.

Also in 1995, the UN-created “Commission on Global Governance” — yes, it really was called the “Commission on Global Governance” — outlined precisely the same strategy in its “Our Global Neighborhood” report.

“The UN must gear itself for a time when regionalism becomes more ascendant worldwide and assist the process in advance of that time”, wrote the globalists on the UN commission, foreshadowing the strategy that was about to go into overdrive.

“Regional co-operation and integration should be seen as an important and integral part of a balanced system of global governance”.
REGIONAL GOVERNMENTS EVERYWHERE

This regionalization and “integration” as a steppingstone toward globalization of political and economic power is exactly what is happening worldwide.
HERE ARE SOME OF THE MORE PROMINENT EXAMPLES — it is in no way an exhaustive list:
• EUROPEAN UNION:
The EU is by far the most developed supranational regime in the world, with former Soviet dictator Mikhail Gorbachev approvingly describing it as “the new European Soviet” during a 2000 visit to Britain.

Originally, it started as a “Coal and Steel” agreement between six nations after World War II. With key support of Deep State
institutions such as
Bilderberg, the CFR, the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), and more, it gradually usurped more and more power under the guise of “free trade”.

Over the decades, it morphed into the European Economic Community, the European Community, and finally, the European Union. By 2012, then-EU Commission President José Manuel Barroso, a former Maoist revolutionary, was boasting of the machinations that The New American had been warning of for decades, a plot that globalists had generally denied as the EU was forming.

“We will need to move toward a federation”, he said. “This is our political horizon”.

Today, the EU has a single currency, a law-enforcement agency, a proto-continental military, and much more. Brussels, where the monster is headquartered, has stolen more power than even the U.S. federal government has taken from U.S. states in some areas, purporting to have the authority to veto national budgets passed by member states’ elected parliaments.

Despite being opposed by citizens in referendums at virtually every turn, the EU is still working to become “deeper” by usurping more power, and “wider” by adding more and more members. It is also working to export its globalist model of total centralized power to other regions of the world.
• AFRICAN UNION:
The AU is another one of the more advanced regional unions smashing national sovereignty and imposing unelected, supranational rulers on diverse peoples. Already, the AU has a “Parliament”, a military, a “Court of Justice”, and more.

It is working on a continental currency, too. Because Africa is so vast and undeveloped, the globalist overlords are actually using the same plan they are pursuing at the global level to subsume nation-states, but on a continental scale.

Consider the emerging “Tripartite Free Trade Area”. Under the plan, various “free trade” areas on the African continent are to eventually be merged into a single, continent-wide “free trade” regime with open borders from Cape Town to Cairo, and a single African passport.

For a sneak preview of the future under this regional regime, consider that genocidal Marxist dictator Robert Mugabe was made chairman of the AU before being overthrown by his own military.

And of course, it is an undisputed fact that outsiders — primarily the U.S. government, the EU, and the dictatorship enslaving China — are funding and imposing the AU on Africans. Beijing built the AU headquarters. The EU, meanwhile, funds more than 80 percent of the AU’s program budget.
• UNION OF SOUTH AMERICAN STATES:
In South America, globalists and communists have foisted on the peoples an emerging superstate known as UNASUL or UNASUR, depending on the language.

Inspired by the EU, the forces behind this sovereignty-shredding scheme envision a United States of South America, complete with a South American military, currency, parliament, and more.

Until recent disagreements over the brutal socialist dictatorship enslaving Venezuela caused some member states to temporarily suspend their participation, the socialist- and communist-dominated supranational body was quickly usurping a vast array of powers from member states.

And as is the case in other parts of the world being subsumed under regional governments, UNASUL / UNASUR is merely one of a vast constellation of supranational institutions in Latin America working to “integrate” the formerly sovereign nation-states into a “regional order,” to be followed by the “world order.”

Others include MERCOSUR, the Bolivarian Alliance for the Peoples of Our America (ALBA), the Community of Latin American and Caribbean States (CELAC), and many others.
• EURASIAN UNION:
In “Eurasia,” Russian strongman Vladimir Putin is spearheading the creation of what is currently known as the Eurasian Economic Union, or EEU. It brings together Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Armenia, and Kyrgyzstan, with other countries being inducted.

Eventually, they hope to expand the union to include other former Soviet states, particularly from the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS).

“It took Europe 40 years to move from the European Coal and Steel Community to the full European Union,” Putin observed in an op-ed for Izvestia, adding that the Eurasian Union is “proceeding at a much faster pace because we could draw on the experience of the EU and other regional associations.”

The harmonized Eurasian regulatory regime is “in most cases consistent with European standards,” he added, noting that it was “based on World Trade Organization principles,” while promising that the union would “help ensure global sustainable development.”

Putin noted that eventually, the EU and the Eurasian Union could create a “harmonized community of economies stretching from Lisbon to Vladivostok, a free trade zone and even employing more sophisticated integration patterns” that would pursue “coordinated policies in industry, technology, the energy sector, education, science, and also to eventually scrap visas”.

Ultimately, “existing regional institutions, such as the EU, NAFTA, APEC, ASEAN inter alia”, would become “the integration bricks that can be used to build a more sustainable global economy”. Top EU leaders have echoed that rhetoric exactly. Note the reference to NAFTA, too.

Around the world, there is a dizzying array of other “integration” schemes working to amalgamate once-sovereign nation-states into regional unions. For instance, in the Middle East, the already functioning Gulf Cooperation Council is becoming a supranational regime over the nations of the Arabian Peninsula.

Meanwhile, globalists from the CFR and beyond are working to put the entire region under what they tout as a “Middle East Union”.

“Just as a warring [European] continent found peace through unity by creating what became the EU, Arabs, Turks, Kurds and other groups in the region could find relative peace in ever closer union,” claimed Mohamed “Ed” Husain, an “adjunct senior fellow for Middle Eastern studies” at the CFR, in a 2014 piece published in the Financial Times.

In South East Asia, the “Association of South East Asian Nations,” more commonly known as ASEAN, is doing the same.

In North America, globalist architect Henry “New World Order” Kissinger described NAFTA, which set up international tribunals and bureaucracies, as “the most creative step toward a new world order taken by any group of countries since the end of the Cold War”.
WORLDWIDE DECEPTION

There is no populated region on Earth not being subsumed under regional government right now. Obviously, the notion that people all around the world just woke up one day seeking to surrender sovereignty to a regional government is ludicrous. It was all by design, of course. But all along, those responsible were deceiving the public.

For instance, while shackling the United Kingdom to the emerging European superstate, then-British Prime Minister Edward Heath blatantly lied.

“There are some in this country who fear that in going into Europe we shall in some way sacrifice independence and sovereignty”, Heath said in a January 1973 prime ministerial TV broadcast. “These fears, I need hardly say, are completely unjustified”.

Of course, not only were those concerns completely justified, they underestimated the subversion of sovereignty that would be taking place.

By 2016, the British people had wised up, with more people voting to secede from the EU with Brexit than have ever voted for anything in U.K. history. Globalists are now doing everything possible to overturn the vote, again using deception.

Almost three decades after Heath’s lies, in a July 13, 2000 interview with the newspaper La Stampa, then-Italian Prime Minister Giuliano Amato outlined the strategy of deception.

“The Union is the vanguard of this changing world: it indicates a future of princes without sovereignty,” he said.

“The new entity is faceless and those who are in command can neither be pinned down nor elected…. That is the way Europe was made too: by creating communitarian organisms without giving the organisms presided over by national governments the impression that they were being subjected to a higher power….

“I don’t think it is a good idea to replace this slow and effective method — which keeps national States free from anxiety while they are being stripped of power — with great institutional leaps. Therefore I prefer to go slowly, to crumble pieces of sovereignty up little by little, avoiding brusque transitions from national to [EU] federal power”.

Must-read: The Complete History of the Freemasonry and the Creation of the New World Order
GLOBAL MERGER OF REGIONS

Globalists have been getting bolder in recent years, speaking openly of their machinations and intentions. For instance, former National Security Advisor and Secretary of State Henry Kissinger outlined the same plot to advance globalism as his co-conspirator
Brzezinski did two decades earlier at Gorbachev’s confab, just more openly.

“The contemporary quest for world order will require a coherent strategy to establish a concept of order within the various regions and to relate these regional orders to one another”, Kissinger explained in an excerpt from his book World Order that appeared on August 29, 2014, under the headline “Henry Kissinger on the Assembly of a New World Order” in the Wall Street Journal.

Calling for a “structure of international rules and norms” that is “fostered as
a matter of common conviction”, he praised, in particular, developments on the other side of the Atlantic.

“Europe has set out to transcend the state”, Kissinger said. Despite the use of opaque and sterile language, it is clear that Kissinger was calling for the world’s nations and peoples to be divided up into “regional orders” as a prelude to the “New World Order” finale.

And as the EU works to transcend the nation-state at home, it is working simultaneously to do the same worldwide, including in North America. In a revealing document released in June 2016, the EU actually vowed to “support cooperative regional orders worldwide”, including in the Americas, while touting global governance composed of regional governments based on a “strong UN”.

“We will invest in regional orders, and in cooperation among and within regions,” the superstate declared in its “Global Strategy” document, echoing almost precisely the schemes outlined by Kissinger in his book World Order. “And we will promote reformed global governance…. The EU will strive for a strong UN as the bedrock of the multilateral rules-based order”.

Ironically, the EU document acknowledges that people are upset with the globalist agenda. Indeed, the EU “Global Strategy” document was released just five days after Brexit sent shock waves through the globalist movement worldwide.

But the official document goes on to suggest that surreptitiously undermining self-government around the world to build regional governments is all for the good of humanity, and so it must be pursued anyway.

“In a world caught between global pressures and local pushback, regional dynamics come to the fore”, the document argued.

“Voluntary forms of regional governance offer states and peoples the opportunity to better manage security concerns, reap the economic gains of globalization, express more fully cultures and identities, and project influence in world affairs”.

Eventually, as Kissinger and others explained, after these regional governments are in full control, the plan is to begin merging them with each other in overlapping regional governments, again using “trade” as the pretext.

The Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership, for example, was aimed at bringing the EU and North America together under transatlantic bureaucracies, a longtime globalist goal that has been worked on for generations. This transatlantic union would then create regulations and supranational kangaroo courts over more than half of global GDP.

On the other side of the United States, the Trans-Pacific Partnership did virtually the same thing. Taken together, the supranational regulatory regime that would emerge from the “trade” regimes would govern virtually the entire global economy, with even nations that were not technically under its thumb being forced to submit just to continue participating in trade.

If the American people do not actively oppose these plans en masse, the result will be the end of self-government, liberty, prosperity, and Western Christian civilization.

This article originally appeared in the November 19, 2018 print edition of The New American. The New American publishes a print magazine twice a month, covering issues such as politics, money, foreign policy, environment, culture, and technology.


Przetłumaczone na polski poniżej:

Translated into Polish below:


DEEPSTATE — TWORZY
NOWE ZAMÓWIENIE ŚWIATA…. JEDEN REGION NA CZAS..

Globalistyczny plan Głębokiego Państwa dotyczący tego, co wtajemniczeni nazywają „Nowym Porządkiem Światowym” – w zasadzie globalnym rządem kontrolowanym przez nich samych – zaczyna się od zanurzenia suwerenności państw narodowych w regionalne „porządki”.

Są one lepiej rozumiane jako rządy regionalne zbudowane na podstawie umów o „wolnym handlu”, przy czym Unia Europejska jest najlepszym przykładem. Skąd wiemy, że to jest plan? Ponieważ najlepsi globaliści z głębokiego stanu mówili to publicznie i wielokrotnie, i ponieważ jest to dokładnie taka strategia, którą stosuje się otwarcie.

Na całym świecie pseudo-„wolny handel” i inne programy niszczenia suwerenności są wykorzystywane do przekazywania coraz większej władzy ponadnarodowej biurokracji i sądom.

Ostatecznie te regionalne porządki zostaną wplecione w nakładającą się mozaikę wielostronnych reżimów na drodze do stworzenia prawdziwie globalnego autorytetu, być może w ramach Organizacji Narodów Zjednoczonych lub jakiegoś mniej zdyskredytowanego przyszłego globalnego organu. Przynajmniej taki jest plan globalistyczny. Ale zaczyna pojawiać się poważne pęknięcia wśród historycznego publicznego sprzeciwu.

Już w 1950 r. Globaliści otwarcie ujawnili swój program globalnego rządu w ramach Organizacji Narodów Zjednoczonych. Na przykład w swojej książce Wojna lub pokój, współzałożyciel globalnej organizacji promującej rząd Rady Stosunków Zagranicznych, John Foster Dulles, jasno to wyraził.

„Organizacja Narodów Zjednoczonych nie stanowi ostatniego etapu rozwoju porządku światowego, lecz jedynie prymitywny etap”, napisał Dulles.

„Dlatego jego podstawowym zadaniem jest stworzenie warunków, które umożliwią bardziej rozwiniętą organizację”.

W tej samej książce Dulles dalej argumentował, że istniejąca Karta Narodów Zjednoczonych była wystarczająco silna, aby służyć jako podstawa dla rządu światowego.

„Nigdy nie spotkałem się z żadną propozycją zbiorowego bezpieczeństwa z„ zębami ”,„ rządem światowym ”lub„ federacją światową ”, która nie mogłaby zostać zrealizowana ani przez ONZ, ani na mocy Karty Narodów Zjednoczonych”, powiedział.

Niestety dla globalistów ludzkość nie była jeszcze gotowa oddać swojej suwerenności wszechmocnemu rządowi światowemu. Tak więc regionalizacja.

W raporcie z 1962 r. Zatytułowanym „Świat skutecznie kontrolowany przez ONZ”, finansowanym przez Departament Stanu USA, członka CFR i długoletniego urzędnika Departamentu Stanu, Lincolna Bloomfielda, argumentowano, że globalny rząd można osiągnąć poprzez regionalizm.

W planie zaproponował, aby „coraz większe jednostki ewoluowały przez związki celne, konfederację, regionalizm itd., Aż ostatecznie większe jednostki zlewały się pod globalnym parasolem”. Brzmi znajomo?

Oczywiście jest to właśnie strategia, która została zastosowana, polegająca przede wszystkim na programach „wolnego handlu” – oprócz wojny i groźby wojny, inne kluczowe taktyki podkreślone w raporcie Bloomfielda.

W 1974 roku, prawie ćwierć wieku po tym, jak założyciel CFR Dulles napisał swoją niesławną książkę, rzecznik organizacji globalistycznej, czasopismo zwane sprawami zagranicznymi, telegrafował swoją strategię globalizmu poprzez inkrementalizm do globalistów i przydatnych idiotów na całym świecie.

„Krótko mówiąc,„ dom porządku światowego ”będzie musiał być budowany oddolnie, a nie odgórnie”, napisał były zastępca sekretarza stanu Richard N. Gardner w kwietniu 1974 roku. suwerenność, niszcząc ją kawałek po kawałku, osiągnie znacznie więcej niż staromodny atak frontalny ”.

Krótko mówiąc, globaliści zdali sobie sprawę z faktu, że ludzie nie byli skłonni zrzec się kontroli nad własnymi narodami i przeznaczeniem naraz. Zamiast tego plan musiał być realizowany powoli, cicho i zwodniczo.

I tak, kawałek po kawałku, suwerenność została zniszczona przy użyciu narzędzi takich jak „wolny handel”, umowy międzynarodowe, regionalne sojusze wojskowe, takie jak Organizacja Traktatu Północnoatlantyckiego (NATO) i inne. Centralnym punktem spisku było przekonanie narodów i narodów do poddania się suwerenności nie od niektórych globalnych rządów oczekujących od razu, ale od organizacji regionalnych.

Zastanówmy się nad byłym doradcą ds. Bezpieczeństwa narodowego Zbigniewem Brzezińskim, wieloletnim „CFR”, członkiem i jedną z kluczowych postaci stojącej za globalnym szefem Trójstronnej Komisji Davida Rockefellera.

W 1995 r., Przemawiając na forum byłego sowieckiego dyktatora Michaiła Gorbaczowa „State of the World Forum”, w którym wziął udział starszy redaktor magazynu New American William F. Jasper, Brzeziński wyraźnie nakreślił plan, być może zakładając, że rozmawia tylko z innymi globalistami i przyjaciółmi.

„Nie możemy wskoczyć do rządu światowego jednym szybkim krokiem”, powiedział. „W skrócie, warunkiem ostatecznej globalizacji – prawdziwej globalizacji – jest postępująca regionalizacja, ponieważ w ten sposób dążymy do większych, bardziej stabilnych i bardziej kooperatywnych jednostek”.

Również w 1995 r. Utworzona przez ONZ „Komisja ds. Globalnego zarządzania” – tak, naprawdę nazywała się „Komisją ds. Globalnego zarządzania” – nakreśliła dokładnie tę samą strategię w swoim raporcie „Nasze globalne sąsiedztwo”.

„ONZ musi przygotować się na czas, gdy regionalizm stanie się bardziej powszechny na całym świecie i wspomóc ten proces z wyprzedzeniem w tym czasie”, napisali globaliści w komisji ONZ, zapowiadając strategię, która miała wkrótce nadejść.

„Współpraca regionalna i integracja powinny być postrzegane jako ważna i integralna część zrównoważonego systemu globalnego zarządzania”.
RZĄDY REGIONALNE WSZĘDZIE

Ta regionalizacja i „integracja” jako krok w kierunku globalizacji władzy politycznej i gospodarczej jest dokładnie tym, co dzieje się na całym świecie.
TUTAJ JEST NIEKTÓRE Z WIĘCEJ PRZYKŁADOWYCH PRZYKŁADÓW – nie jest to w żaden sposób wyczerpująca lista:
• UNIA EUROPEJSKA:
UE jest zdecydowanie najbardziej rozwiniętym reżimem ponadnarodowym na świecie, a były sowiecki dyktator Michaił Gorbaczow aprobująco określa ją jako „nową europejską sowiecką” podczas wizyty w Wielkiej Brytanii w 2000 roku.

Pierwotnie zaczęło się jako umowa „Węgla i stali” między sześcioma narodami po II wojnie światowej. Przy kluczowym wsparciu Deep State
instytucje takie jak
Bilderberg, CFR, Centralna Agencja Wywiadowcza (CIA) i więcej, stopniowo uzurpowała sobie coraz więcej władzy pod pozorem „wolnego handlu”.

Przez dziesięciolecia przekształciła się w Europejską Wspólnotę Gospodarczą, Wspólnotę Europejską, a wreszcie w Unię Europejską. Do 2012 r. Ówczesny przewodniczący Komisji Europejskiej José Manuel Barroso, były maoistyczny rewolucjonista, chwalił się machinacjami, o których ostrzegał Nowy Amerykanin od dziesięcioleci, spisek, którego globaliści zaprzeczali podczas tworzenia UE.

„Będziemy musieli przejść do federacji” – powiedział. „To jest nasz horyzont polityczny”.

Dziś UE ma jedną walutę, organ ścigania, wojsko proto-kontynentalne i wiele innych. Bruksela, w której znajduje się główna siedziba potwora, ukradła więcej władzy, niż nawet rząd federalny USA zabrał ze Stanów Zjednoczonych w niektórych obszarach, rzekomo mając uprawnienia do zawetowania budżetów krajowych uchwalonych przez wybrane parlamenty państw członkowskich.

Pomimo sprzeciwu obywateli w referendach praktycznie na każdym kroku, UE nadal pracuje nad tym, by „pogłębić”, przejmując większą władzę, i „poszerzyć”, dodając coraz więcej członków. Pracuje także nad eksportem swojego globalistycznego modelu całkowitej scentralizowanej władzy do innych regionów świata.

• UNIA AFRYKAŃSKA:
UA jest kolejnym z bardziej zaawansowanych związków regionalnych, które niszczą suwerenność narodową i nakładają na wybranych ludzi niewybranych, ponadnarodowych władców. Już teraz UA ma „parlament”, wojsko, „Trybunał Sprawiedliwości” i wiele innych.

Działa również na walucie kontynentalnej. Ponieważ Afryka jest tak rozległa i nierozwinięta, globalni władcy stosują ten sam plan, który realizują na poziomie globalnym, aby objąć państwa narodowe, ale na skalę kontynentalną.

Rozważ powstającą „Trójstronną strefę wolnego handlu”. W ramach tego planu różne obszary „wolnego handlu” na kontynencie afrykańskim zostaną ostatecznie połączone w jeden reżim „wolnego handlu” na całym kontynencie z otwartymi granicami od Kapsztadu do Kairu i jednym afrykańskim paszportem.

Jeśli chcesz zajrzeć w przyszłość w ramach tego regionalnego reżimu, zastanów się, że ludobójczy marksistowski dyktator Robert Mugabe został przewodniczącym UA, zanim został obalony przez własne wojsko.

I oczywiście jest bezspornym faktem, że osoby z zewnątrz – przede wszystkim rząd USA, UE i dyktatura zniewalająca Chiny – finansują Afrykę i nakładają na nią UA. Pekin zbudował siedzibę UA. Tymczasem UE finansuje ponad 80 procent budżetu programu UA.
• UNIA PAŃSTW AMERYKAŃSKICH:
W Ameryce Południowej globaliści i komuniści narzucali narodom wschodzące superpaństwo znane jako UNASUL lub UNASUR, w zależności od języka.

Zainspirowane przez UE siły stojące za tym programem niszczenia suwerenności przewidują Stany Zjednoczone Ameryki Południowej wraz z południowoamerykańskim wojskiem, walutą, parlamentem i nie tylko.

Aż do niedawnych sporów dotyczących brutalnej socjalistycznej dyktatury zniewolącej Wenezuelę niektóre państwa członkowskie tymczasowo zawiesiły swój udział, ponadnarodowe ciało zdominowane przez socjalistów i komunistów szybko przejmowało szeroką gamę uprawnień państw członkowskich.

I podobnie jak w innych częściach świata podlegających władzom regionalnym, UNASUL / UNASUR jest tylko jedną z ogromnej konstelacji ponadnarodowych instytucji w Ameryce Łacińskiej, które „integrują” niegdyś suwerenne państwa narodowe w „porządku regionalnym, ”, A po nim„ porządek świata ”.

Inne obejmują MERCOSUR, Boliwariański Sojusz na rzecz Ludów Naszej Ameryki (ALBA), Wspólnotę Państw Ameryki Łacińskiej i Karaibów (CELAC) i wiele innych.
• UNIA EURASIAN:
W „Eurazji” rosyjski siłacz Władimir Putin przewodzi utworzeniu tak zwanej Eurazjatyckiej Unii Gospodarczej, czyli EEU. Skupia Rosję, Białoruś, Kazachstan, Armenię i Kirgistan, wraz z wprowadzeniem innych krajów.

W końcu mają nadzieję na rozszerzenie unii o inne byłe państwa radzieckie, zwłaszcza ze Wspólnoty Niepodległych Państw (WNP).

„Przejście z Europejskiej Wspólnoty Węgla i Stali do pełnej Unii Europejskiej zajęło Europie 40 lat” – zauważył Putin w artykule dla Izvestii, dodając, że Unia Eurazjatycka „postępuje w znacznie szybszym tempie, ponieważ możemy czerpać doświadczenie UE i innych regionalnych stowarzyszeń. ”

Zharmonizowany eurazjatycki system regulacyjny jest „w większości przypadków zgodny ze standardami europejskimi”, dodał, zauważając, że „był oparty na zasadach Światowej Organizacji Handlu”, obiecując jednocześnie, że unia „pomoże zapewnić globalny zrównoważony rozwój”.

Putin zauważył, że w końcu UE i Unia Eurazjatycka mogłyby stworzyć „zharmonizowaną wspólnotę gospodarek od Lizbony po Władywostok, strefę wolnego handlu, a nawet stosując bardziej wyrafinowane wzorce integracji”, która prowadziłaby „skoordynowaną politykę w przemyśle, technologii, energii sektor, edukacja, nauka, a także ostatecznie zniesienie wiz ”.

Ostatecznie „istniejące instytucje regionalne, takie jak między innymi UE, NAFTA, APEC, ASEAN”, stałyby się „cegłami integracyjnymi, które można wykorzystać do budowy bardziej zrównoważonej globalnej gospodarki”. Czołowi przywódcy UE dokładnie powtórzyli tę retorykę. Zwróć też uwagę na odniesienie do NAFTA.

Na całym świecie istnieje oszałamiający wachlarz innych schematów „integracji”, które mają na celu połączenie niegdyś suwerennych państw narodowych w związki regionalne. Na przykład na Bliskim Wschodzie już funkcjonująca Rada Współpracy Zatoki Perskiej staje się ponadnarodowym reżimem nad narodami Półwyspu Arabskiego.

Tymczasem globaliści z CFR i nie tylko starają się objąć cały region tym, co nazywają „Unią Bliskiego Wschodu”.

„Tak jak walczący [europejski] kontynent znalazł pokój poprzez jedność poprzez stworzenie tego, co stało się UE, Arabowie, Turcy, Kurdowie i inne grupy w regionie mogą znaleźć względny pokój w coraz ściślejszym związku”, stwierdził Mohamed „Ed” Husain, „ adiunkt ds. studiów na Bliskim Wschodzie ”w CFR, w artykule z 2014 r. opublikowanym w Financial Times.

W Azji Południowo-Wschodniej „Stowarzyszenie Narodów Azji Południowo-Wschodniej”, bardziej znane jako ASEAN, robi to samo.

W Ameryce Północnej globalistyczny architekt Henry „New World Order” Kissinger opisał NAFTA, która ustanowiła międzynarodowe trybunały i biurokracje, jako „najbardziej twórczy krok w kierunku nowego porządku światowego podjętego przez dowolną grupę krajów od zakończenia zimnej wojny”.

DEKLAMA NA CAŁYM ŚWIECIE

Nie ma obecnie zaludnionego regionu na Ziemi, który nie byłby objęty przez samorządy regionalne. Oczywiście pomysł, że ludzie na całym świecie obudzili się pewnego dnia, próbując oddać suwerenność władzom regionalnym, jest absurdalny. Oczywiście wszystko było zaplanowane. Ale przez cały czas osoby odpowiedzialne oszukiwały społeczeństwo.

Na przykład, podczas przykucania Wielkiej Brytanii do powstającego superpaństwa europejskiego, ówczesny premier Wielkiej Brytanii Edward Heath rażąco skłamał.

„W tym kraju są tacy, którzy obawiają się, że przyjeżdżając do Europy, w jakiś sposób poświęcimy niezależność i suwerenność”, powiedział Heath w premierowej audycji telewizyjnej w styczniu 1973 r. „Te obawy, nie muszę chyba mówić, są całkowicie nieuzasadnione”.

Oczywiście obawy te były nie tylko całkowicie uzasadnione, ale nie doceniono podważenia suwerenności, która miała mieć miejsce.

Do 2016 r. Brytyjczycy zmądrowali, a więcej osób głosowało za Brexitem, by odłączyć się od UE, niż kiedykolwiek głosowało na coś w historii Wielkiej Brytanii. Globaliści robią teraz wszystko, co możliwe, aby obalić głosowanie, ponownie stosując oszustwo.

Prawie trzy dekady po kłamstwach Heatha, w wywiadzie dla gazety La Stampa z 13 lipca 2000 r., Ówczesny premier Włoch Giuliano Amato nakreślił strategię oszustwa.

„Unia jest awangardą tego zmieniającego się świata: wskazuje na przyszłość książąt bez suwerenności” – powiedział.

„Nowa istota jest pozbawiona twarzy, a rządzących nie można przypisać ani wybrać … Tak też zrobiono w Europie: poprzez tworzenie organizmów wspólnotowych bez stwarzania wrażenia, że są to organizmy kierowane przez rządy krajowe poddany wyższej sile….

„Nie sądzę, że dobrym pomysłem jest zastąpienie tej powolnej i skutecznej metody – która chroni państwa narodowe przed niepokojem podczas pozbawiania władzy – dużymi skokami instytucjonalnymi. Dlatego wolę iść powoli, stopniowo niszcząc suwerenność, unikając szorstkich przejść od władzy krajowej do federalnej [UE] ”.

Koniecznie przeczytaj: pełną historię masonerii i stworzenia nowego porządku świata
GLOBALNA POŁĄCZENIE REGIONÓW

Globaliści w ostatnich latach stają się odważniejsi, mówiąc otwarcie o swoich machinacjach i zamiarach. Na przykład były doradca ds. Bezpieczeństwa narodowego i sekretarz stanu Henry Kissinger nakreślili ten sam spisek mający na celu rozwój globalizmu, jak jego współspiskowiec
Brzeziński zrobił to dwie dekady wcześniej na konfabcie Gorbaczowa, tylko bardziej otwarcie.

„Współczesne dążenie do ładu światowego będzie wymagało spójnej strategii ustanowienia koncepcji porządku w różnych regionach i powiązania tych regionalnych porządków ze sobą”, wyjaśnił Kissinger we fragmencie swojej książki World Order, która ukazała się 29 sierpnia 2014 r. , pod nagłówkiem „Henry Kissinger o Zgromadzeniu Nowego Porządku Świata” w Wall Street Journal.

Wzywając do „struktury międzynarodowych zasad i norm”, która jest „wspierana jako
kwestia powszechnego przekonania ”, chwalił w szczególności rozwój wydarzeń po drugiej stronie Atlantyku.

„Europa postanowiła przekroczyć państwo”, powiedział Kissinger. Pomimo użycia nieprzejrzystego i sterylnego języka, jasne jest, że Kissinger apelował o podzielenie narodów i narodów świata na „porządki regionalne” jako preludium do finału „Nowego Porządku Świata”.

A ponieważ UE dąży do wykroczenia poza państwo narodowe w kraju, jednocześnie pracuje nad tym samym na całym świecie, w tym w Ameryce Północnej. W ujawniającym dokumencie wydanym w czerwcu 2016 r. UE faktycznie ślubowała „wspierać regionalne zamówienia spółdzielcze na całym świecie”, w tym w obu Amerykach, jednocześnie propagując globalne zarządzanie składające się z rządów regionalnych opartych na „silnej ONZ”.

„Będziemy inwestować w zamówienia regionalne i we współpracę między regionami” – oświadczył superpaństwo w dokumencie „Strategia globalna”, odzwierciedlając niemal dokładnie schematy nakreślone przez Kissingera w jego książce „Porządek świata”. „Będziemy promować zreformowane globalne zarządzanie… UE będzie dążyć do silnej ONZ jako podstawy wielostronnego porządku opartego na zasadach”.

Jak na ironię, dokument UE potwierdza, że ludzie są zaniepokojeni globalistyczną agendą. Rzeczywiście, dokument „Globalna strategia” UE został wydany zaledwie pięć dni po tym, jak Brexit wywołał fale wstrząsów w ruchu globalistycznym na całym świecie.

Ale oficjalny dokument dalej sugeruje, że potajemne podważanie samorządu na całym świecie w celu budowania samorządów regionalnych służy dobru ludzkości, dlatego i tak należy go kontynuować.

„W świecie uwikłanym w globalną presję i lokalne odepchnięcie na pierwszy plan wysuwa się regionalna dynamika”, argumentował dokument.

„Dobrowolne formy zarządzania regionalnego dają państwom i ludziom możliwość lepszego zarządzania problemami bezpieczeństwa, czerpania korzyści ekonomicznych z globalizacji, pełniejszego wyrażania kultur i tożsamości oraz wpływu projektów na sprawy światowe”.

W końcu, jak wyjaśnili Kissinger i inni, po tym, jak rządy regionalne mają pełną kontrolę, planuje się połączyć je ze sobą w nakładające się rządy regionalne, ponownie wykorzystując „handel” jako pretekst.

Na przykład transatlantyckie partnerstwo handlowo-inwestycyjne miało na celu zbliżenie UE i Ameryki Północnej do biurokracji transatlantyckiej, od dawna realizowanego przez pokolenia globalistycznego celu. Ta transatlantycka unia stworzyłaby wówczas regulacje i ponadnarodowe sądy kangurowe na ponad połowę światowego PKB.

Po drugiej stronie Stanów Zjednoczonych partnerstwo trans-pacyficzne zrobiło praktycznie to samo. Reasumując, ponadnarodowy reżim regulacyjny, który wyłoniłby się z reżimów „handlowych”, rządziłby praktycznie całą globalną gospodarką, a nawet narody, które technicznie nie były pod jego kontrolą, były zmuszone poddać się tylko po to, by nadal uczestniczyć w handlu.

Jeśli naród amerykański nie przeciwstawi się masowo tym planom, rezultatem będzie koniec samorządu, wolności, dobrobytu i cywilizacji zachodnio-chrześcijańskiej.

Artykuł pierwotnie ukazał się w wydaniu drukowanym The New American z 19 listopada 2018 r. The New American publikuje magazyn drukowany dwa razy w miesiącu, obejmujący takie kwestie, jak polityka, pieniądze, polityka zagraniczna, środowisko, kultura i technologia.


Traducido al español a continuación:

Translated into Spanish below:


PROFUNDIDAD: ESTÁ CREANDO
UN NUEVO ORDEN MUNDIAL…. UNA REGIÓN A LA VEZ..

El plan globalista del Estado Profundo para lo que los de adentro conocen como el “Nuevo Orden Mundial” – básicamente, un gobierno global controlado por ellos mismos – comienza sumergiendo la soberanía de los estados nacionales en “órdenes” regionales.

Estos se entienden mejor como gobiernos regionales construidos utilizando acuerdos de “libre comercio” como base, con la Unión Europea como el principal ejemplo. ¿Cómo sabemos que este es el plan? Porque los principales globalistas de Deep State lo han dicho pública y repetidamente, y porque esa es la estrategia exacta que se sigue abiertamente.

En todo el mundo, los acuerdos de pseudo “libre comercio” y otros esquemas de destrucción de soberanía se están utilizando para transferir más y más poder a las burocracias y tribunales transnacionales.

Y eventualmente, estas órdenes regionales se entrelazarán en un mosaico superpuesto de regímenes multilaterales en el camino hacia la creación de una autoridad verdaderamente global, tal vez bajo las Naciones Unidas o algún organismo mundial futuro menos desacreditado. Al menos, ese es el plan globalista. Pero está comenzando a mostrar grietas importantes en medio de una reacción pública histórica.

Ya en 1950, los globalistas habían revelado abiertamente su agenda para un gobierno global bajo las Naciones Unidas. En su libro Guerra o paz, por ejemplo, el cofundador del Consejo de Relaciones Exteriores, promotor del gobierno mundial, John Foster Dulles, lo explicó claramente.

“Las Naciones Unidas no representan una etapa final en el desarrollo del orden mundial, sino solo una etapa primitiva”, escribió Dulles.

“Por lo tanto, su tarea principal es crear las condiciones que harán posible una organización más desarrollada”.

En el mismo libro, Dulles continuó argumentando que la Carta de la ONU existente era lo suficientemente fuerte como para servir de base para un gobierno mundial.

“Nunca he visto ninguna propuesta hecha para la seguridad colectiva con ‘dientes’, o para el ‘gobierno mundial’ o para la ‘federación mundial’, que no podría ser llevada a cabo por las Naciones Unidas o bajo la Carta de las Naciones Unidas”, él dijo.

Sin embargo, desafortunadamente para los globalistas, la humanidad aún no estaba lista para entregar su soberanía a un gobierno mundial todopoderoso. Por lo tanto, regionalización.

En un informe de 1962 titulado “Un mundo efectivamente controlado por las Naciones Unidas”, financiado por el Departamento de Estado de EE. UU., Miembro del CFR y funcionario del Departamento de Estado de mucho tiempo Lincoln Bloomfield, argumentó que el gobierno global podría lograrse a través del regionalismo.

En el plan, propuso que “las unidades cada vez más grandes evolucionan a través de las uniones aduaneras, la confederación, el regionalismo, etc., hasta que finalmente las unidades más grandes se unan bajo un paraguas global”. ¿Suena familiar?

Por supuesto, esa es precisamente la estrategia que se ha utilizado, basándose principalmente en esquemas de “libre comercio”, además de ir a la guerra y amenazarla, otras tácticas clave destacadas en el informe de Bloomfield.

En 1974, casi un cuarto de siglo después de que el fundador de CFR, Dulles, escribiera su infame libro, el portavoz de la organización globalista, la revista denominada Foreign Affairs, estaba telegrafiando su estrategia de globalismo a través de incrementalismo a los expertos globalistas e idiotas útiles en todas partes.

“En resumen, la ‘casa del orden mundial’ tendrá que construirse de abajo hacia arriba y no de arriba hacia abajo”, escribió el ex subsecretario de Estado adjunto Richard N. Gardner en abril de 1974. “Un fin en todo el país La soberanía, erosionándola pieza por pieza, logrará mucho más que el asalto frontal anticuado ”.

En resumen, los globalistas reconocieron la realidad de que las personas no estaban dispuestas a renunciar al control sobre sus propias naciones y sus propios destinos de una vez. En cambio, el plan tendría que llevarse a cabo de manera lenta, silenciosa y engañosa.

Y así, pieza por pieza, la soberanía se erosionó utilizando herramientas como el “libre comercio”, los acuerdos internacionales, las alianzas militares regionales como la Organización del Tratado del Atlántico Norte (OTAN) y más. Un elemento central de la trama era convencer a las naciones y los pueblos a que entregaran la soberanía no a algún gobierno global inmediato, sino a las organizaciones regionales.

Considere al ex asesor de seguridad nacional Zbigniew Brzezinski, miembro de ‘CFR’ desde hace mucho tiempo, y una de las figuras clave detrás de la Comisión Trilateral del cerebro globalista David Rockefeller.

En 1995, al hablar en el “Foro del Estado del Mundo” del ex dictador soviético Mikhail Gorbachev, al que asistió el editor principal de la revista The New American William F. Jasper, Brzezinski describió el plan claramente, tal vez suponiendo que estaba hablando solo con sus amigos globalistas y amigos.

“No podemos saltar al gobierno mundial en un solo paso rápido”, dijo. “En resumen, la condición previa para una globalización eventual – una globalización genuina – es una regionalización progresiva, porque así nos movemos hacia unidades más grandes, más estables y más cooperativas”.

También en 1995, la “Comisión de Gobernanza Global” creada por la ONU, sí, realmente se la llamó “Comisión de Gobernanza Global”, describió precisamente la misma estrategia en su informe “Nuestra Vecindad Global”.

“La ONU debe prepararse para un momento en que el regionalismo se vuelve más ascendente en todo el mundo y ayudar al proceso antes de ese momento”, escribieron los globalistas en la comisión de la ONU, presagiando la estrategia que estaba a punto de agotarse.

“La cooperación y la integración regional deben considerarse como una parte importante e integral de un sistema equilibrado de gobernanza global”.

GOBIERNOS REGIONALES EN TODAS PARTES

Esta regionalización e “integración” como un peldaño hacia la globalización del poder político y económico es exactamente lo que está sucediendo en todo el mundo.
AQUÍ HAY ALGUNOS DE LOS EJEMPLOS MÁS PROMINENTES: de ninguna manera es una lista exhaustiva:
• UNIÓN EUROPEA:
La UE es, con mucho, el régimen supranacional más desarrollado del mundo, con el ex dictador soviético Mikhail Gorbachev describiéndolo con aprobación como “el nuevo soviético europeo” durante una visita de 2000 a Gran Bretaña.

Originalmente, comenzó como un acuerdo de “Carbón y Acero” entre seis naciones después de la Segunda Guerra Mundial. Con el apoyo clave de Deep State
instituciones como
Bilderberg, el CFR, la Agencia Central de Inteligencia (CIA) y más, gradualmente usurparon más y más poder bajo la apariencia de “libre comercio”.

A lo largo de las décadas, se transformó en la Comunidad Económica Europea, la Comunidad Europea y, finalmente, la Unión Europea. Para 2012, el entonces presidente de la Comisión de la UE, José Manuel Barroso, un ex revolucionario maoísta, se jactaba de las maquinaciones que The New American había estado advirtiendo durante décadas, un complot que los globalistas generalmente habían negado a medida que la UE se estaba formando.

“Tendremos que avanzar hacia una federación”, dijo. “Este es nuestro horizonte político”.

Hoy, la UE tiene una moneda única, una agencia de aplicación de la ley, un ejército protocontinental y mucho más. Bruselas, donde el monstruo tiene su sede, ha robado más poder del que incluso el gobierno federal de EE. UU. Ha tomado de los estados de EE. UU. En algunas áreas, pretendiendo tener la autoridad para vetar los presupuestos nacionales aprobados por los parlamentos elegidos de los estados miembros.

A pesar de que los ciudadanos se oponen a los referéndums en casi todos los sentidos, la UE todavía está trabajando para ser “más profunda” al usurpar más poder y “más amplia” al agregar más y más miembros. También está trabajando para exportar su modelo globalista de poder centralizado total a otras regiones del mundo.
• UNIÓN AFRICANA:
La UA es otro de los sindicatos regionales más avanzados que destruyen la soberanía nacional e imponen gobernantes supranacionales no elegidos a pueblos diversos. La UA ya tiene un “Parlamento”, un ejército, un “Tribunal de Justicia” y más.

También está trabajando en una moneda continental. Debido a que África es tan vasta y poco desarrollada, los señores globalistas en realidad están utilizando el mismo plan que están siguiendo a nivel global para subsumir a los estados-nación, pero a escala continental.

Considere la emergente “Área tripartita de libre comercio”. Según el plan, varias áreas de “libre comercio” en el continente africano finalmente se fusionarán en un único régimen de “libre comercio” en todo el continente con fronteras abiertas desde Ciudad del Cabo a El Cairo, y un solo pasaporte africano.

Para una vista previa del futuro bajo este régimen regional, considere que el dictador marxista genocida Robert Mugabe fue nombrado presidente de la UA antes de ser derrocado por su propio ejército.

Y, por supuesto, es un hecho indiscutible que los extraños, principalmente el gobierno de EE. UU., La UE y la dictadura que esclavizan a China, están financiando e imponiendo la UA a los africanos. Beijing construyó la sede de la UA. Mientras tanto, la UE financia más del 80 por ciento del presupuesto del programa de la UA.
• UNIÓN DE ESTADOS SUDAMERICANOS:
En América del Sur, los globalistas y comunistas han impuesto a los pueblos un superestado emergente conocido como UNASUL o UNASUR, según el idioma.

Inspiradas por la UE, las fuerzas detrás de este esquema de destrucción de soberanía vislumbran a los Estados Unidos de América del Sur, con un ejército, moneda, parlamento y más sudamericanos.

Hasta que los recientes desacuerdos sobre la brutal dictadura socialista que esclavizaban a Venezuela causaron que algunos estados miembros suspendieran temporalmente su participación, el cuerpo supranacional dominado por los socialistas y los comunistas estaba usurpando rápidamente una amplia gama de poderes de los estados miembros.

Y como es el caso en otras partes del mundo que están incluidas en los gobiernos regionales, UNASUL / UNASUR es simplemente una de una vasta constelación de instituciones supranacionales en América Latina que trabaja para “integrar” a los estados-nación soberanos en un “orden regional”. “Para ser seguido por el” orden mundial “.

Otros incluyen el MERCOSUR, la Alianza Bolivariana para los Pueblos de Nuestra América (ALBA), la Comunidad de Estados de América Latina y el Caribe (CELAC) y muchos otros.

• UNIÓN EURASIANA:
En “Eurasia”, el hombre fuerte ruso Vladimir Putin encabeza la creación de lo que actualmente se conoce como la Unión Económica Euroasiática, o EEU. Reúne a Rusia, Bielorrusia, Kazajstán, Armenia y Kirguistán, y otros países están siendo inducidos.

Eventualmente, esperan expandir la unión para incluir otros antiguos estados soviéticos, particularmente de la Comunidad de Estados Independientes (CEI).

“Le tomó 40 años a Europa pasar de la Comunidad Europea del Carbón y del Acero a la Unión Europea”, observó Putin en un artículo de opinión para Izvestia, y agregó que la Unión Euroasiática está “avanzando a un ritmo mucho más rápido porque podríamos aprovechar la experiencia de la UE y otras asociaciones regionales “.

El régimen regulatorio euroasiático armonizado es “en la mayoría de los casos consistente con los estándares europeos”, agregó, y señaló que estaba “basado en los principios de la Organización Mundial del Comercio”, al tiempo que prometió que la unión “ayudaría a garantizar el desarrollo sostenible global”.

Putin señaló que eventualmente, la UE y la Unión Euroasiática podrían crear una “comunidad armonizada de economías que se extienda desde Lisboa a Vladivostok, una zona de libre comercio e incluso empleando patrones de integración más sofisticados” que seguirían “políticas coordinadas en la industria, la tecnología, la energía sector, educación, ciencia y también para eventualmente desechar visas ”.

En última instancia, “las instituciones regionales existentes, como la UE, el TLCAN, el APEC, la ASEAN, entre otras cosas”, se convertirían en “los ladrillos de integración que se pueden utilizar para construir una economía global más sostenible”. Los principales líderes de la UE se han hecho eco de esa retórica exactamente. Tenga en cuenta la referencia al TLCAN, también.

En todo el mundo, hay una variedad vertiginosa de otros esquemas de “integración” que trabajan para fusionar estados nacionales que alguna vez fueron soberanos en sindicatos regionales. Por ejemplo, en el Medio Oriente, el Consejo de Cooperación del Golfo, que ya funciona, se está convirtiendo en un régimen supranacional sobre las naciones de la Península Arábiga.

Mientras tanto, los globalistas del CFR y más allá están trabajando para poner a toda la región bajo lo que ellos llaman una “Unión del Medio Oriente”.

“Así como un continente en guerra [europeo] encontró la paz a través de la unidad al crear lo que se convirtió en la UE, los árabes, turcos, kurdos y otros grupos en la región podrían encontrar una paz relativa en una unión cada vez más estrecha”, afirmó Mohamed “Ed” Husain, un ” investigador adjunto para estudios de Medio Oriente ”en el CFR, en un artículo de 2014 publicado en el Financial Times.

En el sudeste asiático, la “Asociación de Naciones del Sudeste Asiático”, más comúnmente conocida como ASEAN, está haciendo lo mismo.

En América del Norte, el arquitecto globalista Henry “Nuevo Orden Mundial” Kissinger describió el TLCAN, que estableció tribunales y burocracias internacionales, como “el paso más creativo hacia un nuevo orden mundial dado por cualquier grupo de países desde el final de la Guerra Fría”.

ENGAÑO MUNDIAL

No hay una región poblada en la Tierra que no esté incluida en el gobierno regional en este momento. Obviamente, la noción de que la gente de todo el mundo acaba de despertarse un día buscando entregar la soberanía a un gobierno regional es ridícula. Todo fue por diseño, por supuesto. Pero todo el tiempo, los responsables estaban engañando al público.

Por ejemplo, mientras encadenaba al Reino Unido al emergente superestado europeo, el entonces primer ministro británico Edward Heath mintió descaradamente.

“Hay algunos en este país que temen que al entrar en Europa sacrifiquemos de alguna manera la independencia y la soberanía”, dijo Heath en una transmisión televisiva del primer ministro de enero de 1973. “No es necesario decir que estos temores son completamente injustificados”.

Por supuesto, esas preocupaciones no solo estaban completamente justificadas, sino que subestimaban la subversión de la soberanía que tendría lugar.

Para 2016, el pueblo británico se había dado cuenta, con más personas votando para separarse de la UE con Brexit que nunca votaron por algo en la historia del Reino Unido. Los globalistas ahora están haciendo todo lo posible para revocar el voto, nuevamente utilizando el engaño.

Casi tres décadas después de las mentiras de Heath, en una entrevista del 13 de julio de 2000 con el periódico La Stampa, el entonces primer ministro italiano Giuliano Amato describió la estrategia del engaño.

“La Unión es la vanguardia de este mundo cambiante: indica un futuro de príncipes sin soberanía”, dijo.

“La nueva entidad no tiene rostro y los que están al mando no pueden ser inmovilizados ni elegidos … Así es como se hizo Europa: creando organismos comunitarios sin dar a los organismos presididos por los gobiernos nacionales la impresión de que eran ser sometido a un poder superior….

“No creo que sea una buena idea reemplazar este método lento y efectivo, que mantiene a los Estados nacionales libres de ansiedad mientras se les despoja del poder, con grandes saltos institucionales”. Por lo tanto, prefiero ir despacio, desmoronar pedazos de soberanía poco a poco, evitando transiciones bruscas del poder nacional al poder federal [de la UE] ”.

Debe leer: la historia completa de la masonería y la creación del nuevo orden mundial
FUSIÓN GLOBAL DE REGIONES

Los globalistas se han vuelto más audaces en los últimos años, hablando abiertamente de sus maquinaciones e intenciones. Por ejemplo, el ex asesor de seguridad nacional y secretario de Estado Henry Kissinger describió el mismo plan para avanzar en el globalismo que su conspirador.
Brzezinski lo hizo dos décadas antes en la reunión de Gorbachov, solo que de manera más abierta.

“La búsqueda contemporánea del orden mundial requerirá una estrategia coherente para establecer un concepto de orden dentro de las diversas regiones y relacionar estos órdenes regionales entre sí”, explicó Kissinger en un extracto de su libro World Order que apareció el 29 de agosto de 2014 , bajo el título “Henry Kissinger sobre la Asamblea de un Nuevo Orden Mundial” en el Wall Street Journal.

Pidiendo una “estructura de reglas y normas internacionales” que se “fomente como
una cuestión de convicción común ”, elogió, en particular, los desarrollos en el otro lado del Atlántico.

“Europa se ha propuesto trascender el estado”, dijo Kissinger. A pesar del uso de lenguaje opaco y estéril, está claro que Kissinger estaba pidiendo que las naciones y pueblos del mundo se dividieran en “órdenes regionales” como preludio del final del “Nuevo Orden Mundial”.

Y a medida que la UE trabaja para trascender el estado-nación en casa, está trabajando simultáneamente para hacer lo mismo en todo el mundo, incluso en América del Norte. En un documento revelador publicado en junio de 2016, la UE se comprometió a “apoyar las órdenes regionales de cooperación en todo el mundo”, incluso en las Américas, mientras promociona la gobernanza global compuesta por gobiernos regionales basados en una “ONU fuerte”.

“Invertiremos en pedidos regionales, y en cooperación entre y dentro de las regiones”, declaró el superestado en su documento de “Estrategia global”, haciéndose eco casi con precisión de los esquemas esbozados por Kissinger en su libro World Order. “Y promoveremos una gobernanza mundial reformada … La UE luchará por una ONU fuerte como base del orden multilateral basado en normas”.

Irónicamente, el documento de la UE reconoce que las personas están molestas con la agenda globalista. De hecho, el documento de la “Estrategia global” de la UE se publicó solo cinco días después de que Brexit envió ondas de choque a través del movimiento globalista en todo el mundo.

Pero el documento oficial continúa sugiriendo que socavar subrepticiamente el autogobierno en todo el mundo para construir gobiernos regionales es todo por el bien de la humanidad, por lo que debe perseguirse de todos modos.

“En un mundo atrapado entre las presiones globales y el retroceso local, la dinámica regional se destaca”, argumenta el documento.

“Las formas voluntarias de gobernanza regional ofrecen a los estados y pueblos la oportunidad de gestionar mejor las preocupaciones de seguridad, cosechar los beneficios económicos de la globalización, expresar más plenamente culturas e identidades y proyectar influencia en los asuntos mundiales”.

Finalmente, como Kissinger y otros explicaron, después de que estos gobiernos regionales tengan el control total, el plan es comenzar a fusionarlos entre sí en gobiernos regionales superpuestos, utilizando nuevamente el “comercio” como pretexto.

La Asociación Transatlántica de Comercio e Inversión, por ejemplo, tenía como objetivo unir a la UE y América del Norte bajo burocracias transatlánticas, un objetivo globalista desde hace mucho tiempo que se ha trabajado durante generaciones. Esta unión transatlántica crearía entonces regulaciones y tribunales supranacionales de canguro sobre más de la mitad del PIB mundial.

Al otro lado de los Estados Unidos, la Asociación Transpacífica hizo prácticamente lo mismo. En conjunto, el régimen regulatorio supranacional que surgiría de los regímenes de “comercio” gobernaría prácticamente toda la economía mundial, incluso las naciones que técnicamente no estaban bajo su control se verían obligadas a someterse solo para continuar participando en el comercio.

Si el pueblo estadounidense no se opone activamente a estos planes en masa, el resultado será el fin del autogobierno, la libertad, la prosperidad y la civilización cristiana occidental.

Este artículo apareció originalmente en la edición impresa del 19 de noviembre de 2018 de El Nuevo Americano. El Nuevo Americano publica una revista impresa dos veces al mes, que cubre temas como política, dinero, política exterior, medio ambiente, cultura y tecnología.


Tags: /Tagi: /Etiquetas:
#EXPOSING #EKSPOZYCJA!
#EXPOSICIÓN #occultism #okultyzm #ocultismo #paganism #pogaństwo #paganismo #pagan #pogański #pagano #Luciferianism
#satanism #satanismo #SecretSociety #SociedadSecreta #SekretneStowarzyszenie #SecretSocieties #TajneStowarzyszenia
#SociedadesSecretas #SecretHistory #TajnaHistoria #NWO #AntiNWO #NewWorldDisorder #OrdoAbChao
#HegelianDialectics #DialektykaHeglowska #DialécticaHegeliana #DeepState #EstadoProfundo #GłębokiStan
#ShadowGovernment #RządCienia #Gobi